ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) …...Environmental Impact Assessment Report For Expansion of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Located At Gut No. 350/1, 350/2 & 350/3, Village Wadivarhe,

[Type text]

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) REPORT FOR EXPANSION OF ACTIVE PHARMACEUTICAL

INGREDIENTS (APIs) AND INTERMEDIATE CHEMICALS MANUFACTURING PLANT

Of

M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Gut No. 350/1, 350/2 & 350/3, Nashik - Mumbai Highway

Village Wadivarhe Taluka - Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra - 422203

EIA Consultant

M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd.

QCI QCI-NABET Accredited EIA Consultancy for Schedule 5 (f) Cat ‘A’. Certificate No – NABET/EIA/1518/RA 020

NABL Accredited Laboratory, Valid up to 29.06.2020 Lab. Recognized by MoEF & CC, GOI, Valid up to 2.01.2019

Certified by ISO 9001:2008 & BS OHSAS 18001:2007

310, Dempo Towers, EDC Patto, Panaji, Goa, India PIN: 403001 Email: [email protected] / [email protected]

Web site:-www.sadekarenviro.com Telephone: 0832-2437048/2437164

Baseline monitoring period: October 2017 to December 2017

Project Schedule & Category – 5(f) ‘A’

September, 2018

SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/DFPL/003/2017-18/00

Client Declaration

Consultant Declaration

Environmental Impact Assessment Report For Expansion of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Located At, Gut No. 350/1, 350/2, 350/3, Village Wadivarhe, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra. SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/DFPL/003/2017-18/00

Project Team

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd 1

Project Team

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA Team in the following, capacity that developed the above EIA EIA Coordinator : 5 (f)

Name : Mr. P.R Sadekar

Signature & Date :

Functional Area Experts: Sr. No.

Functional

Areas

Name of the Expert/s

Name of the Team Member/s

Name of Functional

Area Associate

Involvement Period & Task

Signature & Date

1 HG - Mr. P.R. Sadekar*

- February 2017 till date

Task: Impact Assessment of

HG

2 AP Mr. Vinay Gupta

- - February 2017 till 15.06.2018 Task: Impact

Assessment of AP

3 WP Mr. P.R. Sadekar

- - February 2017 till date


WP

Mr. Pritam Kadam

February 2017 till 31.03.2018 Task: Assisted

in Impact Assessment of

WP


Project Team


4 SHW Mr. Bhaskar Yengal

February 2017 till date


SHW

Mr. Amogh Joshi*


Task: Assisted in Impact

Assessment of SHW

5 SE

Mr. Prasanjeet Khanderao*



SE

6 EB Mr. Bhaskar Yengal



EB

7 GEO -

Mr. Vivek Navare*



GEO

8 SC Mr. Naraina P.S. Varde

-



SC

9 AQ - Mr. Vinay Gupta*

February 2017 till 15.06.2018 Task: Impact

Assessment of AQ

Mr. Pritam Kadam

February 2017 till 31.03.2018 Task: Assisted

in Impact Assessment of


Project Team


AQ

10 NV -

Mr. Vivek Navare*



NV

11 LU Mr. Bhaskar Yengal

-



LU

12 RH Mr. D. K. Joshi



RH

Mr. Amogh Joshi*


Task: Assisted in Impact

Assessment of RH

*Expert approved for B Cat projects. One TM against each FAE may be shown

_________________________________________________________________________________


Project Team


Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization /authorized person I, Prabhakar R. Sadekar, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA of

M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully

accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement.

Signature :

Name : Mr. P.R. Sadekar

Designation : Director

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization :

Office: M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd.

310, Dempo Towers, EDC Patto, Panaji – 403001. Goa State India

Head Office: M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd.

Plot No. A-95, Road No. 16, Kisan Nagar Road, M.I.D.C. Wagle Industrial Area, Thane-

400604.

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1518/RA 020 valid upto 14th October 2018.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report For Expansion of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Located At Gut No. 350/1, 350/2 & 350/3, Village Wadivarhe, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra. SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/DFPL/003/2017-18/00


LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS SEEPL : Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment DFPL : Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. QCI : Quality Council of India NABET : National Accreditation Board for Education and Training NABL : National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories MoEF&CC : Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change ISO : International Organization for Standardization BS OHSAS : British Standard Occupational Health and Safety Assessment Series PIN : Postal Index Number MIDC : Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation MPCB : Maharashtra Pollution Control Board CETP : Common Effluent Treatment Plant CHWTSDF : Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility H2 : Hydrogen CO : Carbon monoxide CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board SO2 : Sulphur dioxide NO : Nitric Oxide NO2 : Nitrogen dioxide N2O : Nitrous oxide ALOHA : Aerial Locations of Hazardous Atmospheres NGOs : Non Governmental Organizations EAC : Expert Appraisal Committee GPS : Global Positioning System ECG : Electrocardiography NH3 : Ammonia HCl : Hydrochloric acid HBr : Hydrobromic acid H2S : Hydrogen sulfide SOI : Survey of India IMD : Indian Meteorological Department NAAQS : National Ambient Air Quality Standard FAE : Functional Area Expert ICAR : Indian Council of Agricultural Research US EPA : United States Environmental Protection Agency



LIST OF SYMBOLS/NOTATIONS F : Final IND : Industry Lab. : Laboratory GOI : Government of India MT : Metric Ton M : Month ES : Executive Summary kVA : Kilovolt-ampere CMD : Cubic Meter Per Day T : Ton kg/hr. : Kilogram Per Hour TPH : Ton Per Hour kilocal./hr. : Kilocalorie Per Hour D.G : Diesel Generator KL : Kilo Liter ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant Dia. : Diameter m3/day : Meter cube per day MEE : Multiple Effect Evaporator CAGR : Compounded Annual Growth Rate PPEs : Personal Protective Equipments PM10 : Particulate matter of size less than 10 micron PM2.5 : Particulate matter of size less than 2 micron SOx : Oxides of Sulphur NOx : Oxides of Nitrogen RO : Reverse Osmosis TPM : Total Particulate Matter VOCs : Volatile Organic Compounds mm : Millimeter THF : Thermic Fluid Heater km : Kilometer µg/m3 : Micorgram per meter cube db (A) : Weighted decibels mg/l : Milligram per liter TDS : Total Dissolved Solids BOD : Biochemical Oxygen Demand COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand SW : Surface water



GW : Ground water E-coli : Escherichia coli pH : Potential of Hydrogen IS 10500:2012 : Indian Standard Drinking Water - Specification kg/ha. : Kilogram per hectare PUC : Pollution Under Control LCOD & LTDS : Low Chemical Oxygen Demand & Low Total Dissolved Solids LCOD & HTDS Low Chemical Oxygen Demand & High Total Dissolved Solids MCLS : Maximum Credible Loss Scenario MSDS : Material Safety Data Sheets CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility CER : Corporate Environmental Responsibility ESC : Environment Social Commitment H.W : Hazardous Waste EMP : Environmental Management Plan sq. m : Square meter TOR : Terms of Reference EC : Environmental Clearance CTE : Consent To Establish CTO : Consent To Operate FY : Financial Year SPCB : State Pollution Control Board w.r.t : With respect/reference to lat-long : Latitude-Longitude R&R : Resettlement & Rehabilitation AAQ : Ambient Air Quality NAAQM : National Ambient Air Quality Monitoring MOU : Memorandum Of Understanding ha. : Hectare PEL : Permissible Exposure Limit TSDF : Transport Storage Disposal Facility PP : Project Proponent CMSWMF : Common Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility SEZs : Special Economic Zones STP : Sewage Treatment Plant FO : Furnace Oil DMW : De Mineralized Water F.G : Finished Goods ENGG. : Engineering



APCDs : Air Pollution Control Devices TR : Ton Refrigeration hp : Horse Power kg/cm2 : Kilogram per centimeter square QMS : Quality Management System MIN : Minimum MAX : Maximum Avg. : Average 0C : Degree Celsius km/hr : Kilometer per hour HDPE : High-density polyethylene ppm : Parts per million BDL : Below Detection Limit IRC : Indian Road Congress TS : Traffic study location PCUs : Passenger car units AP : Air Pollution TSPM : Total Suspended Particulate Matter

Environmental Impact Assessment Report For Expansion of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Located At Gut No. 350/1, 350/2 & 350/3, Village Wadhivare, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra. SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/DFPL/003/2017-18/00


Component Regulations Air Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Rules and Amendments

- 1981, 1982, 1983, 1987 Central Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989 Indian Boiler Act, 1923 Motor Vehicles (Amendment) Act, 1988 National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009 Static and Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired) Rules, 1981

Noise Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules and Amendments - 2000, 2006, 2010

Water Environmental (Protection) Rules, 1991 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Rules and

Amendments - 1974, 1977, 1978,1988 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, Rules and

Amendments - 1977, 2003 Flora and Fauna Wildlife (Protection) Act, Rules and Amendments - 1972, 1973, 1991,

1995,2002 Forest (Conservation) Act and Rules and Amendments - 1980, 1981,

2003 Biological Diversity Act, Rules - 2002, 2004

Hazardous substances

Explosives Act, 1884 Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans0-boundary

Movement) Rules, 2016 Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules -

1989, 2000 Wastes Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans0-boundary

Movement) Rules, 2016 Construction and Demolition Waste Management Rules 2016 Solid Waste Management Rules - 2000, 2016

Others The Environment (Protection) Act and Rules - 1986, 1991 Environment Impact Assessment Notification 1994, 2006 &

Amendments Factories Act and Amendments - 1948, 1987 Public Liability Insurance Act, Rules and Amendments - 1991, 1992,

1993 Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation - Revised

Development Control Regulations 2009 Standard Terms of Reference[TOR] for EIA/EMP Report for

Projects/Activities Requiring Environmental Clearance Under EIA Notification, 2006


Configuration of the EIA Report

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 11

CONFIGURATION OF THE EIA REPORT

Executive Summary:

Executive summary is the brief summarization of introduction, history, salient features,

justification, process description of the project, baseline environmental status, anticipated

impacts & respective mitigation measures, brief of risk assessment study, disaster management

plan, CER aspects, post project environmental monitoring plan, details of EMP budgetary

allocation and the findings of EIA report.

Chapter 1: Introduction

This is an introductory chapter describing purpose of project, information about project

proponent, brief description of - nature, size, location of the project and its importance to the

country, region, scope of study, details of the EIA consultant including NABET accreditation.

Chapter 2: Project description

This chapter provides information on type, need, history, size or magnitude, location of the

project, description of the project layout plan, schedule for approvals & implementation status of

land acquisition, production related details such as products to be manufactured, raw materials to

be used, technology - equipments and/or machinery to be used for manufacturing process &

overview of mitigation measures.

Chapter 3: Description of the environment

This chapter provides the scenario of the baseline environment status for various environmental

& physical components such as meteorology, air, surface & ground water, noise, soil, geology &

hydrogeology, traffic, land use land cover assessment, biotic environment, socio economics,

industrial workplace environment along with the description of methodologies, criteria for




sampling and/or monitoring, sources of secondary data and environmental component wise

interpretation w.r.t ground conditions at the time of study & statutory standards.

Chapter 4: Anticipated environmental impacts & mitigation measures

The chapter deals with the identification of project activity specific anticipated impacts,

quantification of the same, assessment of probable impacts on the environment & provisions of

mitigation measures to mitigate the same.

Chapter 5: Analysis of alternatives

This chapter provides information on analysis of alternatives considered for the location of set up

of project & for technology used for manufacturing process & allied operations along with

justification.

Chapter 6: Environmental monitoring programme

This chapter gives the importance of environmental monitoring during pre & post project stages

and also delineates the parameters & frequency of monitoring.

Chapter 7: Additional studies

This chapter covers aspects related to additional studies/activities such as public hearing

(recommendations if any), risk assessment (raw material storage related risk scenarios), disaster

management plan (onsite & offsite emergency preparedness plan) and recommendations related

to safe storage & handling of chemicals at site.

Chapter 8: Project benefits

This chapter highlights the locale specific & overall benefits of the project.

Chapter 9: Environmental cost benefit analysis




This chapter usually provides a scenario of cost benefits which can be achieved by adopting

sustainable measures or otherwise which may be not being achieved if resources optimization is

not considered.

Chapter 10: Environmental management plan

This chapter details all the project specific measures to be adopted as a part of environmental

management plan along with budgetary allocations.

Chapter 11: Summary & conclusion

This chapter provides summary of all project related activities and conclusion.


INDEX

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd

INDEX Sr. No Components Page No.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ES-1 to ES -34 ES-1 Introduction ES-1 ES-2 History of the project ES-1 ES-3 Justification of project ES-5 ES-4 Process description ES-6 ES-5 Baseline Environmental Status ES-6 ES-6 Prediction of Impacts & its mitigation ES-22 ES-7 Risk Assessment Study ES-27 ES-8 Disaster Management Plan ES-28 ES-9 CER Activity ES-29 ES-10 Occupational Health Measures ES-31 ES-11 Post Project Monitoring Plan ES-32 ES-12 EMP Cost & Budgetary Allocation ES-34

1) CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION 1 to 21 1.1 Purpose of the project 1 1.2 Information about project proponent 2 1.3 Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its

importance to the country, region 3

1.3.1 Nature of the project 3 1.3.2 Size of the project 3 1.3.3 Location of the project 4 1.3.4 Importance to the country 4 1.3.5 Applicable laws and rules 5 1.3.6 Scope of the study 6 1.4 Standard ToR by MoEF& CC dated April 2015 7 1.5 Specific TOR by MoEF& CC dated April 2015 18 1.6 Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET Accreditation 19

2) CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1 to 37 2.1 Type of Project 1 2.2 Need of the Project 1 2.3 History of the Project 1 2.4 Size & Magnitude of the Project 2 2.5 Location of the Project 5

2.5.1 List of major industries within the 10 km study area 7 2.5.2 Environmental sensitivity within 15 km radius from the boundary

of the project site 7

2.5.3 Land Use details of the project plot area 10 2.5.4 Existing site details 10 2.5.5 Details of alternative sites considered 11


INDEX


2.6 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 15 2.6.1 Status of acquisition of land 15 2.6.2 Technology & process description 15 2.6.3 Details of manufacturing process 25

2.6.3.1 Process Description 28 2.7 Details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate

land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any 32

2.8 Description of mitigations measures 32-35

3 CHAPTER 3 – DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 1 to 81 3.1 Introduction 1-4 3.2 Meteorology 5

3.2.1 Secondary Data From IMD 5 3.3 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 9

3.3.1 Probable Sources of Air Pollution 10 3.3.2 Sampling Details 10 3.3.3 Criteria for selection of ambient air monitoring locations 10 3.3.4 Methodology for Sampling 11 3.3.5 Ambient Air Quality Status 12 3.3.6 Interpretation of Primary Data 16 3.4 Surface Water Quality 19

3.4.1 Surface water sources in the study area 19 3.4.2 Probable sources of surface water pollution in the study area 20 3.4.3 Sampling Methodology 21 3.4.4 Sampling Details 22 3.4.5 Sample Collection, Preservation and Transportation 22 3.4.6 Interpretation 27 3.4.7 Whether the site falls near to the polluted stretch of river identified by

the CPCB/MoEF & CC 29

3.5 Ground Water Quality 29 3.5.1 Ground water sources in the study area 29 3.5.2 Probable sources of ground water pollution in the study area 29 3.5.3 Sampling Details 29 3.5.4 Selection criteria for water quality sampling locations 30 3.5.5 Interpretation 35 3.6 Noise Level Monitoring 37

3.6.1 Noise generation sources in the study area 37 3.6.2 Monitoring Details 38 3.6.3 Criteria for selection of noise level monitoring locations 38 3.6.4 Interpretation 41 3.7 Soil Quality 42

3.7.1 Probable sources of soil pollution/contamination in the study area 42 3.7.2 Sampling Techniques 42 3.7.3 Sampling Details 42


INDEX


3.7.4 Criteria for soil sampling location 42 3.7.5 Interpretation 45 3.8 Environmental Conditions at Industry 49

3.8.1 Workplace Air Quality 49 3.8.2 Stack Air Monitoring 49 3.8.3 Industrial Effluent Analysis 51 3.9 Geology & Hydrogeology of the study area 52

3.9.1 Geology of Nashik District 53 3.9.2 Hydrogeology of Nashik District 54 3.10 Traffic Study 57

3.10.1 Objective 57 3.10.2 Methodology 57 3.10.3 Method of Counting 57 3.10.4 Data Collection 58 3.10.5 Categorization of Traffic 59 3.10.6 Observation & Assessment 59 3.10.7 Observation at (TS1) 60 3.10.8 Observation at (TS2) 61 3.10.9 Increased traffic scenario due to the expansion project 62 3.11 Land use Pattern 64

3.11.1 Prevailing LULC in the study area 65 3.11.2 Drainage Pattern of the Study Area 68 3.11.3 Observation & assessment of drainage pattern in study area 68 3.12 Biotic Environment 69

3.12.1 Study Area 70 3.12.2 Primary Baseline Data 71 3.12.3 Project site specific floral assessment 72 3.12.4 Floral diversity & status in the study area 73 3.12.5 Status evaluation 74 3.12.6 Faunal diversity & status in the study area 74 3.12.7 Secondary Data 75 3.12.8 Status Evaluation 75 3.12.9 Interpretation of primary and secondary data 76

3.12.10 Applicability of forest & wild life related clearances 76 3.13 Socio Economy 76

3.13.1 Part A- Introduction 76 3.13.2 Purpose of the present study 76 3.13.3 Aim of the study 76 3.13.4 Objectives of the study 76 3.13.5 Part B- Method 77 3.13.6 Part 3 Results and Discussion 77 3.13.7 Part 4 Mitigations and Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 81


INDEX


4) CHAPTER 4 - ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

1 to 71

4.1 Air Environment 1 4.1.1 Construction Phase 1-1 4.1.2 Operational phase 3-7 4.1.3 Interpretation 8 4.2 Impact of transport of raw materials and end products on the

surrounding environment 8

4.2.1 Planning Transport development 8 4.2.2 Construction of transport infrastructures 8 4.2.3 Maintenance and operation of transport infrastructures 8 4.2.4 Use of transport infrastructures and vehicle maintenance 9 4.2.5 Mitigation Measures 9-11 4.2.6 Impact Matrix 15-21 4.3 Water Environment 19

4.3.1 Construction Phase 19 4.3.2 Operational Phase 20 4.3.3 Water quality modeling 29 4.3.4 Impact Matrix 30 4.4 Noise Environment 34

4.4.1 Construction Phase 34 4.4.2 Operational Phase 36 4.4.3 Impact Matrix 40 4.5 Details of hazardous and non-hazardous waste generation and

their storage, utilization and management 44

4.6 Soil environment 53 4.7 Biological environment 64 4.8 Land Use & Land Cover 68 4.9 Socio economic environment 68 4.10 Odour 69 5) CHAPTER 5 – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE 1 to 3 5.1 Introduction 1 5.2 Analysis of alternative site 1 5.3 Analysis of alternative technology 2

6) CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAM 1 to 3

6.1 Introduction 1 6.2 Monitoring points/locations and components 1 6.3 Post project monitoring parameters & frequency 2 6.4 Monitoring methodologies 4 6.5 Documentation and Reporting 4 6.6 Budget & procurement schedule 4


INDEX


7) CHAPTER 7 – ADDITIONAL STUDIES 1 to 74 7.1 Public Hearing 1 7.2 Risk Assessment 7

7.2.1 Introduction 7 7.2.2 ALOHA 7-24 7.2.3 DOW Fire and Explosion Index 24-27 7.2.4 Toxicity (Monds) Index 27-31 7.3 HAZOP Study 32 7.4 Disaster Management Plan 34

7.4.1 Onsite Emergency Plan 34 7.4.2 Details about Safety related features in Plant 42-60 7.4.3 Details of Safety Systems in the Plant Premises 61-63 7.4.4 List of proposed fire extinguishers & fire buckets provided 63-65 7.4.5 Location of Proposed Fire Hydrants 65-66 7.4.6 Fire Water Tank Justification 67

7.4.7 Medical Facilities 68 7.5 Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan 69-74

7.5.1 Introduction 69 7.5.2 Role of the Chief Inspector 71 7.5.3 Role of the Emergency Coordinating Officer 71 7.5.4 Role of the Local Authority 72 7.5.5 Role of Fire Authorities 72 7.5.6 Role of Health Authorities 72 7.5.7 Role of Police Authority 73 7.5.8 Role of Pollution Control Board 73 7.5.9 External agencies contact details involved during emergency 73 7.6 Resettlement & Rehabilitation Details 74

8) CHAPTER 8 – PROJECT BENEFITS 8-1

9) CHAPTER 9 – ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

1 to 3

9.1 Economic benefits to the industry due to various Environment protective measures

1

9.2 Cost benefit analysis 2 9.3 Environmental benefits 3

10) CHAPTER 10 – ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN 1 to 29

10.1 Introduction 1 10.2 Organizational Structure Of Environment Management 2


INDEX


10.3 Budget for Environmental Management / Environmental Pollution Control Measures

2

10.4 Details of EMP Budgetary Allocation 3 10.5 Details of Environmental Mitigation Measures 4 10.6 Fly Ash utilization as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. 10 10.7 Action Plan for Green Belt Development 10

10.7.1 Design and development of green belt 10 10.7.2 Project plot area breakup details 10 10.7.3 Proposed green belt 11 10.7.4 Area consideration for plantation 12 10.7.5 Action plan & estimated budgetary allocation for proposed green

belt development 13

10.7.6 Suggested plant species 14 10.8 Action plan for rain water harvesting measures at plant site 15 10.9 Storm Water Management 16

10.10 Solvent Management System 17 10.11 CER Activity (Enterprises Social Commitment) 21

10.11.1 Action Plan for CER Activity 22 10.12 Occupational Health 25 10.13 Environment Health Safety Policy 26

10.13.2 System of reporting of non compliance /violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company

and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large

29

11) CHAPTER 11 – SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 1 to 3 11.1 Salient Features Of The Project 1 11.2 Conclusion 3

12) CHAPTER 12 – DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT 1

LIST OF TABLES

Table no. Name of Table Page No.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ES-1 Salient Features of the Project ES-2 ES-2 Ambient Air Quality Status (Criteria Pollutants) ES-7 ES-3 Results of Additional Air Quality Parameters at Project Site ES-10 ES-4 Noise Monitoring results ES-11 ES-5 Surface Water Quality Results ES-13 ES-6 Ground water quality results ES-16

ES-7 Overview of probable environmental pollution, Impacts & Mitigation Measures during Construction Phase

ES-22


INDEX


ES-8 Overview of probable environmental pollution, Impacts & Mitigation Measures during Operational Phase

ES-24

ES-9 List of CER activities ES-29 ES-10 Environmental Monitoring Program ES-32 ES-11 Cost details for Environmental Management ES-34

1) CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION 1.1 Compliance of Standard TOR 7 1.2 Compliance of Specific TOR by MoEF & CC 18 1.3 Details of Accreditation of SEEPL 19

2) CHAPTER 2 - PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 Project details 2 2.2 Latitude & Longitude of factory corners 7 2.3 Immediate surroundings to the project site 7 2.4 List of major industries 7 2.5 List of environmental sensitive areas 8 2.6 Land use break up details of the project site 11 2.7 Schedule for approval and implementation 15 2.8 List of raw materials 16 2.9 List of products 20

2.10 List of existing & proposed major equipments & machineries 23 2.11 Impact Evaluation Matrix 34 2.12 Impact based on category 35 2.13 Severity criteria for magnitude of impacts 35

3) CHAPTER 3 - DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3.1 Monthly data from IMD 5 3.2 Site Specific Micro Meteorology Data 8 3.3 Methodology Used for Ambient Air Analysis 11 3.4 Details of Sampling Selected Locations (AAQ) 12 3.5 Ambient Air Quality Status (Criteria Pollutants) 15 3.6 Results of Additional Air Quality Parameters at Project Site 19 3.7 Methodologies Used for Water Analysis 23 3.8 Details of Surface Water Quality Monitoring Stations 24 3.9 IS: 2296–1982 Inland Surface Water Standards 24

3.10 Surface Water Quality Results 26 3.11 Details of Sampling Locations for Ground Water samples 29

3.12 Parameters and Methodologies for Analysis of Ground Water Samples 29

3.13 Ground water Quality Results 34 3.14 IS:10500:2012 Standards for Drinking Water 35 3.15 Details of Noise Quality Monitoring Stations 40


INDEX


3.16 Result of Ambient Noise Monitoring 41 3.17 Details of Soil Quality Sampling Stations 44 3.18 Methodologies for soil sampling 45 3.19 Results of soil monitoring 47 3.20 Chemical Classification of Soil Quality 48 3.21 Monitoring at Workplace of Delta Finochem Pvt Ltd 49

3.22 Results of Stack Monitoring of Boiler for Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd 50

3.23 Results of Stack Monitoring of Scrubber for Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd 50

3.24 Results of Noise Monitoring at Various locations at Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd 51

3.25 Characteristics of Waste Water from Effluent Treatment Plant 51 3.26 Traffic study observation locations 59

3.27 Recommended PCU factors for various types of vehicles on urban roads 59

3.28 Summary of traffic in terms of PCUs observed at observation point 62

3.29 Increased PCU's from the proposed project 63

3.30 Summary of increased traffic in terms of Total PCUs due to proposed project 63

3.31 Categorization of land use & land cover pattern of the study area 66

3.32 Descriptive Statistics indicating mean and standard deviation (N=50) 77

3.33 Indicating Pearson’s correlation among variables (N=50) 78 3.34 Residents visiting PHC during October-December 2017 79

4) CHAPTER 4 - ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES Page No.

4.1 Atmospheric inversion level at Igatpuri, Nasihik, Maharashtra 5 4.2 Model Input Parameters for Boiler Stack Modeling 6 4.3 Interpretation of the Incremental Values 7 4.4 (a): Existing Water Balance 21

(b): Total Water Balance after Expansion for dry season 21 4.5 Characteristics of the Process Effluent (HCOD/HTDS) 26 4.6 Specifications of proposed ETP 28 4.7 MEE & RO specifications 28 4.8 Noise Level generation from Construction Equipments 34 4.9 Noise Model Input Data 35

4.10 Drop down of Noise level in Construction Phase 36

4.11 Assumed Noise level values for Operational Phase 36 4.12 Drop down of Noise level in operational Phase 38 4.13 Waste generation and disposal method 49


INDEX


6) CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAMME

6.1 Post project monitoring parameters, frequency & cost 2

7) CHAPTER 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.1 Details of Raw Materials/Bi products/ Products Stored in Tank 7 7.2 Gases storage details 8 7.3 ALOHA footprints 8 7.4 Interpretation Table 22 7.5 List of hazardous chemicals and its respective DOW F&E Index 25 7.6 Monds Toxicity index of toxic chemicals 28

7.7 Calculated Mond’s Index and degree of Hazard for Hazardous chemicals

29

7.8 HAZOP Study Recommendations 32 7.9 Emergency Do’s & Don’ts 40

7.10 List of companies under mutual aid group 42 7.11 List of Important Personnel 43 7.12 Detailed list of Hazardous Chemicals 45 7.13 Threshold limits Hazardous Raw Material 50 7.14 Toxicological Data of the Raw Materials 53 7.15 Likely Dangers to the Plant 60 7.16 Alarm Code 61 7.17 Communication facilities available during Onsite emergency 63 7.18 Fire Fighting Tank Details 63 7.19 List of Existing fire extinguishers & fire buckets provided 63 7.20 Locations of Fire Hydrants 65 7.21 First Aid Kit Location 69 7.22 External agencies contact details involved during emergency 73

10) CHAPTER 10 – ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Cost details for environmental management 2 10.2 Justification of EMP budgetary allocation 3

10.3 Overview of probable environmental pollution & mitigation measures during construction phase

4

10.4 Overview of probable environmental pollution & mitigation measures during operational phase

6

10.5 Project plot area break up details 10

10.6 Break up of proposed green belt area and number of plants to be planted

12

10.7 Action plan & estimated budgetary allocation for proposed plantation during Phase - I (June 2018)

13

10.8 Action plan & estimated budgetary allocation for proposed 13


INDEX


plantation during Phase - II (June 2019) 10.9 Recurring cost for maintaining green belt 14 10.10 List of suggested plant species 15 10.11 Solvent use & recovery summary 18 10.12 List of CER Activity 22

LIST OF FIGURES Figure no. Name of Figure Page No.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ES-1 Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. (Google Earth Imagery) ES-1 ES-2 Process Description Diagram ES-6 ES-3 Ambient Air Monitoring Locations (Google Earth) ES-7 ES-4 Noise Monitoring Locations (Google Earth) ES-11 ES-5 Surface Water Monitoring Locations on Google Earth ES-12 ES-6 Ground Water Monitoring Locations on Google Earth ES-15 ES-7 Soil Monitoring Locations on Google Earth ES-19 ES-8 Maximum credible Loss Scenario: Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. ES-27

2) CHAPTER 2 - PROJECT DESCIRPTION 2.1 Google Earth Image depicting plot boundary of M/s. Delta

Finochem Pvt. Ltd. (Imaginary Date: 1/11/2017) 6

2.2 Location of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. & surrounding study area on SOI Toposheet 47 E/9 & 47 E/13 12

2.3 Plot layout of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. 13 2.4 Factory & Greenbelt photographs 14

2.5 Overview of environmental aspects & respective mitigation measures during construction phase 33

2.6 Overview of environmental aspects & respective mitigation measures during operational phase 33

3) CHAPTER 3 - DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3.1 Methodology For EIA 2 3.2 Methodology for Obtaining Environmental Clearance 3-4 3.3 Windrose from Secondary for year, 2012-2016 7 3.4 Windrose from Secondary data for Sampling Period 7 3.5 Windrose from Primary data for Sampling Period 7

3.6.1 Air Monitoring Locations (SOI map) 14 3.6.2 Air Monitoring Locations (Google Earth) 15 3.7.1 Surface Water Quality Monitoring Locations (SOI map) 20 3.7.2 Surface Water Quality Monitoring Locations (Google Earth) 21 3.8.1 Ground Water Sampling Locations (SOI map) 32 3.8.2 Ground Water Sampling Locations (Google Earth) 33


INDEX


3.9.1 Sampling Locations for Noise Monitoring on SOI map 39 3.9.2 Sampling Locations for Noise Monitoring on Google Earth 40 3.10.1 Soil Quality Sampling Locations (SOI map) 43 3.10.1 Soil Quality Sampling Locations (Google Earth) 44 3.11 Geological Map of Nashik District 54 3.12 Traffic Observation Locations 58

3.13 Percentage of vehicle count at (TS1) during evening peak hours (8 AM to 9 AM) 60

3.14 Percentage of vehicle count at (TS1) during evening peak hours (9 AM to 10 AM) 60

3.15 Percentage of vehicle count at (TS1) during evening peak hours (4 PM to 5 PM) 60


3.17 Percentage of vehicle count at (TS2) during evening peak hours (8 AM to 9 AM)

61

3.18 Percentage of vehicle count at (TS2) during evening peak hours (9 AM to 10 AM)

61

3.19 Percentage of vehicle count at (TS2) during evening peak hours (4 PM to 5 PM)

61


3.21 Land Use Land Cover Map of the Study Area 65 3.22 Percentage wise Land Use classification of the study area 67 3.23 Percentage wise Land Cover classification of the study area 67 3.24 Map depicting Drainage Pattern of the study area 69 3.25 10 km radial study area (Google Earth Imagery) 70

4) CHAPTER 4 - ANTICIPATED IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Scrubber diagram 11 4.2 Total water balance for Dry Season 24 4.3 Total water balance for wet season 25 4.4 Flow chart of the effluent treatment plant for HCOD/TDS and

LCOD/TDS 29

7) CHAPTER 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.1 Key personnel of the organization and responsibility assigned 36 7.2 Off Site Emergency Plan 71

10) CHAPTER 10 – ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Schematic representation of organizational structure of environment management 2


INDEX


10.2 Existing & Proposed Greenbelt plantation at M/s. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. 11

10.3 Schematics of rain water harvesting system 16 10.4 Schematics of solvent recovery system 20

LIST OF ANNEXURES Annexure

no. Name of Annexure Page No.

1.1 ISO Certificate Annexure 1.1-1 1.2 Certificate of incorporation Annexure 1.2-1

1.3 Company Organogram Annexure 1.3-1

1.4 GMP Certificate Annexure 1.4-1

1.5 TOR Letter Annexure 1.5-1 2.1 Land ownership documents Annexure 2.1-1

2.2 Environmental Clearance Annexure 2.2-1

2.3 Consent to operate Annexure 2.3-1

2.4 Material balance Annexure 2.4-1

2.5 EC compliance Annexure 2.5-1

2.6 Consent to operate compliance Annexure 2.6-1

3.1 EB report Annexure 3.1-1 4.1 Incremental concentration of pollutants within study area Annexure 4.1-1 4.2 Noise propagation by Custic 3.2 Annexure 4.2-1 4.3 CHWTSDF Membership Letter Annexure 4.3-1 7.1 ALOHA Footprints Annexure 7.1-1 7.2 DOW Index Annexure 7.2-1 7.3 MONDs Index Annexure 7.3-1 7.4 HAZOP Study Report Annexure 7.4-1 7.5 Minutes of Public hearing Annexure 7.5-1 7.6 List of HC applicable to PLI Annexure 7.6-1

10.1 Solvent recycler consent Annexure 10.1-1 10.2 Employee health checkup record Annexure 10.2-1


Executive Summary

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd ES- 1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ES-1 Introduction

The proposed capacity enhancement

activity of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt.

Ltd. is a Brownfield Project. As per

the Environment Impact Assessment

Notification, 2006 & recent

amendments till date, the proposed

activity of company is falling under

Schedule 5 (f), Category – A i.e.

Synthetic organic chemicals

industry, located outside notified

industrial area/estate. As per

existing consent to operate, the

company has been classified as

small scale industry and is categorized under Red industry by Maharashtra Pollution Control

Board. The proposed expansion activity will be carried out at existing site Gut no. 350/1,

350/2, 350/3, Wadivarhe village, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, State Maharashtra.

ES-2 History of the project

M/s. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. is into manufacturing of Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients &

Intermediate Chemicals since 1994 and is currently located at Gut No. 350, Nashik- Mumbai

Highway, Village Wadivarhe, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra - 422203, India

admeasuring an area of 2.02 hectare. The company is currently having environmental

clearance for manufacture of 2,222 T/A APIs & Intermediate Chemicals & is also having

MPCB consent for the same. Till date, Delta Finochem has not violated EIA Notification

1994 & 2006 (and amendments), existing EC & MPCB consent conditions and complying all

the earlier EC conditions. For proposed expansion activity, the proponent has purchased

additional land plots namely 350/1 admeasuring 2.20 hectares and 350/3 admeasuring 3.84

hectares. Purchase agreement of land plot 350/1 & 350/3 has been attached as Annexure 2.1.

The total plot area admeasuring 80600 sq. m. comprises of gut no. 350/1, 350/2 and 350/3.

Fig. ES -1: Google Earth Image: Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd.


Executive Summary


Presently the company has valid EC viz. F. No. J-11011/152/2011-IA-(II)-I dt. 31/03/2015

and valid consent to operate viz. Format 1.0/BO/AS(T)/ NK-18813-15 & NK-19238-15/R-O-

A/ GEN- 05810 dated 04/05/2016. The EC is attached as Annexure 2.2 and consent to

operate is attached as Annexure 2.3. The compliance status report for MoEF&CC is attached

as an Annexure 2.5.

Table No. ES-1: Salient Features of the Project

Sr. No

Component Status

1 Name Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. 2 Location Gut No. 350/1, 350/2, 350/3, Nashik - Mumbai Highway Village

Wadivarhe Taluka - Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra - 422203 3 Product Type APIs and Intermediate chemicals 4 Project Type Expansion (Brown Field Project) 5 Schedule as per EIA

Notification, 2006 5(f)

6 Category of Project „A‟

7 Area Details (in Sq. m.) Existing Proposed Total

i. Total Plot Area 20200 60400 80600 ii. Built-up Area 9500 15000 24500 iii. Parking area 1500 6560 8060 iv. Greenbelt Area 5273.18 10265.55 15338.73

8 Production Capacity (MT/A) Existing Proposed Total Products APIs 240 1839.8 2079.8 Intermediates 1982 9557.5 11539.5 Total 2222 11397.3 13619.3 Bi-products 0 1860.00 1860.00

9 Budgetary Allocation (INR in lakhs) i. Project Cost (Expansion) 2005.48 ii. Capital EMP Cost 540 iii. Recurring EMP cost

(per annum) 65.55

10 Existing Proposed Total

Man power (Nos.) 180 100 280

11 Power Requirement Existing Proposed Total

i. Connected Load (KW) 650 350 1000


Executive Summary


12 Fuel Requirement Existing Proposed Total i Furnace Oil (MT/month) 19 21 40

ii. High Speed Diesel (L/hr)

60 60 120 Note: The consumption of high speed diesel will depend on the actual

hours of power failure

13 Utility Capacity Existing Proposed Total

i. Boiler (T/hr) 1.1 3.5 1.1 TPH boiler (Standby) 3.5 TPH boiler (Primary)

ii D.G. Set 1 x 550 kVA 1 x 550 kVA 2 x 550 kVA

14 Existing Proposed Total Water Consumption

(CMD) 46 513 559

15 Scrubber Details

Existing Proposed Total Scrubber (water

circulation flow)

25 cum. /hr. x 3 Nos.

(2 acidic & 1 alkaline)


(Both acidic)



16 Stack Details Existing Proposed Total

i. Boiler Stack 1 x 26 m 1 x 30 m 2 stacks: 1 x 26 m & 1 x 30 m

ii. Scrubber Stack 3 x 11 m above ground level

2 x 11 m above ground level


iii. D.G. Set 1 x 10 m above ground

1 x 10 m above ground


17 Effluent Details

Existing Proposed Total i Sewage (CMD) 4.0 6.0 10.0 ii Effluent (CMD) 11.3 52.3 63.6

18 ETP Details

Existing Proposed Total i. ETP capacity (CMD) 15 135 150

ii. Effluent treatment

• The effluent will be segregated into high COD/TDS effluent and low COD/TDS effluent based on characteristics. The high COD/TDS effluent will be treated by stripper column followed by MEE and ATFD.

• The MEE condensate will be treated along with low COD/TDS effluent in fully fledged ETP consisting primary, secondary and tertiary treatment processes.

• Treated effluent will be further treated by R. O. plant following which permeate will be used for industrial process & reject will be


Executive Summary


subjected to Multiple Effect Evaporator.

iii. Sewage treatment Sewage will be treated in septic tank and the overflow will be mixed with process effluent in aeration tank of ETP.

iv. Effluent disposal The existing unit is a Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) project and the proposed expansion activity will also be a ZLD project.

19 Details of Hazardous Waste

(vide Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016) Particulars HW

Category Existing

Proposed

Total Method of Disposal

i. Waste oil 5.1 -- 1 MT/A 1 MT/A Sale to authorized recyclers /Disposal to CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon

ii. Distillation residues 20.3 1 MT/M 10 MT/M 11

MT/M Disposal to CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon / Co-processing

iii. Spent Solvents 20.2 10 KL/M 50 KL/M 60 KL/M

Recycle, reuse/sale to authorized recyclers /Disposal to CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon

iv.

Discarded containers

barrels/liners/ plastic bags/ PPEs

33.1 300 nos./M

900 nos./M

1200 nos./M

Disposal to CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon/Sale to authorised recyclers

v. Chemical sludge from wastewater

treatment 35.3 0.58

MT/A 29.42 MT/A

30 MT/A

Disposal to CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon / Co-processing

vi. Evaporator residue 37.3 - 1.5 MT/D 1.5 MT/D

Co-processing/ Sale to authorized recyclers/ Disposal to CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon

vii. Spent carbon 36.2 - 1 MT/A 1 MT/A Disposal to CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon/ Co-processing

20 Details of Non-Hazardous Waste

Particulars Existing Proposed Total Method of Disposal I Office waste &

plastic scrap 5 Kg/day 3 kg/day 8 kg/day Sale to MPCB approved

scrap dealers

21 Details of e-waste Waste (Vide E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 )

Particulars E Waste Categor

y

Existing

Proposed


i Personal Computers (Central Processing Unit with input and output devices)

ITEW2 -- 40 kg/A 40 kg/A Sale to MPCB authorised recycler/returned to

manufacturer/supplier ii Personal Computing: Laptop Computers ITEW3 -- 20 kg/A 20 kg/A


Executive Summary


(Central Processing Unit with input and output devices)

iii Printers including cartridges ITEW6 -- 20 kg/A 20 kg/A

iv Telephones ITEW12 -- 5 kg/A 5 kg/A

22 Details of biomedical Waste (vide Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001)

Particulars BMW Category

Existing

Proposed Total Method of Disposal

i Soiled waste (Items contaminated with blood, body fluids like dressings, plaster casts, cotton swabs and bags containing residual or discarded blood and blood components)

Yellow -- 8 kg/A

8 kg/A Disposal to CBMWTF/MPCB authorised processor for Nashik region-M/s. Bio‐clean System (India) Ltd., Sr. No. 34, Burudgaon, Tq. & Dist. Ahmednagar‐414001

ii Expired medicines (Pharmaceutical waste like antibiotics, cytotoxic drugs including all items contaminated with cytotoxic drugs or plastic ampoules)

Yellow -- 6 kg/A

6 kg/A

Details of battery Waste

(vide Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001) i Lead batteries from D.G.

Sets, UPS system -- 30 Nos./A 30

Nos./A Sale to supplier/MPCB

authorised party

ES-3 Justification of project

The expansion activity of unit can be justified by the purpose of narrowing the bridge

between demand and supply of API and intermediate chemicals in domestic and global

market and to manufacture product as per current demand scenario. The present market

change and demand of different types and class of APIs in the market led the proponent to

change the production capacity of existing products and introduction of new products. Apart

from this there will be employment generation for semi skilled and unskilled workers of

nearby regions.


Executive Summary


ES-4 Process Description: The broad process of the manufacturing is depicted in Figure

ES-2.

Figure No. ES-2: Process Description Diagram

ES-5 Baseline Environmental Status

The study area is 10 km radial distance from centre of existing plant site. All the monitoring

has been completed in various locations within the study area during the period of October

2017-December 2017. The findings of the baseline environmental status on Land

(Topography, Soil Quality, Land Use Pattern), Micrometeorology (Temperature, Humidity,

Rainfall, Wind Speed), Air (Ambient Air Quality- PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO), Noise

Level, Ecological Environment (flora and fauna), Socio Economic Conditions are presented

in the report and interpreted with reference to Standards.

ES-5.1 Air Environment


Executive Summary


Figure ES-3: Ambient Air Monitoring Locations (Google Earth)

Table ES-2 Ambient Air Quality Status (Criteria Pollutants)

Sr. No.

Sampling Location Code & Name Stats

Values in µg/m3 Values in

mg/m3

Values in ppm

PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOx CO HCL VOC

1 *A1 Project site

Min 63.9 31.9 9.1 19.1 0.9

BDL BDL Max 86.1 48.2 18.2 32.1 2.3 Avg. 81.0 38.3 13.1 28.0 1.7

98th Percentile 86.0 46.5 17.7 32.0 2.3

2 A2 Wadivarhe

Min 64.1 28.3 7.5 18.1 0.5

BDL BDL Max 75.9 38.0 13.3 25.9 1.2 Avg. 70.0 32.0 10.0 23.7 0.8

98th Percentile 75.6 37.0 13.2 25.9 1.2

3 A3 Gondedumala

Min 62.1 27.5 6.6 19.1 0.8

BDL BDL Max 78.8 38.9 15.9 27.9 1.9 Avg. 73.9 33.3 12.3 25.3 1.4

98th Percentile 78.4 38.5 15.5 27.9 1.9 4 A4 Sanjegaon Min 56.1 25.2 7.1 14.6 0.4 BDL BDL


Executive Summary


Max 67.9 33.0 12.0 22.9 0.8 Avg. 63.2 29.0 9.1 19.1 0.6

98th Percentile 67.9 32.4 11.6 22.7 0.8

5 A5 Gadgadsangvi

Min 58.1 24.5 6.0 13.2 0.5

BDL BDL Max 67.3 31.6 12.6 24.9 0.9 Avg. 61.9 27.8 10.0 19.8 0.6

98th Percentile 66.7 31.4 12.6 24.9 0.9

6 A6 Belgaon

Min 57.2 25.7 7.1 17.5 0.9

BDL BDL Max 76.8 36.4 11.9 27.9 1.9 Avg. 69.9 31.4 9.4 25.4 1.5

98th Percentile 76.8 36.3 11.5 27.9 1.9

7 A7 Murambi

Min 64.8 29.4 8.1 18.4 0.8

BDL BDL Max 75.9 37.4 12.9 26.9 1.6 Avg. 72.1 32.3 11.0 23.0 1.3

98th Percentile 75.9 36.5 12.9 26.7 1.6

8 A8 Rajur Bhaula

Min 60.1 27.0 8.5 17.1 0.7

BDL BDL Max 74.3 36.4 15.4 27.9 1.7 Avg. 69.9 31.4 11.3 24.9 1.0

98th Percentile 74.1 35.6 15.3 27.9 1.7 NAAQ Standard 100 60 80 80 4 N.S N.S

PM10

Although the industry is not located in the industrial estate it is surrounded by many other

industries which ultimately add to the traffic load in the subjected area. At the same time

minimum concentration was observed at location A4 which is a remote area. The average

concentration of PM10 can be found to be in the range of 61.9-81.0 µg/m3. The minimum

concentration at location A4 (Sanjegaon) can be attributed due to its remote location and

minimal human activity in and around the monitoring station.

PM2.5

The major source of PM2.5 is said to be the combustion of fossil fuels, fire wood, etc. The

maximum of PM2.5 (48.2 µg/m3) during the study period was recorded at location A1,

whereas the minimum 24.5 µg/m3 concentration was recorded at A5 location which is a

remote area. The minimum concentration indicates that the area experiences minimal

combustion and vehicular activity. On the other hand, higher concentration at location A1

indicates that the area experiences high emissions from combustion of fossil fuel and

vehicular movement in the surroundings. The average concentration of PM2.5 during the study


Executive Summary


period was computed to be in the range of 27.8-38.3 µg/m3. It may be noted that the

concentration of PM2.5 was observed to be within the standards prescribed by the CPCB.

Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

High level of SO2 in ambient air indicates the presence of combustion of fossil fuel in the

vicinity. The ambient air monitoring results indicate that the highest average concentration of

SO2 is experienced at location A1. The emission from other industries & constant traffic and

regular movement of heavy vehicles which are diesel driven around the project area can be

considered as the principle source of emission for SO2. The average concentration of SO2

recorded at all the monitoring locations during the study period ranged between 9.1-13.1

µg/m3 respectively. It should be noted that maximum average concentration was recorded at

location A1 while the lowest can be observed at location A4. The location A4 is scarcely

populated and is remotely located. Hence low levels of anthropogenic activities and

emissions are observed in the area. The concentration of SO2 was within the CPCB limit at all

the location.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX)

The various forms of Nitrogen in NO, NO2 and N2O are collectively called as Oxides of

Nitrogen. The highest value of NOX during the monitoring period was observed at location

A1 while the minimum average was recorded at A4. The average concentrations were in the

range of 19.1-28 µg/m3. The maximum 24 hourly value of NOX was recorded at the

monitoring location A1 (32.1 µg/m3) whereas the minimum concentration of NOx was

recorded at location A5 (13.2 µg/m3). It should be noted that the both location A4 & A5

experience less vehicular activity resulting in minimal concentration of pollutants.

Carbon monoxide (CO)

The anthropogenic source of CO is due to incomplete combustion of fuel majorly in absence

of air. The maximum concentration of CO estimated at all locations during the study period

can be observed to be within 0.8 to 2.3 mg/m3 respectively. The minimum concentration at all

locations ranged between 0.4 - 0.9 mg/m3. The highest average is calculated at location A1

and the lowest average was estimated to be at location A4 in Sanjegaon.

Hydrochloric Acid (HCl)

The results revealed that the values of HCl were detected to be below the minimum detection

limit at all the monitoring locations.


Executive Summary


VOC (Volatile Organic Carbon)

Based on the above results it can be stated that the values of VOC were found to be below

detection limit at all the monitoring locations.

Monitoring of Additional Parameters:

The monitoring for additional parameters in ambient air namely Ozone, Lead, Ammonia,

Arsenic, Nickel, Benzene & Benzopyrene (a) was conducted within the project premises (A1

location). The results for these parameters are presented in Table

Table ES-3 Results of Additional Air Quality Parameters at Project Site

Sr. No. Parameters

A1- Premises of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd NAAQ

Standards Min. Max. Avg. 1. Ozone (O3) µg/m3 28 38 31 100 (8 Hourly)

2. Lead (Pb) ng/m3 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 1.0 (24 Hourly)

3. Ammonia (NH3) µg/m3 68 93 84 400 (24 Hourly)

4. Benzo (a) pyrene (BaP) ng/m3 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 1.0 (Annual)

5. Arsenic (As) ng/m3 <5.00 <5.00 <5.00 6.0 (Annual)

6. Nickel (Ni) ng/m3 <5.00 <5.00 <5.00 20 (Annual)

7. Benzene (C6 H6) µg/m3 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 5 (Annual)

*Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Laboratory.

** N.S.: Not Specified

The analysis of additional parameters monitored for ambient air quality at the location A1

reveals that the values did not exceed the limits prescribed by CPCB, during the sampling

period. The presence of heavy metals such as lead, arsenic and nickel & Benzene, Benzo (a)

pyrene were recorded to be below the detectable limits.

Conclusion:

The descriptive statistics of the monitoring at all the locations are indicating that pollution

levels did not exceed the standards prescribed by the CPCB.

It should be noted that 98th Percentile values computed at all the sampling locations were

similar to the maximum value observed at most of the locations indicating a negligible

variance in the observations obtained. Furthermore, the additional parameters monitored at

the sampling location no. A1 indicated that even those parameters did not exceed the

standards provided by CPCB.


Executive Summary


ES-5.2 Noise Environment

Noise monitoring was conducted as per the standard operating procedures.

Industrial Zone

The day time noise level at the project premises was observed to be 69.0 dB (A) while during

night time the noise level was recorded to be 58.4 dB (A). It may be noted that the noise

levels during the day time as well as night time were estimated to be under the prescribed

standards by Central Pollution Control Board.

Figure ES-4: Noise Monitoring Locations (Google Earth) Table ES-4 Noise Monitoring results

Code Monitoring Location Noise in dB(A) Leq Daytime

Noise in dB(A) Leq Night Time

N1 Project Site 69.0 58.4 N2 Wadivarhe 54.5 44.2 N3 Gondedumala 51.2 42.1 N4 Sanjegaon 52.7 40.7 N5 Gadgadsangvi 50.3 42.1 N6 Belgaon 48.7 41.4 N7 Murambi 49.2 40.3


Executive Summary


N8 Rajur Bhaula 53.0 43.5 NAAQ Noise Limit (Industrial Area) 75 70 NAAQ Noise Limit (Residential Area) 55 45 Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd, Laboratory.

Residential Zone

The noise monitoring conducted at seven locations for 24hr, once in a week and average

hourly readings were recorded. The minimum noise level recorded during the daytime was

observed at location N6, viz. 48.7 dB(A) whereas, the maximum noise levels can be observed

at location N2, viz. 54.5 dB(A). The minimum noise level recorded during the nighttime was

observed at location N7, viz. 40.3 dB(A) whereas, the maximum noise levels can be observed

at location N2, viz. 44.2 dB(A). The location N2 is densely populated village and hence can

give rise to high noise level in the surroundings. It should be noted that the permissible limits

for noise did not exceed at any of the locations selected for sampling.

ES-5.3 Water Environment

Surface Water Study

Figure ES-5: Surface Water Monitoring Locations on Google Earth


Executive Summary


Table No. ES-5 Surface Water Quality Results Sr. No. Parameters Locations Unit

SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 SW-6 SW-7 SW-8 1. pH 8.1 7.8 7.9 7.6 7.5 8.2 8 7.4 - 2. Total Dissolved Solids 266 248 279 253 289 321 340 338 mg/lit 3. Chlorides as Cl - 78.4 65.4 95.4 76.9 96.8 93.6 92.3 94.7 mg/lit 4. Sulphate as SO4

- 24.5 27.8 24.5 23.1 26.1 26.2 29.5 25.4 mg/lit 5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 187 239 198 215 249 296 253 263 mg/lit 6. Nitrate as NO3 2.9 4.5 1.5 3.1 6.6 3.2 4.9 3.8 mg/lit 7. Fluoride as F- 0.39 0.33 0.22 0.4 0.3 0.4 0.23 0.3 mg/lit 8. Arsenic as As <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit 9. PO4-- <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 mg/lit 10. Bicarbonates 176 174 213 169 227 236 223 226 mg/lit 11. Calcium as Ca 52.3 48.6 64.2 50.9 66.5 65.5 70.1 69.9 mg/lit 12. Cadmium as Cd <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 mg/lit 13. Iron as Fe <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 mg/lit 14. Lead as Pb <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit 15. Magnesium as Mg 18.9 15.9 18.4 17.4 19.6 15.4 16.5 15.9 mg/lit 16. Chromium as Cr <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 mg/lit 17. Mercury as Hg <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 mg/lit 18. K+ 3.9 12.4 11.8 4.6 12.5 14.6 14.9 16.5 mg/lit 19. Nickel as Ni <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 mg/lit 20. Na+ 41.2 39.8 54.2 40.3 55.8 56.8 54.8 55.9 mg/lit 21. Zinc as Zn 0.15 0.18 0.16 0.19 0.23 0.19 0.21 0.20 mg/lit 22. Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs. Present Present Present Present Present Present Present Present -- 23. Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. Absent Absent Present Absent Present Present Present Present -- 24. COD 18.5 11.6 15.9 17.2 11.3 19.3 10.9 9.2 mg/lit 25. BOD 6.4 4.3 5.4 5.9 4.9 6.1 4.2 3.9 mg/lit 26. DO 6.2 6.6 6.1 6.4 6.2 5.9 6.0 6.3 mg/lit

Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Laboratory


Executive Summary


The results presented in the earlier section are discussed and concluded in this section. The

values obtained are compared with the standards prescribed for the respective designated use

of the water body as categorized in the earlier part of the study. The analysis helps to

conclude that the pH of all the samples was found to vary between: 7.4 – 8.2. It should be

noted that the values obtained were within the desirable limit for pH as prescribed by CPCB.

The total hardness was observed to be ranging between 187 to 296 mg/l. The maximum value

of hardness was recorded at SW6 and the minimum value was recorded at SW1. The

concentration of Total Dissolved Solids was estimated in the range of 248 mg/l to 340 mg/l.

The maximum concentration of Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) was observed at SW7 whereas

the minimum TDS concentration was observed at SW2. The Chemical Oxygen Demand

(COD) & Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) values were calculated to be in the range of

9.2 mg/l to 19.3 mg/l & 4.2 mg/l to 6.4 mg/l respectively. The presence of heavy metals like

Arsenic, Mercury, Lead, Chromium, Zinc, Nickel & Cadmium were found out to be below

the detection limit for all the water samples. It should be noted that the iron content in all of

the samples of surface water bodies were below the detection limit. Fluoride was detected in

lower concentrations ranging from 0.22-0.4 mg/l. The nitrate concentration was observed to

be in the range of 1.5 - 6.6 mg/l. The microbiological samples for total coliforms were found

to be present in all the surface water bodies samples. Ecoli was present in location SW3,

SW4, SW5, SW6, SW7 & SW8 rest in all the other locations (SW1 & SW2) it was absent. It

should be noted that in case of the selected water bodies (SW1 to SW5) classified under

category “B”, the parameters were found to be below the prescribed limits except for BOD

concentration. It can be continued for its designed use as per Inland Surface Water Standards

after disinfection and necessary treatment.

The results for location SW6 to SW8 categorized in category “E” indicated that all the

parameters were found to be within the prescribed limits.


Executive Summary


Ground Water Study

Figure ES-6 Ground Water Monitoring Locations on Google Earth


Executive Summary


Table No. ES-6 Ground Water Quality Results

Sr. No. Parameters

Locations Unit GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 GW-7 GW-8

1. pH 7.2 7.1 7.7 7.3 7.8 7.2 7.3 7.6 - 2. Total Dissolved Solids 529 395 224 250 132 210 321 298 mg/lit 3. Chlorides as Cl - 146.9 112.4 99.4 84.6 36.5 81.4 110.4 102.3 mg/lit 4. Sulphate as SO4

- 36.4 14.6 2.26 1.69 1.5 1.32 12.4 10.4 mg/lit 5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 593 469 184 162 169 293 417 326 mg/lit 6. Nitrate as NO3 10.9 11.2 5.4 3.6 9.7 3.0 7.2 8.3 mg/lit 7. Fluoride as F- 0.6 0.32 0.21 0.32 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.3 mg/lit 8. Arsenic as As <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit 9. PO4-- 2.1 1.3 2.2 2.0 2.3 1.9 1.7 2.2 mg/lit 10. Bicarbonates 399 326 175 197 112 247 321 296 mg/lit 11. Calcium as Ca 120.4 97.8 37.8 43.2 26.8 41.9 95.8 86.4 mg/lit 12. Cadmium as Cd <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 mg/lit 13. Iron as Fe <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 mg/lit 14. Lead as Pb <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit 15. Magnesium as Mg 36.4 26.4 19.8 24.1 12.5 22.1 24.1 20.6 mg/lit 16. Chromium as Cr <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 17. Mercury as Hg <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 18. K+ 13.2 7.5 1.2 6.4 3.1 4.1 8.5 9.6 mg/lit 19. Nickel as Ni <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 mg/lit 20. Na+ 77.4 58.9 52.4 44.6 19.8 42.6 57.9 53.6 mg/lit 21. Zinc as Zn <0.1 1.3 1.9 1.5 <0.1 1.4 <0.1 1.5 mg/lit 22. Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs. Present Present Present Present Present Present Present Present -- 23. Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent -- 24. COD <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 mg/lit 25. BOD <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 mg/lit



Executive Summary


The results indicate that the pH of all the ground water samples was within the prescribed

standards following in the range of 7.1 - 7.8.

The concentration of heavy metals like arsenic, chromium, lead, mercury, nickel & cadmium

were below the detection limit. Iron was not detected in any of the ground water samples.

Zinc was observed in the range of <0.1-1.9 mg/lit which is well below the acceptable

standards of IS:10500:2012.

The hardness of all the ground water samples was found to be ranging between 162-593

mg/lit. The value of hardness was exceeding the acceptable limit but was within the

permissible limit at all the locations. It should be noted that some of the ground water

samples in the study area can be termed as hard water.

It can be observed that the values for total dissolved solids in all the sampling locations were

estimated to be under the permissible standards for drinking water. The concentration of total

dissolved solids ranged between 132-529 mg/lit. The maximum concentration was observed

at location GW 1 whereas the minimum concentration was observed at GW5.

It should be noted that the microbiological analysis of all the samples indicate that e-coli was

absent in all the ground water samples. The presence of total coliforms in all the samples is

indicating that the anthropogenic activity in the surrounding area can be a possible source of

contamination.

The fluoride concentrations are ranging between 0.2 - 0.6 mg/l. The presence of the fluoride

in all the water samples is mostly due to geogenic in nature. The nitrate concentrations were

ranging between 3.0 - 11.2 mg/l well below the acceptable limits of drinking water. The

probable sources of nitrates in the ground water could be the use of fertilizers in the nearby

agricultural activity.

The nitrate concentrations are higher in the study area which was compared with the

secondary data of Govt. Of India, Ministry Of Water Resources, Central Ground Water Board

2014. The COD and BOD values of all the ground water samples were found to be below the

detection limit. Thus based on the above results it can be stated that the water from the said

samples can be considered fit for domestic purpose with basic primary treatment.


Executive Summary


ES-5.4 Soil Environment

Sr. No. Parameters Location Units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 1 pH 7.7 7.1 8.1 6.8 7.2 8.0 7.1 8.3 -- 2 Moisture Content 5.5 4.0 5.9 1.9 7.1 7.5 9.1 6.2 % 3 Organic matter 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.6 1.9 1.6 1.8 1.7 % 4 Exchangeable Calcium as Ca 101.2 158.6 109.4 213.4 205.7 160.2 100.1 126.4 mg/Kg

5 Color dark

brown to black

dark brown to

black

dark brown to

black

dark brown to

black

dark brown to

black

dark brown to

black

dark brown to

black

dark brown to

black --

6 Soil texture Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam --

7 Electrical Conductivity 80.1 114.4 81.6 49.5 61.2 159.5 94.2 98.6 mS/cm 8 Water holding Capacity 41 36 39 40 42 33 35 37 % 9 Arsenic as As BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL mg/Kg 10 Cadmium as Cd BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL mg/Kg 11 Chromium as Cr 0.6 1.6 0.5 2.6 3.4 1.9 1.6 0.9 mg/Kg 12 Lead as Pb BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL mg/Kg 13 Sodium as Na 44.8 50.3 48.2 63.5 50.4 42.8 40.6 61.6 mg/Kg 14 Magnesium as Mg 36.5 70.2 38.9 63.2 81.7 107.3 43.2 99.5 mg/Kg 15 Iron as Fe 6.9 21.5 24.6 84.6 81.3 23.5 58.2 30.1 mg/Kg 16 Potassium as K 91.2 310.5 128.9 204.4 299.4 271.3 198.9 105.6 mg/Kg 17 Total Nitrogen 63.2 228.9 230.9 236.2 280.9 243.5 226.9 133.5 mg/Kg 18 Phosphurus as PO4- 12.3 10.6 13.4 15.4 10.3 14.9 11.9 16.8 mg/Kg 19 Cation exchange capacity 16.4 19.1 20.0 15.6 17.5 19.6 18.4 14.3 meq/100g 20 SAR 5.4 4.7 5.6 5.4 4.2 3.7 4.8 5.8 -

Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd, Laboratory.


Executive Summary


The findings of the study reveal that, pH of the soil in the study area ranged in between 7.1 –

8.3,which is an indicative of the neutral to slightly alkaline nature of soil. The values for

Nitrogen at all locations varied between 40.35 - 65.25 kg/ha. Maximum concentration of

nitrogen was observed at location S6.

Figure ES-7 Soil Monitoring Locations on Google Earth

The concentration of phosphate was estimated to be between 15.45-25.2 kg/ha. The highest

concentration can be observed at location S8, while the lowest concentration can be observed

at location S5. It is important to note that the concentration of potassium was found to be

ranging between 158.4 to 511.8 kg/ha.


Executive Summary


Based on the above findings it can be concluded that the soil samples can be classified as per

table 3.19 falls under less to medium fertile soils. The presences of heavy metals in all the

soil samples were below the detection limit except the concentration of chromium which is

0.5-3.4 mg/kg.

ES-5.5 Biological Environment

The project is an expansion activity and the activities to be accomplished on newly acquired

land which admeasures 60,400 sq. m. being a barren land does not involves any sort of

habitat loss hence conservation related aspects are not anticipated.

However, in order to comply with the Standard TOR as prescribed by MoEF & CC to

identify and assess any plant species of conservation importance the status evaluation is done

as per the IUCN assessment.

The project plot had presence of uneven ground dwelling herbaceous & scrub flora

accounting to 15 no. of species of which 2 species were assessed as Least Concern ver 3.1, 12

species were yet to be assessed and the same could not be assessed for 1 no. of species.

Of the 89 plant species recorded in the study area, 9 species were assessed as Least

Concern ver 3.1, 2 species as Lower Risk/least concern ver 2.3, 1 species as Data

Deficient ver 2.3, 76 species were yet to be assessed and same could not be established for 1

species.

Avifauna: The filed visits in and round the potential habitats within the core and buffer study

area resulted in recording 30 bird species comprising of aquatic & terrestrial habitat dwelling

belonging to 27 genera & 22 families. The recorded bird species were resident & commonest

for the study region in consideration and had a very wide range of presence & abundance

across the Nashik District.

Reptiles: Solitary individuals of Brahminy skink, Forest calotes and Oriental garden lizard

were observed amongst the bushes during the study.

Mammals: Apart from the Indian Palm Squirrel none other mammals were observed during

the study. The inventory of birds & reptiles along with IUCN WPA (1972) assessment is

given in Tables 4 & 5 of Annexure 3.1 respectively.


Executive Summary


Status Evaluation

Of the recorded 30 bird species the IUCN assessment of 29 species is as Least Concern ver

3.1 and 1 species was yet to be assessed whereas as per the WPA (1972) 17 species are listed

as Schedule-IV & 1 species as Schedule - V and remaining 12 bird species were not listed in

any Schedule.

Of the other observed fauna only Indian Palm Squirrel, Brahminy Skink and Forest Calotes

were assessed as Least Concern ver 3.1 and were not listed in any Schedule of WPA (1972).

The IUCN and WPA (1972) assessment of the 7 mammals & 4 reptiles as known from the

secondary sources revealed that none belonged to any categories of concern and is not listed

as Schedule - I species.

Interpretation of primary and secondary data

The proposed project activity does not involve any sort of habitat loss also of the recorded 89

plant species, 34 faunal species from primary data and 11 faunal species from secondary data

neither belongs to any categories of concern as per IUCN assessment nor listed Schedule - I

(fauna) as the WPA (1972).

Of the recorded plant and animal species none were rare, endemic & did not belong to any

categories of concerns, moreover the recorded plant & animal species were extremely

common for the study area and had a very wide range of presence & abundance across the

entire Nashik district.

ES-5.6 Socio Economic Environment

The data collected by the assessment tool had three variables namely; accessibility of public

resources and its satisfaction, impact of industrial activity of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. and

attitude towards Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. The data of 50 participants was put for correlation

analysis. The data was found to be normally distributed hence; the data fulfils the

assumptions of parametric statistics. Based on this information Pearson product-moment

correlation was conducted.

It is found that accessibility of public resources and its satisfaction is significantly correlated

in positive direction with impact of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. activity (r = .78; p = .02). This

indicates that accessibility of public resources will lead to low impact of industry activities

and vice versa. Accessibility of public resources and its satisfaction is also found to be


Executive Summary


significantly correlated with attitude towards Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry activity (r = -

.42; p = .08) but in negative direction. This indicates that accessibility due to accessibility of

public resources there is positive inclination for Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry activity in

the study area. Further, it is also found that impact of industrial activity is significantly

correlated with attitude towards industrial activity (r = -.51; p = .02). This indicates that due

to low impact there is positive attitude towards among the participants in the study area

Indicating Pearson’s correlation among variables (N=50)1

Accessibility & satisfaction Impact Attitude towards Delta

Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Accessibility & Satisfaction 1 - - Impact .78** 1 - Attitude towards proposed activity of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd.

-.42* -.51 1

** Correlation is significant at the 0.02 level. * Correlation is significant at the 0.08 level.

Conclusion:

This finding indicate that the sample is somewhere satisfied with the accessibility of public

recourses and the activity of the industry Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. will not hamper or impact

in any way to them. Hence, the attitude towards industrial activity is also found to be

favorable.

ES-6 Prediction of Impacts & Mitigation Measures

The summary of mitigation measures during construction phase is presented in tabulated

format in Table ES-4 and for operation phase is presented in Table ES-5.

Table No. ES-7: Overview of probable environmental pollution, Impacts & Mitigation

Measures during Construction Phase

Sr. No

Environmental Parameters

Aspect Attributes

Impact Proposed Mitigation Measures

1. Air Quality

Minor dust emissions from handling & transportation of cement/concrete/stone aggregates.

Workers getting exposed to the dust pollution generated due to the construction activity can suffer from respiratory problems and prolonged

Traffic management for loading and unloading of the materials. Regular sprinkling of water on the working site, Avoiding Cement


Executive Summary


exposure can lead to malfunctioning of lungs. The traffic movement may also impact the plants growth on road side due to dust deposition on leaves which will block stomata and impact on plant photosynthesis.

dust emission, Managing stockpiles. Creating wind barrier for controlling the dust emissions.

2. Noise Quality Noise generated from construction equipments/machinery like spade, shovel, dabber, drill, hammer, concrete mixer etc. Transportation of construction materials.

The impacts of high noise level maylead to Temporary/Permanent hearing loss, Mental disturbance, Increase in heart rate, Affecting worker's performance.

Appropriate PPEs will be provided to the workers. Implementation of Traffic management. Development of Green belt will reduce noise levels in the surrounding area.

3. Water Quality Water used for construction activity mainly for concrete mixing, sprinkling etc.

Contamination of the soil and nearby water bodies due to the surface runoff.

Proper surface water runoff management would be implemented. Storm water drain would be provided.

4. Solid Waste Management

No demolition work is envisaged however minor quantities of solid waste generation is anticipated in the form of concrete/construction materials left over.

Unhealthy Work Conditions at project site.

The solid waste generated in the construction phase would be disposed off through local Municipal Corporation.


Executive Summary


Table No. ES-8: Overview of probable environmental pollution, Impacts & Mitigation

Measures during Operational Phase

Sr.No.


Aspect Attributes


1. Air Quality

Operation of Boiler Gaseous emission from manufacturing process, Non spontaneous emissions from Transportation of raw materials & finished goods. VOC emission generated due to the handling and storage of the solvents & other raw materials.

The Maximum Incremental concentration of pollutants are, PM10 - 0.13g/m3 PM2.5 - 0.1g/m3 SO2 – 6.38 g/m3 NOx - 0.11 g/m3 & CO-0.00001 mg/m3

The Health effects related to particulate matter, due to failure of control systems, are majorly respiratory, pulmonary injury & lung cancer etc. to the habitat. Exposure to SO2 and NOx majorly leads to respiratory problems. Carbon monoxide decreases the oxygen carrying capacity of the blood by reducing the hemoglobin. The health effects related to VOC emission are eye, nose and throat irritation headaches, loss of coordination and nausea, damage to liver, kidney and central nervous system etc. The air emissions in long course of time may affect the immediate surrounding vegetation stature

1. The existing boiler have stack of 26 m height additional boiler also will be provided appropriate Stack of 30 m 2. 3 alkali scrubbers of 25 cu.m/hr circulation capacity are used presently to scrub the acidic process emissions. Two additional alkali scrubber of 25 cu.m/hr capacity will be installed to effectively scrub the gases from the manufacturing process. 3. The roads within the premises are paved to avoid the dust generation from vehicular activity. In the expansion project the roads will be paved to reduce dust generation 4. It will be ensured that all the transportation vehicles have a valid PUC (Pollution under Control) Certificate. 5. Proper servicing & maintenance of vehicles will be carried out. 6. Regular sweeping of all the roads & floors will be done. 7. The existing thick green belt along the plant boundary will help to capture the fugitive emission. Additional 10 m wide green belt will be


Executive Summary


physically (leaf senescence, hampered growth etc.) & biologically thus may affect the overall surrounding ecology.

developed around plant boundary to reduce fugitive emissions in atmosphere. 8. Industry shall ensure that at no point of time the air emission concentrations exceed the prescribed standards.

2. Noise Quality Operation of Boiler, D.G. set, Reactors, ancillary utilities & transportation activity.

The impacts of high noise level would be Temporary/Permanent hearing loss, Mental disturbance Increase in heart rate Decreasing in workers performance due to psychiatric disorder Workers developing Tinnitus due to high level of noise exposure on regular basis. The increased noise level may induce locale level disturbances/ temporary migration of fauna in the immediate vicinity of the project area.

1. Acoustic enclosure will be provided DG set for attenuation of noise level during operation. 2. Boilers will be placed in a confined space viz. boiler house where the surrounding walls acts as a barrier for noise propagation. 3. Isolation of high intensity noise generating equipments. 4. Using engineering controls for reducing the noise level. 5. Appropriate traffic management to be implemented. 6. Green belt developed around the company premises will act as noise barrier. 7. Appropriate PPE should be provided to workers.

3. Water Quality 1. Effluent from manufacturing process. 2. Effluent from Scrubber operations 3. Blow down water from Boiler and Cooling Tower.

Indiscriminate release/discharge of effluents without treatment may contaminate the surrounding surface and groundwater, soil & there by affecting the overall ecology & agricultural

The present ZLD treatment scheme will be continued after expansion. The effluent will be segregated in high COD/TDS effluent and low COD/TDS effluent. The high COD/TDS effluent will be treated by stripper column followed


Executive Summary


4.Domestic wastewater

productivity. by MEE and ATFD 1. The low COD/TDS effluent from manufacturing process, boiler and cooling tower blowdown will be treated in the ETP. 2. The domestic wastewater is treated in the septic tank and the overflow is connected to the aeration tank of the ETP. 3. The treated effluent will be passed through RO. The RO permeate water will be used in the industrial process and the RO reject will be treated in the MEE. 4. The condensate water from MEE will be again treated in the secondary treatment of ETP. The salt generated will be sent to Co-processing / Sold to authorized recyclers/ disposed to the CHWTSDF Ranjangaon.

4. Solid Waste Management - Hazardous Waste

1.Used/Spent oil (5.1) 2. Hazardous waste generated from the manufacturing process (Distillation) (20.3). 3. Sludge generated from the ETP operation (35.3). 4. Residue generated from the MEE

Unscientific handling & disposal may lead to contamination of surrounding soil, water sources & there by affecting the ecology & health of the workers coming in direct contact with the hazardous waste like skin allergies/rashes/burns etc.

1. Hazardous waste, empty containers generated from the manufacturing process presently disposed to CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon or sold to authorized recyclers. 2. Sludge generated from the ETP operations is sent for Co-processing/ disposed to - CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon. 3. Waste salt generated from MEE is sent for Co-processing or disposed to


Executive Summary


operation. (37.3) 5.Discarded containers (33.1) 6. Spent solvents (20.2) 7. Spent carbon (36.2)

CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon. In future same practice will be followed.

Solid Waste Management - Non Hazardous waste

1. Scrap Metal 2. Scrap Plastic 3. Office Waste 4. Food Waste 5. Carboys & wooden pellets

1. Hap-hazard handling & storage may lead to inadequate open space in plant premises & it may lead to rodent breeding.

Designated area for Scrap materials is provided in the plant. Scrap materials is recycled through registered scrap vendors. Daily housekeeping waste and small amount of food waste is disposed through local waste management facility.

ES-7 Risk Assessment Study

Risks likely to pose harm to man, environment or property associated with various activities

are addressed in this report. Such activities include transport, storage; handling and usage of

hazardous raw materials & fuels etc. To calculate the risk involved in the process of the

Fig. ES- 8 Maximum credible Loss Scenario for HCl gas leak: M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd.


Executive Summary


proposed activity; ALOHA 5.2.2 is performed for all tanks. Based on the unsafe distances

identified by the software output, the MCLS (maximum credible loss scenario) for the factory

works out to about 8100 meter for Hydrochloric acid gas release. The scenario considered for

assessing the impact by quantitative risk assessment was taken from CPR18 E. The

probability of occurrence of the scenario is 5 × 10-7 y-1 which is very less. The Disaster

management plan highlights the suggestive measures to be taken during the occurrence of

such an accident. The scenario is presented in adjoining Figure (Figure. ES-3).

The DOW index is performed for all flammable chemicals which is to be stored in raw

material storage building for proposed expansion activity. The degrees of hazard for all the

materials were understand to be in range of Light to Moderate. The Fire & explosive Index

for ethyl chloroformate is seems to be higher than the other materials i.e. 84.09. The radius

and area of exposure was calculated for ethyl chloroformate drum storage, the radius of

exposure for ethyl chloroformate is determined to be 21.01 m & the estimated area of

exposure is around 1386.07 sq. m. The impact would be confined within the factory

boundaries. It will lead to an onsite emergency situation which could be handled through

appropriate mitigation measures.

According to the Mond's Index calculations the highest toxicity is calculated for the storage

of ammonia gas i.e. 10.18 indicating high degree of hazard. The appropriate mitigation

measures will be taken during handling and storage of ammonia cylinders, which will further

reduce the probability/intensity of exposure.

ES-8 Disaster Management Plan

In view of the chemical industry, Onsite and Offsite Emergency Plans are important hence it

has been prepared for the industry. During operational phase, surrounding population shall be

made aware of safety precautions to be taken in case of any emergency situation due to the

overall project activity. On-site disaster management plan and Off-site emergency

management plan, commands communication and controls will be established and

maintained. Adequate provisions like emergency response, response organization, response

plan, Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), command and control, capabilities,

transportation, medical facilities, mitigation measures, training, education, public awareness

emergency plan review etc. to control any disaster situation will be made available.


Executive Summary


ES-9 CER Activity

After expansion of the project, company will carry out following CER activities

Initiatives for clean environment in the nearby areas under „Swachh Bharat Abhiyan’.

Improving access to quality education for primary level children (6-14 years) for improving their learning levels and ensuring continuity in

formal schools.

To undertake lake cleaning project for increasing the water holding capacity of lakes

Strengthening primary health centers in nearby community.

The proposed CER activities and the budgetary allotment for the same is presented in Table ES-4

Table No. ES-9: List of CER Activity

Cost of Proposed Project

Cost for the CER Activity

Year of Implement

ation

Amount in Rs.

Activity Cost estimation

20.06 Cr. is the Project Cost.

50.15 Lakh. 2017 10.80 Lakh Contribution to the prime minister national relief fund.

Cleaning of lake in village Vellhali, Taluka Igatpuri,

District Nashik, Maharashtra to increase the water holding

capacity of the lake

Particulars Amount (Approx.) Prime minister

national relief fund 8,30,469/-

Lake cleaning project. 2,50,000/-


Executive Summary


2018 9.25 Lakh Providing modern teaching facilities to schools in Wadivarhe, Vilholi, Muranmi, Mukane and Gonde Dumala such as Projector, Computer and Projector Screen.

Particulars Amount (Approx.)

Computer (10 nos.) 4,00,000/- Projector (5 no.) 3,50,000/-

Projector Screen (5 no.) 50,000/-

Laboratory consumables 1,25,000/-

2019 10.03 Lakh 2) Organizing Health Check-up camp for nearby villages other nearby village Schools


Normal Health Checkup 2,50,000/- Checkup by Eye-

Specialist 2,50,000/-

Checkup by ENT Specialist 2,00,000/-

Checkup by Dentist 1,50,000/- Blood Tests for Blood

group, WBC Count, ESR, Platelet Count, etc.

1,53,000/-

2020 10.03 Lakh Donation to economically backward patients to avail expensive medical facility

Lake cleaning project in nearby villages Muranmbi,

Mukane


Donation for cancer treatment, heart by-pass

surgery, angioplasty, joint replacement, dialysis

5,00,000/-

Lake cleaning by removing 5,03,000/-


Executive Summary


debris from lakes in 2021 10.03 Lakh Providing basic amenities to

the Primary health Care Center located at Vilholi,

Gonde Dumala, Gadgasangvi, Lahangewadi.


Heath care center building renovations 3,00,000/-

Modern equipment in health center 3,00,000/-

laboratory instruments 1,00,000/- Laboratory consumables 1,03,000/- Equipment like heart rate

monitor, glucometer, blood pressure monitor

80,000/-

beds 120000/-

ES-10 Occupational Health Measures

The company is strictly implementing the rules of Factories Act 1948 & the Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 regarding the occupational health

facilities to be provided to the workers of the company. The industry has provided decontamination facilities for the workers. The health records

of the workers are maintained. Company has provided Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs) to their all workers, while periodic medical health

checkup as Occupational Health & Safety measures is being carried out. For the continuous and continual development, the company will train

& educate the operators and workers with the environment, health & safety rules & regulation, procedure and measures.


Executive Summary


ES-11 Post Project Monitoring Plan

Monitoring of environmental parameters shall be done as per the guidelines provided by MoEF/CPCB/SPCB and/or consents/authorization from

MPCB. The method followed shall be recommended / standard method approved/ recommended by MoEF/ CPCB. The Table ES-5 explains the

approach for environmental monitoring program.

Table No. ES-10: Environmental Monitoring Program

Sr. no

Particulars Pollutant Pollutant Characteristics Frequency Period No. of samples

Cost per

sample

Estimated cost

(Quarterly)

Estimated cost

(Annual) OPERATION PHASE

1. Ambient air Air Emission

CO, SO2, NO2, PM10, PM2.5, O3, Lead, NH3, Benzene, BaP,

Arsenic, Nickel etc.

Intermittent / Periodic

Quarterly 3 8950 26850 107400

2. Diesel generators,

Boiler

Stack emissions

SOx, NOx and PM Intermittent / Periodic

Quarterly 2 10550 21100 84400

3. Scrubbers Stack emissions

Acid mist, Ammonia Intermittent / Periodic

Quarterly 1 2650 2650 10600

3. Boiler Area, ETP, Work Place

Area

Noise Noise Level dB (A) Intermittent / Periodic

Quarterly 4 3500 14000 56000

4. Effluent treatment

plant

All parameters

pH, O & G, TDS, TSS, COD, BOD, Sulphates and Chlorides


Weekly 1 15190 182280 729120

5. Hazardous E.T.P sludge H.W. characteristics As per the Once in a 3 11400 34200 34200


Executive Summary


Wastes residue, MEE

residue, Distillation residue and

Spent solvents

requirement of CHWTSDF

providers

Year

6. Work Place Air pollutants,

Heavy metals

Volatile Organic Compounds:- Respirable Particulate Matter, Suspended Particulate Matter,

Methanol, Toluene, Ethyl Alcohol, Methyl Isobutyl ketone, Xylene and Ethyl

Acetate


Monthly 1 3400 10200 40800

Total 250580 10,62,520


Executive Summary


ES - 12 EMP Cost & Budgetary Allocation

The proposed capital investment of the company is envisaged to be 20.05 Cr. rupees and the

proposed capital investment for Environmental Pollution Control Measures is around 5.4 Cr.

Rupees. The cost details for Environmental Management are as below

Table No. ES-11: Cost details for Environmental Management

Sr.

No.

Parameters Capital Cost

(Rs.)

Recurring Cost

per annum (Rs.)

1 Air Pollution Control 1,00,00,000 15,00,000

2 Water Pollution Control 4,00,00,000 35,00,000

3 Noise Pollution Control 2,00,000 30,000

4 Environment Monitoring and

Management

07,00,000 10,00,000

5 Occupational Health 5,00,000 75,000

6 Green Belt 13,00,000 2,00,000

7 Solid Waste Management 5,00,000 2,00,000

8 Water conservation 8,00,000 50,000

Total cost (Rs.) 5,40,00,000 65,55,000



Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd Chapter 1-1

Chapter 1 – Introduction 1.1 Purpose of the project

The Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) and Intermediate Chemicals manufacturing

unit of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. is in operation since 1994 at Plot no. 350 with a

manufacturing capacity of 2,222 MT/A for which company has been granted with

Environmental Clearance dt. 31st March 2015 from Ministry of Environment, Forests and

Climate Change (MoEF & CC) vide F. No. J - 11011/152/2011- IA II (I) and Consent to

Operate dt. 4th May 2016 from Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB) vide Consent

order No:-Format 1.0/BO/AS(T)/NK-18813-15 & NK-19238-15/R-O-A/GEN-05810.

Delta Finochem is currently engaged in manufacture of 13 numbers of products catering to

the demand of local & international pharmaceutical industries which in turn are used for

manufacturing of array of Bulk drugs by the pharmaceutical industries.

However with an operational experience of more than 27 years Delta Finochem has

witnessed a major shift in the product demand in the local & international market. Hence to

enhance the business, Delta Finochem has envisaged change in its current product range from

existing 13 numbers of products to a total of 126 products with addition of 113 number of

products, the new products to be manufactured include 53 new APIs, 34 Intermediate

Chemicals & 26 Quaternary Compounds by increasing the production capacities. Thus, these

business sustenance driven decisions justifies the purpose of the project.

Objectives of the EIA Report

Assessment of the background concentration of the pollutants around the 10 km study

area of the project site.

Ensuring environmental factors are considered in the decision-making process during

the planning and designing stage of the project.

Avoid serious and irreversible damage to the environment.

Identify and quantify potential sources and determine the significance of impacts on

sensitive receptors.

Identify and quantify any potential losses or damage to flora, fauna and natural

habitats.




Identify any impacts on sites of cultural heritage and to propose measures to mitigate

these impacts.

Identify, describe and quantify any potential landscape and visual impacts and

evaluate the significance of impacts on sensitive receivers.

Identify & quantify anticipated risk & hazard in the operating phase of the project &

recommending appropriate mitigation measures to minimize the impact.

Identify, predict and evaluate the environmental impacts and the cumulative effects

expected to arise during the construction and operation phases of the proposed

developments in relation to the sensitive receptors.

Identify, assess and specify methods, measures and standards, to be included in the

detailed design, construction and operation of the proposed developments which are

necessary to mitigate these environmental impacts and reducing them to acceptable

levels.

Delineation of environmental management plan (EMP) outlining prevention and

control strategies for minimizing adverse impacts of the project.

Formulation of environmental quality monitoring program for operational phases to

be pursued by the project proponent.

1.2 Information about project proponent

Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. established in the year 1994 is an ISO 9001: 2008 certified

privately owned and professionally managed company headed by Mrs. S. D. Deshmukh and

the board of directors is held by Mr. Dattatraya Deshmukh & Mr. Sandeep Deshmukh. The

company got incorporated under the Companies Act 1956 on 1st February 2000. The ISO

certificate, certificate of incorporation and the company Organogram are attached as

Annexure 1.1, Annexure 1.2 & Annexure 1.3 respectively.

Delta Finochem is one of the leading manufacturers of Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients &

Intermediate Chemicals. Delta’s focus is on niche products & their clients are essentially

innovators and generic drug companies across the globe for which the company is intending

to develop a range of new niche products.




Delta Finochem offers products with superior quality & with excellent customer service.

Company’s focus on R&D (Research & Development) is enabling them to offer new

products as per the customer’s demands.

The current flexible structure of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. and its well-trained & motivated

team always helps to cover client’s needs in short period of time which also reflects in the

Company’s annual customer satisfaction survey.

Delta Finochem is committed towards health & safety of workers, stake holders & strives for

minimal environmental impact during its current operations. Also Delta plays a proactive role

in implementing various CER (Corporate Environment Responsibility) initiatives.

Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. is certified for Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP) by Food &

Drug Administration Maharashtra State. The certificate of the same is attached as Annexure

- 1.4.

1.3 Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its importance to the

country, region.

1.3.1 Nature of the project

The nature of the project in consideration for manufacturing of Active Pharmaceutical

Ingredients (APIs), Intermediate Chemicals & Quaternary Compounds is of Synthetic

Organic Chemicals. The manufacturing activity will involve chemical reactions like

Addition, Substitution, Neutralization, Amination, Halogenation & Organic reactions. Now

since the project activity is of production capacity enhancement of an existing manufacturing,

it is a brown field project.

1.3.2 Size of the project

The manufacturing unit is currently located on a project plot admeasuring an area of 20,200

sq. m. in wake of proposed expansion activity two additional project plots admeasuring a

total area of 60,400 sq. m. have been purchased hence, the total project plot available for

expansion activities will be 80,600 sq. m. The existing consented production quantity as per

EC (Environmental Clearance) & C.T.O (Consent to Operate) is 2,222 MT/A, which will be

increased to a total production capacity of 13,619.3 MT/A by addition of 11,397.3 MT/A. It

is estimated that the total project cost after expansion will be Rs. 2005.48 lakh.




1.3.3 Location of the project

The existing manufacturing unit of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. is located at Gut no. 350,

Nashik-Mumbai Highway, Village Wadivarhe, Taluka-Igatpuri, District-Nashik, Maharashtra

-422403, India, whereas the additional purchased plots viz. Gut no. 350/1 & Gut no. 350/3 are

also located in the Village Wadivarhe and are adjacent to the existing project plot. The center

point GPS coordinates of the project plot is 19°50'54.08"N Latitude & 73°40'30.73"E

Longitude & the elevation from mean sea level of manufacturing unit is 625 m. The project

location is covered on 47 E/9 SOI toposheet.

1.3.4 Importance to the country

Currently the products manufactured by Delta Finochem are serving as key ingredients for

manufacture of array of bulk drugs by various national & multinational companies such as

BASF Ltd., Biocon Ltd., Cipla Ltd. etc. the products manufactured by Delta Finochem are




also exported to various continents, regions & countries such as USA (United States of

America), Europe, South East Asia, Middle East, North Africa & Japan.

The business activities of Delta Finochem within the country have assisted Indian medical

fraternity & general people with low cost medicine options by providing the valuable key

ingredients for manufacture of various medicines by providing import substitution within

domain core competencies and the international business activities of Delta Finochem are

providing with valuable foreign exchange.

1.3.5 Applicable laws and rules

The existing project received earlier Environmental clearance from MoEF & CC vide letter

no. F. No. J-11011/152/2011-IA II (I) dated 31st march 2015. Also, the unit got CTE and

CTO from Maharashtra Pollution Control Board and relevant consents/authorization time to

time.

The following rules and regulations are applicable to the project:

Component Regulations Air Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Rules and

Amendments - 1981, 1982, 1983, 1987 Central Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989 Indian Boiler Act, 1923 Motor Vehicles (Amendment) Act, 1988 National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009 Static and Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired) Rules, 1981

Noise Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules and Amendments - 2000, 2006, 2010

Water Environmental (Protection) Rules, 1991 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Rules and

Amendments - 1974, 1977, 1978,1988 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, Rules and

Amendments - 1977, 2003 Flora and Fauna

Wildlife (Protection) Act, Rules and Amendments - 1972, 1973, 1991, 1995,2002

Forest (Conservation) Act and Rules and Amendments - 1980, 1981, 2003

Biological Diversity Act, Rules - 2002, 2004 Hazardous substances

Explosives Act, 1884 Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans-boundary




Movement) Rules, 2016 Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules -

1989, 2000 Wastes Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans-boundary

Movement) Rules, 2016 Construction and Demolition Waste Management Rules 2016 Solid Waste Management Rules - 2000, 2016

Others The Environment (Protection) Act and Rules - 1986, 1991 Environment Impact Assessment Notification 1994, 2006 &

Amendments Factories Act and Amendments - 1948, 1987 Public Liability Insurance Act, Rules and Amendments - 1991,

1992, 1993 Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation - Revised

Development Control Regulations 2009 Standard Terms of Reference [TOR] for EIA/EMP Report for

Projects/Activities Requiring Environmental Clearance Under EIA Notification, 2006

1.3.6 Scope of the study

As per the Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 & its amendments till date,

the project activity, in consideration, comes under Schedule 5(f) -Synthetic organic chemicals

industry and is categorized as Category ‘A’ as the project is not located in a notified

industrial area which entails prior environmental clearance from Expert Appraisal Committee

(EAC). Now none of the project related activities can be carried out except securing the land

until the project is accorded prior environmental clearance. In order to assess the probable

environmental impacts due to the proposed expansion activity, the Environmental Impact

Assessment studies have been undertaken to prepare the Environmental Impact Assessment

Report.

Accordingly, the application for prior environmental clearance was submitted on online

MoEF & CC portal on 08.07.2017 following which the project was granted project specific

TOR through mail communication dt. 17.08.2017 wherein no additional TOR points except

for Standard TOR with public consultation is suggested. TOR letter is attached as an

Annexure 1.5




Therefore, the EIA report is based on the Standard TOR prescribed by MoEF & CC for

Synthetic Organic Chemical Industries dated April 2015.

1.4 Standard ToR by MoEF & CC dated April 2015

Table No. 1.1: Compliance of Standard TOR

Sr. No. Standard TOR Compliance 1 Executive Summary of EIA

report

2 Introduction

Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

EIA Consultant: Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. NABET certificate no. NABET/EIA/1518/SA/020 More details are added in Chapter 1 Page No. 1-20

Information about the project proponent

Project proponent: M/S. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. More information about Project proponent is covered in Chapter 1 Page No. 1-2.

Importance and benefits of the project

Importance of the project is explained in Chapter 1 Page No. 1-5. Benefits of the project are illustrated in details in Chapter 8 Page No. 8-1

3 Project Description

Cost of project and time of completion.

Cost of project is 20.05 Crore INR. Project activities shall be started after the receipt of Environmental clearance and shall be completed within 20 months after the start of project. The schedule for completion is addressed in Chapter 2 Page No. 2-14

Products with capacities for the proposed project.

Existing capacity: 2222 MT/A. Proposed capacity: 11397.3 MT/A Total: 13619.3 MT/A The proposed expansion will involve manufacturing of 53 new APIs, 34 Intermediate compounds and 26 Quaternary compounds. Total quantity of By-products after expansion will be 1860 MT/A. List of all existing and proposed products along with their manufacturing capacities is illustrated in Chapter 2 Page No. 2-21.




If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

Details of products along with their existing and proposed manufacturing capacities are illustrated in Chapter 2 Page No. 2-33. For the proposed project, Delta Finochem has purchased additional plot adjacent to existing project boundaries. Land purchase and conversion documents are attached in this report as an Annexure 2.1.

List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation. v.

Raw materials along with their quantities, source, mode of transport and storage area requirements are listed and added in Chapter 2 Page No. 2-15

Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

--

Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

An overview of probable impacts on environmental aspects such as air emissions, liquid effluents, hazardous waste and their management is depicted in Chapter 2 Page No. 2-34

Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Water requirement: 559 CMD Power: 1000 kW Man power: 280 Nos. Chapter 2 Page No. 2-2

Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantitative) from raw material to products to be provided.

Process description and manufacturing process is illustrated in Chapter 2 Page No. 2-26 and also in Annexure 2.4.

Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems

Hazard identification and proposed safety systems details are added in Chapter 7 Page No. 7-7

Expansion/ modernization proposals:

Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the

Earlier environment clearance obtained for the existing project activities is attached in this report as an Annexure 2.2. Certified copy of latest monitoring report of the Regional Office, MoEF&CC on the status of compliance of EC conditions is illustrated in Annexure 2.5. Also, current status of Partially complied / non complied




Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing/ existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

EC conditions from R.O. visit report is added in Annexure 2.5. Status of compliance of Consent to operate is illustrated in tabular form in Annexure 2.6.

In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

NA. Project has obtained EC earlier.

4 Site Details Location of the project site

covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

Location: Plot No. 350 (1), 350 (2) & 350 (3), village Wadivarhe, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharshtra, India. The basis of existing site selection is explained in Chapter 2 Page No. 2-5

A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10 km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an

Toposheet covering 10 km radius study area with site location in the center is added in Chapter 2 Page No. 2-11. Toposheet no. 47 E/9 & 47 E/13




A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

Alternatives of existing site for proposed project were analyzed and explained in Chapter 5 Page No. 5-1 & 5-2

Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

Latitude/Longitude: Corner Latitude Longitude North 19°51'3.10"N 73°40'31.26"E West 19°50'56.37"N 73°40'35.78"E South 19°50'54.63"N 73°40'32.27"E East 19°50'51.65"N 73°40'25.24"E

Figure along with Coordinates is added in Chapter 2; page No. 2-6

Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

Google Earth image has been added in Chapter 2 Page No. 2-5

Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Layout map is demarcated with storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities, pollution control equipment, parking, internal roads etc. Layout map is illustrated in Chapter 2 Page No. 2-12

Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Photographs of site, green belt, internal roads, solar water heating system, ETP and production area etc. are added in Chapter 2 Page No. 2-13.

Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area)

Landuse breakup of total land is illustrated in Chapter 2 Page No. 2-10

A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of

List of major industries is added in Chapter 2 Page No. 2-6




the study area Geological features and Geo-

hydrological status of the study area shall be included

Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area is explained in Chapter 3 Page No. 3-47

Details of Drainage of the project up to 5 km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)

Drainage details are studied and illustrated in Chapter 3 Page No. 3-69

Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

Land conversion and acquisition details are added in Chapter 2 Page No. 2-14

R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.

Not applicable as this is an existing project.

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

It is explained in Chapter 3 page no. 3-76

6 Environmental Status Determination of atmospheric

inversion level at the project site and site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Atmospheric inversion level is determined using site-specific micrometeorological parameters. Details in this regard are explained in Chapter 3 Page No. 3-9

AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be

AAQ data has been collected and illustrated in Chapter 3 Page No. 3-16




collected. The monitoring stations shall be based on CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAAQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

Raw data of all AAQ measurements is given in Chapter 3 Page No. 3-16

Surface water quality of nearby River (100 m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF & CC guidelines.

Surface water is analyzed and the results of the same are illustrated in Chapter 3 Page No. 3-20

Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF & CC, if yes give details.

The details regarding this condition are added in Chapter 3 Page No. 3-30

Ground water monitoring at minimum 8 locations shall be included.

Ground water monitoring has been carried out at 8 locations. The details of monitoring are explained in Chapter 3 Page No. 3-30

Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

Noise level is computed at 8 locations within study area. The monitoring and analysis results are discussed in Chapter 3 Page No. 3-38

Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

CPCB guidelines are followed and analysis results of the same are illustrated in Chapter 3 Page No. 3-43

Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,

Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles etc. is illustrated in Chapter 3 Page No. 3-57




additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.

Flora and fauna of existing site in the study area is given in Chapter 3 Page No. 3-70

Socio-economic status of the study area.

Socio-economic status is evaluated and illustrated in Chapter 3 Page No. 3-76

7 Impact and Environment

Management Plan

Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

AERMOD v8.2 is used for the computation of Ground level concentrations of air pollutants. AAQ modeling details are added in Chapter 4 Page No. 4-4

Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

Not applicable as the project is ZLD project.




Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor cum rail transport shall be examined.

The said impacts are considered in the Overview of probable impacts and mitigation measures, which is explained in Chapter 4 Page No. 4-15

A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.

The details related to treatment scheme of wastewater, extent recycled and reused etc. are discussed in Chapter 4 Page No. 4-24

Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

Stack emission details are added in Chapter 2 Page No. 2-2, Action plan to control emissions is explained in Chapter 4 Page No. 4-9

Measures for fugitive emission control

Fugitive emissions can be controlled by several measures, the details of the same are illustrated in Chapter 4 Page No.4-9

Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

Details regarding Hazardous waste generation, storage, utilization and management is addressed in Chapter Page No. 4-49

Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash

Description regarding Fly Ash Utilization is given in Chapter 10 Page No. 10-10




Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

Action plan for Green belt development is prepared and explained in Chapter 10 Page No. 10-10

Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

Rain water harvesting action plan is explained in Chapter 10 Page No. 10-15

Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

Capital Cost: 5.4 Cr. Recurring cost (Per annum): 65.55 Lakh. Detailed break down of all components is illustrated in Chapter 10 Page No. 10-2

Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

Post project Monitoring plan has been explained in Chapter 6 Page No. 6-2

Onsite and Offsite Disaster (Natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

Onsite and Offsite Disaster management plan including Risk Assessment and damage control has been carried out and it depicts in Chapter 7 : Page No: 7-34

8 Occupational health




Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers

Occupational health & safety assessment for all the contract and casual workers is done. It is addressed in Chapter 10 : Page No: 10-25

Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the worker’s health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest X rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved.

Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

9 Corporate Environment Policy Does the company have a well

laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

Yes, company have a well laid down Corporate Environmental Policy which is described in Chapter 10 Page No: 10-28

Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating




process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given.

Does the company have system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be

ESC policy is described in Chapter 10 Page No.10-22




elaborated upon. Action Plan for CER Activity CER plan and activities are added in

Chapter 10 Page No. 10-22 12 Any litigation pending against the

project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

No litigation is pending

1.5 Specific TOR by MoEF & CC dated April 2015

Table No.1.2: Compliance of Specific TOR by MoEF& CC

Sr. No. Specific TOR Compliance 1 Details on solvents to be used measures

for solvent recovery and for emissions control.

Solvent recovery plant and other details are explained in Chapter 10 Page No. 10-17

2 Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.

Process emission are added in Chapter 2 Page No. 2-34

3 Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process- specific pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc., (*as applicable)

AAQ data including VOC and other process specific pollutants is illustrated in Chapter 3 Page No. 3-12 and 3-17

4 Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.

Work zone monitoring has been carried out for hazardous chemicals and the results are attached in Chapter 3 Page No. 3-18

5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of effluent streams for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge.

Detailed ETP scheme including the segregation of effluent strems for units adopting ZLD is illustrated in Chapter 4 page No. 4-21

6 Action plan for odour control to be submitted.

Action plan for Odour control and management is prepared and explained in Chapter 4 page No. 4-67

7 A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement

NA because such waste is not produced in the plant. SHW is sent to




manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon.

8 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

Project is ZLD no CETP membership is acquired. CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon membership letter is attached as annexure 4.3

9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts

Action plan to utilize MEE/Dryer salts is addressed in Chapter 4 page No. 4-49

10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.

MSDSs are added in Chapter 7, Page No: 7.24

11 Authorization/ Membership for the disposal of Solid/Hazardous waste in TSDF

Membership certificate of MEPL, Ranjangaon is attached as an Annexure 2.6

12 Details of incinerator if to be installed NA. no incinerations will be installed 13 Risk assessment for storage and handling

chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling and safety system to be incorporated.

Added in Chapter 7 page No. 7-3

14 Arrangement for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

These details are addressed in Chapter 10 page no. 10-27

1.6 Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET Accreditation

M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. established in the year 1998 is a NABET accredited

EIA Consultant as per NABET certificate no. NABET/EIA/1518/RA 020 valid up to 14th

October 2018. The registered office of SEEPL is at 310, Dempo Towers, EDC Patto, Panaji-

403001, Goa State, India.

M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd is accredited by QCI-NABET for the following

sectors:

Table No.1.3: Details of Accreditation of SEEPL

Sr. No.

Name of Sectors Project/Activity as per Schedule of EIA Notification

Category

1 Mining of Minerals 1 (a) i A 2 Offshore and onshore oil and gas exploration,

development & production 1 (b) A

3 Pesticide Industry and pesticide specific intermediates (excluding formulations)

5 (b) A




4 Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates)

5 (f) A

5 Sugar industry 5 (j) B 6 Oil & gas transportation pipeline (crude and

refinery/ petrochemical products), passing through national parks/ sanctuaries/ coral reefs/ ecologically sensitive Areas including LNG terminal

6 (a) A

7 Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/Areas, export processing Zones (EPZs), Special economic zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes

7 (c) A

8 Ports, Harbours, Jetties, marine terminals, break waters and dredging

7 (e) A

9 Common municipal solid waste management facility (CMSWMF)

7 (i) B

10 Building and large construction projects including shopping malls, multiplexes, commercial complexes, housing estate

8 (a) B

11 Township and area Development projects 8 (b) B

M/s SEEPL has a highly qualified team of Subject Experts. SEEPL has full-fledged

laboratory recognized by Ministry of Environment, Forest and climate change (MoEF&CC)

& accredited by National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories

(NABL). M/s SEEPL is also certified by ISO 9001:2008 and BS OHSAS 18001:2007.

M/s SEEPL is engaged in providing Turnkey projects of ETP & STP along with their

Operation & Maintenance, Analytical Laboratory Services of various elements and

environmental parameters, Fabrication of air & water pollution control device, Annual

monitoring as per MoEF & CC /CPCB/ SPCBs guidelines and Consultancy for Hazardous

waste Management, etc.




NABET Accreditation certificate:


Chapter 2: Project Description

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd 2-1

Chapter 2 – Project Description 2.1 Type of Project

The proposed activity of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. is a brown field production capacity

enhancement project. As per the Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 & its

amendments of till date the project comes under Schedule 5 (f), Category A for Synthetic

Organic Chemicals Manufacturing Unit, also the company is classified as Red/Large Scale

Industry by Maharashtra Pollution Control Board.

2.2 Need of the Project

With an operational experience of more than 27 years, Delta Finochem has witnessed a major

shift in the product demand in the local & international market, hence to enhance the business

the capacities Delta Finochem has envisaged change in its current product range from

existing 13 numbers of products to a total of 126 products with addition of 113 number of

products, the new products to be manufactured include 53 new APIs, 34 Intermediate

Chemicals & 26 Quaternary Compounds. Thus these business sustenance driven decisions

justifies the need of the project.

2.3 History of the Project

M/s. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. is into manufacturing of Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients &

Intermediate Chemicals since 1994 and is currently located at Gut No. 350, Nashik- Mumbai

Highway, Village Wadivarhe, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra - 422203, India.

The company is currently having environmental clearance for manufacture of 2,222 MT/A

APIs & Intermediate Chemicals & is also having MPCB consent for the same (EC viz. F. No.

J-11011/152/2011-IA-(II)-I dated 31/03/2015; valid CTO viz. Format 1.0/BO/AS(T)/ NK-

18813-15 & NK-19238-15/R-O-A/ GEN- 05810 dated 04/05/2016). The EC and Consent to

operate are attached as Annexure 2.2 and Annexure 2.3 respectively.

Delta Finochem has not violated EIA Notification 1994 & 2006 (and amendments), existing

EC & MPCB consent conditions.

As per existing EC and MPCB consent Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. is located at Gut no. 350

(part) of Wadivarhe village, Igatpuri Taluka, Nashik District admeasuring an area of 2.02

hectare. For proposed expansion activity, the proponent has purchased additional land plots

namely 350/1 admeasuring 2.20 hectares and 350/3 admeasuring 3.84 hectares. Purchase




agreement of land plot 350/1 & 350/3 has been attached as Annexure 2.1. The total plot area

admeasuring 80600 sq. m. comprises of gut no. 350/1, 350/2, and 350/3. Delta Finochem has

adequate land available for the proposed expansion. Land purchase, acquisition and

conversion documents are attached in Annexure 2.1.

2.4 Size & Magnitude of the Project

Table No. 2.1: Project Details Sr. No

Component Status

1 Name Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. 2 Location Gut No. 350/1, 350/2, 350/3, Nashik - Mumbai Highway Village

Wadivarhe Taluka - Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra - 422203 3 Product Type APIs and Intermediate chemicals 4 Project Type Expansion (Brown Field Project) 5 Schedule as per EIA

Notification, 2006 5(f)

6 Category of Project „A‟

7 Area Details (in Sq. m.) Existing Proposed Total

i. Total Plot Area 20200 60400 80600 ii. Built-up Area 9500 15000 24500 iii. Parking area 1500 6560 8060 iv. Greenbelt Area 5273.18 10265.55 15338.73

8 Production Capacity (MT/A) Existing Proposed Total Products APIs 240 1839.8 2079.8 Intermediates 1982 9557.5 11539.5 Total 2222 11397.3 13619.3 Bi-products 0 1860.00 1860.00

9 Budgetary Allocation (INR in lakhs) i. Project Cost (Expansion) 2005.48 ii. Capital EMP Cost 540 iii. Recurring EMP cost

(per annum) 65.55

10 Existing Proposed Total Man power (Nos.) 180 100 280

11 Power Requirement Existing Proposed Total

i. Connected Load (KW) 650 350 1000




12 Fuel Requirement Existing Proposed Total i Furnace Oil (MT/month) 19 21 40

ii. High Speed Diesel (L/hr)

60 60 120 Note: The consumption of high speed diesel will depend on the actual

hours of power failure

13 Utility Capacity Existing Proposed Total

i. Boiler (T/hr) 1.1 3.5 1.1 TPH boiler (Standby) 3.5 TPH boiler (Primary)

ii D.G. Set 1 x 550 kVA 1 x 550 kVA 2 x 550 kVA

14 Existing Proposed Total Water Consumption

(CMD) 46 513 559

15 Scrubber Details Existing Proposed Total Scrubber (water

circulation flow)




(Both acidic)



16 Stack Details Existing Proposed Total

i. Boiler Stack 1 x 26 m 1 x 30 m 2 stacks: 1 x 26 m & 1 x 30 m

ii. Scrubber Stack 3 x 11 m above ground level



iii. D.G. Set 1 x 10 m above ground



17 Effluent Details Existing Proposed Total i Sewage (CMD) 4.0 6.0 10.0 ii Effluent (CMD) 11.3 52.3 63.6

18 ETP Details Existing Proposed Total

i. ETP capacity (CMD) 15 135 150

ii. Effluent treatment

• The effluent will be segregated into high COD/TDS effluent and low COD/TDS effluent based on characteristics. The high COD/TDS effluent will be treated by stripper column followed by MEE and ATFD.

• The MEE condensate will be treated along with low COD/TDS effluent in fully fledged ETP consisting primary, secondary and tertiary treatment processes.




• Treated effluent will be further treated by R. O. plant following which permeate will be used for industrial process & reject will be subjected to Multiple Effect Evaporator.

iii. Sewage treatment Sewage will be treated in septic tank and the overflow will be mixed with process effluent in aeration tank of ETP.

iv. Effluent disposal The existing unit is a Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) project and the proposed expansion activity will also be a ZLD project.

19 Details of Hazardous Waste

(vide Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016) Particulars HW

Category* Existing

Proposed


i. Waste oil 5.1 -- 1 MT/A 1 MT/A Sale to authorized recyclers

/Disposal to CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon

ii. Distillation residues 20.3 1 MT/M 10 MT/M 11 MT/M


iii. Spent Solvents 20.2 10 KL/M 50 KL/M 60 KL/M

Recycle, reuse/sale to authorized recyclers /Disposal to CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon

iv.

Discarded containers

barrels/liners/ plastic bags/ PPEs

33.1 300 nos./M

900 nos./M

1200 nos./M

Disposal to CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon/Sale to authorised recyclers

v. Chemical sludge from wastewater

treatment 35.3 0.58

MT/A 29.42 MT/A 30 MT/A


vi. Evaporator residue 37.3 - 1.5 MT/D 1.5 MT/D

Co-processing/ Sale to authorized recyclers/ Disposal to CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon

vii. Spent carbon 36.2 - 1 MT/A 1 MT/A Disposal to CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon/ Co-processing

20 Details of Non-Hazardous Waste Particulars Existing Proposed Total Method of Disposal I Office waste &

plastic scrap 5 Kg/day 3 kg/day 8 kg/day Sale to MPCB approved

scrap dealers

21 Details of e-waste (Vide E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 )

Particulars E Waste Category

Existing

Proposed


i Personal Computers (Central Processing Unit with input and

ITEW2 -- 40 kg/A 40 kg/A Sale to MPCB

authorised recycler/returned to




output devices) manufacturer/supplier

ii Personal Computing: Laptop Computers

(Central Processing Unit with input and output devices)

ITEW3 -- 20 kg/A 20 kg/A

iii Printers including cartridges ITEW6 -- 20 kg/A 20 kg/A

iv Telephones ITEW12 -- 5 kg/A 5 kg/A

22 Details of biomedical Waste (vide Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001)

Particulars BMW Category

Existing



Yellow -- 8 kg/A 8 kg/A

Disposal to CBMWTF/MPCB authorised processor for Nashik region-M/s. Bio‐clean System (India) Ltd., Sr. No. 34, Burudgaon, Tq. & Dist. Ahmednagar‐414001


Yellow -- 6 kg/A 6 kg/A





authorised party

2.5 Location of the Project

Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. is located at Gut No. 350 (part), Nashik-Mumbai Highway, Village

Wadivarhe, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra - 422403, India. In wake of

proposed expansion Gut No. 350/1 and 350/3 have been purchased by Delta Finochem. The

Google Earth imagery depicting the location of Delta Finochem is given below.




Figure No. 2.1: Google Earth Image depicting plot boundary of M/s. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. (Imaginary Date: 17/10/2017)




Table No.2.2: Latitude & Longitude of factory corners

Corner Latitude Longitude A 19°51'03.10"N 73°40'31.26"E B 19°50'56.37"N 73°40'35.78"E C 19°50'54.63"N 73°40'32.27"E D 19°50'49.42"N 73°40'34.29"E E 19°50'46.67"N 73°40'27.92"E F 19°50'51.65"N 73°40'25.24"E

The project site is surrounded by agricultural land and neighbouring industry. The immediate

surroundings to the project site are as described table no. 2.3.

Table No. 2.3: Immediate surroundings to the project site

Direction Particulars

North Village road, Agricultural fields

West Village road, Agricultural fields

South Open land

East Parle Biscuit Company, Village road

2.5.1 List of major industries within the 10 km study area The list of major industries in the study area is depicted in the below table no. 2.4

Table No. 2.4: List of major industries

Sr. No.

Industry Type of Industry

Approximate distance from boundary of the

project site, m

Direction

1 Renfro India Pvt. Ltd. Textile Adjacent East South East 2 Sequence biotech ltd. Pharmaceutical 395 m East 3 Parle biscuits Pvt.

Ltd. Food 400 m South East

4 Wadivarhe specialty chemicals Pvt. Ltd.

Chemical 430 m East

2.5.2 Environmental sensitivity within 15 km radius from the boundary of the project

site

The environmental sensitive areas within 15 km radius from the boundary of the project site

are depicted in the table below.




Table No. 2.5: List of environmental sensitive areas

Sr. No.

Areas

Present within 15 km from the project boundary location (Yes/No)

Aerial distance (with 15 km.) Proposed project location boundary

1 Areas protected

under international

conventions,

national or

legislation for their

ecological,

Landscape,

cultural or other

related value

Yes 1. Reserve Forests:

- Reserve Forests near Murambi & Gadgad

Sangvi exists at an approximate distance of

3.7 km & 3.0 km towards W & NW from

the project site respectively.

- Reserve Forest near Nandadgaon exists at

an approximate distance of 8.6 km towards

SW from the project site.

- Reserve Forest near Vaghabachiwadi exists

at an approximate distance of 9.0 km

towards SSW from the project site.

- Reserve Forest near Khairgaon exists at an

approximate distance of 14.0 km towards S

from the project site.

2 Areas which are

important or

sensitive for

ecological

reasons- Wetlands,

watercourses or

other water bodies,

coastal zone,

biospheres,

mountains, forests

Yes 1. Water bodies:

- Mukane Dam is present at an approximate

aerial distance of 0.93 km towards SSW of

the project site. (Source - Google Earth)

- Upper Vaitarna Reservoir is at an

approximate aerial distance of 10.25 km

towards W of the project site.

- Dam near Wadivarhe and Waldevi Dam are

present at approximate aerial distance of

1.66 km & 4.94 km towards N from the




project site respectively. (Source - Google

Earth)

- Unduhol Nala flows at an approximate

aerial distance of 3.68 km SE from the

project site.

- Darna Reservoir is at an approximate aerial

distance of 7.60 km SE from the project site.

(Source - Google Earth)

3 Areas used by

protected,

important or

sensitive species

of flora or fauna

for breeding,

nesting, foraging,

resting, over

wintering,

migration

Yes

Reserve Forests near Murambi, GadgadSangvi,

Nandadgaon, Vaghabachiwadi, Khairgaon may

be used as habitat by such species. (Respective

distances & directions of Reserve Forest from

project site are given above)

4 Inland, coastal,

marine, or

underground

waters

No Inland water bodies viz. Mukane Dam, Upper

Vaitarna Reservoir, Dam near Wadivarhe,

Waldevi Dam, Unduhol Nala and Darna

Reservoir are present. (Respective distances

&directions of Water bodies from project site

are given above)

5 State, National

boundaries

No No State or National boundaries are present

within 15 km of the project site

6 Routes or facilities

used by the public

for access to

Yes Mumbai - Nashik Expressway (NH 3) plies at

an approximate aerial distance of 0.39 km

towards E from the project site.




recreation or

tourist, pilgrim

areas

7 Defense

installations

No No defense installations are within 15 km area.

8 Densely populated

or built-up area

Yes Wadivarhe at an approximate aerial distance of

0.95 km is the nearest inhabited area from the

project site and several human inhabited areas

viz. Gondedumala, Mukane, Kurhegaon,

Chunchale, Wanjole etc. are present within 15

km from the project site.

9 Areas occupied by

sensitive man-

made land uses

(hospitals, schools,

places of worship,

community

facilities)

Yes Project site is surrounded by several villages and

localities such as Belgaon, Lahawit, Bhagur,

Pandhurli etc. on upwind direction, whereas,

Murambi, Modale, Wanjole, Mhasurli and

Sanjegaon etc. on downwind direction. Hence,

hospitals, schools, several worship places etc.

are present within 15 km radius of project site.

10 Areas containing

important, high

quality or scarce

resources

(ground water

resources, surface

resources, forestry,

agriculture,

fisheries, tourism,

minerals)

No

1. Agricultural lands are present at an

approximate distance of 20 m from the project

site.

2. Inland water bodies viz. Mukane Dam, Upper

Vaitarna Reservoir, Dam near Wadivarhe,

Waldevi Dam, Unduhol Nala and Darna

Reservoir are present.

11 Areas already No Not present within 15 km radial distance from




subjected to

pollution or

environmental

damage. (those

where existing

legal

environmental

standards are

exceeded)

the project boundary.

12 Areas susceptible

to natural hazard

which could cause

the project to

present

environmental

problems

(earthquakes,

subsidence,

landslides,

erosion, flooding

or extreme or

adverse climatic

conditions)

No Not applicable.

2.5.3 Land Use details of the project plot area

Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. is located at Gut no. 350 (part) admeasuring an area of 2.02 hectare

(20,200 sq. m.). For proposed expansion activity, the proponent has purchased additional land

plots namely 350/1 admeasuring 2.20 hectares (22,000 sq. m.) and 350/3 admeasuring 3.84

hectares (38,400). Thus, the total project plot area available for expansion activities will be




8.06 hectares (80,600 sq. m.). The land use break details of the project plot area given in the

below table.

Table No. 2.6: Land use break up details of the project site

Sr. No.

Existing (sq. m.) Proposed (sq. m.)

Total (sq. m.)

Percentage wise land use

i. Total Plot Area 20200 60400 80600 100 % ii. Built-up Area 9500 15000 24500 30.39 % iii. Parking area 1500 6560 8060 10 % iv. Greenbelt Area 5273.18 10265.55 15338.73 19.03 %

2.5.4 Existing Site details:

Existing site is conveniently located near to Mumbai-Agra National Highway (NH-3; also

known as Mumbai-Nashik Expressway); which is less than 500 meters away from project

site. Nearest railway station from project site is Nasik road, which is 24 km away from

project site. Site is also proximate to source of water, additional water requirement for the

proposed project shall be fulfilled by tankers, in addition to that, PP has applied to Irrigation

department for the permission to draw water from Mukane dam, which is at a distance of 2

km.

2.5.5 Details of alternate sites considered: Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. operates existing

plant with their highly skilled employees. Skilled manpower is very essential for the sake of

achieving minimal errors, avoiding plant breakdowns, which would add value to the products

and hence, production capacity would be maintained. Proposed expansion project shall utilize

existing infrastructure, equipment, skilled man power for manufacturing with proposed

capacity. Also, up-gradation of existing treatment facilities is involved in the proposed

project. Considering all the above reasons the alternative site will not be beneficial for the

proposed expansion of existing unit.

AkzoNobel India Ltd.

SOI Toposheet No: 47F8




Figure No. 2.2: Location of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. & surrounding study area on SOI

Toposheet 47 E/9 & 47 E/13




Figure No. 2.3: Plot layout of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd.




Figure No. 2.4: Factory & Greenbelt photographs

Solar water heaters

Production Unit

Green belt around the site ETP area

Main Gate

Green belt around the site




2.6 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation The proposed expansion activity for manufacturing of synthetic organic chemicals will be

executed at the existing plot of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. The completion period of the

expansion project is as tabulated below,

Table No. 2.7: Schedule for approval and implementation

Sr. No Description Time Period Cost in % 1 Obtaining all statutory permission with respect to

factory inclusive of processing fees, etc. 7 Month 10%

2 Design and Engineering plan 3 Month 10% 3 Factory Set up 8 Month 70% 4 Training & Commissioning 1 Month 5% 5 Actual Start 1 Month 5%

2.6.1 Status of acquisition of land

The existing plot 350 (part) and the expansion land comprising are fully owned by the

company. The company has purchased plot no. 350/2 on 05/06/2002. Plot no. 350/1 & 350/3,

which are adjacent to the existing plot, were purchased by the company on 31/01/2012 from

the respective owners. The agreement of Land ownership and Record of 8A are attached as

Annexure 2.1. The land conversion from agricultural land to Non-agricultural land (NA) was

carried out on 22/02/2018. The proposed production capacity expansion activity will be

carried out on newly purchased adjacent land bearing gut no. 350/1 & 350/3. The purchased

plots are sufficient to house the proposed infrastructure like production building, utility

houses, storage yard, ETP, parking area, green belt etc.

2.6.2 Technology & Process description The company is a manufacturer of synthetic organic chemicals like API, API intermediates,

intermediate chemicals, Quaternary Ammonium Compounds etc. Manufacturing process and

material balance of major compounds are presented in Annexure 2.4. A manufacturing

process including reaction scheme and material balance of “Praziquantel”- a proven API drug

for treatment of parasitic worm infections is provided herewith.




Table No. 2.8: List of raw materials Sr.No.

Raw Material Physical

State

existing consum

ption (TPD)

proposed Consump

tion (TPD)

Total consu

mption (TPD)

Maximum quantity of storage in

Ton

Source of supply

Means of transportation

1 Methanol Liquid 1.65 4.293 5.946 40 MT Local By road 2 1,3-Dibromopropane Liquid 0 0.029 0.029 5 MT Local By road 3 1,4-dibromobutane Liquid 0 0.012 0.012 5 MT Local By road 4 1-methyl pyrrole Solid 0 0.034 0.034 5 MT In house - 5 2,4-dichlorobenzoic

acid Solid 0 0.071 0.071 5 MT Local By road

6 2-chloroethyl piperidine hydrochloride

Solid 0 0.058 0.058 5 MT Local By road

7 3-amino-6-methoxy pyridine

Liquid 0 0.046 0.046 5 MT Imported Sea ways

8 3-ethoxy propionitrile Liquid 0 0.173 0.173 5 MT Local By road 9 3-methylflavnone 8-

carboxylic acid Solid 0 0.069 0.069 5 MT Local By road

10 4,7-dichloro quinoline


11 4-aminophenol Liquid 0 0.037 0.037 5 MT Local By road 12 4-chloro-4-hydroxy

benzophenone Solid 0 0.476 0.476 5 MT Local By road

13 4-Chlorobenzoyl Chloride

Liquid 0 0.042 0.042 5 MT Local By road

14 4-cyano Benzoic Acid

Solid 0 0.044 0.044 5 MT Imported Air ways

15 4-hydrazinobenzoic acid

Solid 0 0.010 0.010 5 MT Imported Air ways

16 Alpha Bromo 2- Chorophenyl Acetic Acid


17 Acephylline Solid 0 0.146 0.146 5 MT Local By road 18 acetamidine Solid 0 0.090 0.090 5 MT Local By road 19 Acetic acid Liquid 0 0.004 0.004 5 MT Local By road 20 Acetic Anhydride Liquid 0 0.208 0.208 5 MT Local By road 21 Acetone Liquid 0.39 0.209 0.601 5 MT Local By road 22 Acetonitril Liquid 0.23 1.200 1.431 10 MT Local By road 23 Allyl alcohol Liquid 0 0.818 0.818 5 MT Local By road 24 alpha Naphthol Solid 0 0.014 0.014 5 MT Local By road 25 Aluminium chloride Solid 0.09 0.048 0.137 5 MT Local By road 26 Ambroxol

Hydrochloride Solid 0 0.255 0.255 5 MT Local By road

27 Ammonium Chloride Solid 0 0.104 0.104 5 MT Local By road 28 Benzhydryl Bromide Liquid 0 0.380 0.380 5 MT Local By road 29 Benzoyl Chloride Liquid 0 0.130 0.130 5 MT Local By road




30 Benzyl Cyanide Liquid 0 0.029 0.029 5 MT Local By road 31 Beta

ChloroPropiophenone Liquid 0 0.018 0.018 5 MT Local By road

32 Bromine Liquid 0.23 9.843 10.074 60 MT Local/ Imported

By road/ Sea ways

33 Beta phenyl ethyl amine


34 Bromoacetaldehyde Ethylene Acetal


35 Bromoacetdal dimethyl acetal


36 N Butyl Bromide Liquid 0 3.462 3.462 5 MT Local By road 37 Butanol Liquid 0.05 1.492 1.542 5 MT Local By road 38 Carbon Solid 0.038 0.680 0.718 2 MT Local By road 39 Chloro Acetyl

Chloride Liquid 0 3.139 3.139 10 MT Local By road

40 Cyclo Hexyl Carbonyl Chloride


41 Cetyl alcohol Liquid 0 0.337 0.337 5 MT Local By road 42 chloroform Liquid 0.29 0.403 0.696 5 MT Local By road 43 Choline Chloride Solid 0 0.028 0.028 5 MT Local By road 44 Citric acid Solid 0 0.013 0.013 5 MT Local By road 45 Copper Oxide Solid 0 0.075 0.075 5 MT Local By road 46 Decyl alcohol Liquid 0 1.538 1.538 5 MT Local By road 47 Dimethyl Amine Liquid 0 0.004 0.004 5 MT Local By road 48 Dimethylamino

Ethanol Liquid 0 0.140 0.140 5 MT Local By road

49 Dimethylaminoethoxy ethanol


50 DL HomocysteineThiolactone HCL

Solid 0 0.069 0.069 5 MT Imported Sea ways

51 Dimethyl Formamide Liquid 0 0.606 0.606 5 MT Local By road 52 Ethyl Chloro Formate Liquid 0 0.091 0.091 5 MT Local By road 53 Ethyl Bromide Liquid 0.25 0.147 0.397 5 MT Local By road 54 Ethanol Liquid 0 0.701 0.701 5 MT Local By road 55 Ethyl acetate Liquid 0.29 2.769 3.058 5 MT Local By road 56 Ethyl CyanoAcetate Liquid 0 0.738 0.738 5 MT Imported Sea ways 57 Ethylene dibromide Liquid 0 0.040 0.040 5 MT Local By road 58 Formaldehyde Liquid 0.13 0.031 0.158 5 MT Local By road 59 Guanidine Solid 0 0.369 0.369 5 MT Imported Sea ways 60 Hydro Bromine Liquid 0 2.840 2.840 5 MT Local By road 61 Hexanol Liquid 0 5.198 5.198 10 MT Imported Sea ways 62 Hydrochloric acid Liquid 0 0.121 0.121 5 MT Local By road 63 Hydrogen Gas 0 0.213 0.213 5 MT Local By road 64 Hydrogen Sulphide Gas 0 0.042 0.042 5 MT Local By road 65 Iodine Solid 1.81 0.001 1.809 5 MT Local By road




66 Iso propyl alcohol Liquid 0.25 1.238 1.485 5 MT Local By road 67 Iso propyl alcohol

Hydrochloric Acid Liquid 0.25 0.369 0.616 5 MT Local By road

68 Isoamyl alcohol Liquid 0 1.479 1.479 5 MT Local By road 69 Potassium carbonate Solid 0 1.152 1.152 5 MT Local By road 70 Potassium hydroxide Solid 0 4.114 4.114 5 MT Local By road 71 Lauryl alcohol Liquid 0 0.146 0.146 5 MT Local By road 72 Liq. Ammonia Liquid 0 5.538 5.538 20 MT Local By road 73 Magnesium Solid 0.11 0.057 0.164 10 MT Local By road 74 Maltol Liquid 0 0.018 0.018 10 MT Imported

/ Local Sea ways/ By road

75 Methylene dichloride Liquid 0 3.380 3.380 10 MT Local By road 76 Methyl ethyl glycol Liquid 0 0.169 0.169 10 MT Local Air ways 77 Methane

SulfonylChloride Liquid 0 0.010 0.010 10 MT Imported Sea ways

78 methyl 2-bromo 2-methylpropionate


79 Methyl Tetra Butyl Ether


80 N methyl amine Gas 0 0.015 0.015 10 MT Local By road 81 Methyl isobutyl

ketone Liquid 0.16 0.800 0.959 5 MT Local By road

82 N Pentanol Liquid 0 1.479 1.479 10 MT Local By road 83 N Propyl Amine Liquid 0 1.343 1.343 10 MT Local By road 84 N Ethyl 2-

Pyrrolidone Liquid 0 1.281 1.281 10 MT Local By road

85 Net acid Solid 0.31 0.316 0.627 10 MT Local By road 86 N-ethylethanol Liquid 0 0.019 0.019 10 MT Local By road 87 Nitric Acid Liquid 0.19 0.197 0.385 10 MT Local By road 88 Nitrile Solid 0 0.209 0.209 10 MT Local By road 89 Ortho Chloro Phenyl

Acetate Solid 0 1.479 1.479 10 MT Imported Sea ways

90 Octanol Liquid 0 0.291 0.291 10 MT Local By road 91 Palladium Solid 0 0.118 0.118 10 MT Local By road 92 Para

Terephthaldehyde Solid 0 0.118 0.118 10 MT Imported Sea ways

93 Phenyl Chloro Format


94 Phosphoric Acid Liquid 0 1.357 1.357 10 MT Local By road 95 Phosphorous

Oxychloride Liquid 0 0.135 0.135 10 MT Local By road

96 Phosphorous trichloride


97 Piperazine Solid 0 0.032 0.032 10 MT Local By road 98 pyruvaldehyde Liquid 0 0.153 0.153 10 MT Local By road




99 Red phosphorus Solid 0 0.013 0.013 10 MT Local By road 100 Salicylamide Solid 0 0.017 0.017 10 MT Local By road 101 Salicylic acid Solid 0 0.017 0.017 10 MT Local By road 102 Soda ash Solid 0 1.108 1.108 10 MT Local By road 103 Sodium Borohydride Solid 0 0.040 0.040 10 MT Local By road 104 Sodium Ethoxide Solid 0 0.036 0.036 10 MT Local By road 105 Sodium hydroxide Solid 0.06 2.895 2.957 10 MT Local By road 106 Sodium

monochloroaectate Solid 0 0.005 0.005 10 MT Local By road

107 Sulphur Solid 0 0.576 0.576 10 MT Local By road 108 Sulphuric Acid Liquid 0.16 1.709 1.870 10 MT Local By road 109 Theophylline Solid 0 0.307 0.307 10 MT Local By road 110 Tetra Hydro Furan Liquid 1.27 1.285 2.554 10 MT Local By road 111 Tetra Hydro Furly

Alcohol Liquid 0 0.350 0.350 10 MT Local By road

112 Tri N Butyl Amine Liquid 0 4.662 4.662 10 MT Local By road 113 Thiamine

Hydrochloride Solid 0 0.043 0.043 10 MT Local By road

114 Thioglycolic Acid Solid 0 0.045 0.045 10 MT Local By road 115 Thionyl chloride Liquid 0 0.017 0.017 10 MT Local By road 116 Thiourea Solid 0 0.038 0.038 10 MT Local By road 117 Toluene Liquid 1.02 2.038 3.054 10 MT Local By road 118 Tripropyl amine Liquid 0.03 1.200 1.228 10 MT Local By road 119 Tripropyl bromide Liquid 0.02 2.000 2.025 10 MT Local By road 120 Tripynyl phosphine Liquid 0.5 0.800 1.300 10 MT Local By road 121 Tri ethyl amine Liquid 0 0.007 0.007 10 MT Local By road 122 Triethylorthoformate Liquid 0 0.261 0.261 10 MT Imported Sea ways 123 Tributyl amine Liquid 0.54 2.300 2.842 5 MT Local By road 124 Tributyl bromide Liquid 0.40 2.400 2.796 5 MT Local By road 125 Tyramine Solid 0 0.017 0.017 10 MT Local By road

Total 10.7 103.3 114.0 126 Water Liquid 0.58 71.121 71.698 100MT Local By tanker

Table No. 2.9: List of Products

Sr. No.

Product Existing capacity

Proposed capacity

Total capacity

MT/M MT/M MT/M

1 Tetra butyl ammonium bromide 36 100 136 2 Tetra butyl ammonium hydrogen sulphate 10 0 10 3 Tetra propyl ammonium bromide 2 0 2 4 Tetra ethyl ammonium bromide 2 0 2 5 Benzyl tributyl ammonium chloride 1 0 1

MT/A MT/A MT/A

6 Tramadol HCl BP 120 -110 10 7 Fenofibrate BP 120 0 120




8 Methyl alpha bromo 2-chlorophenyl acetate 300 -150 150

9 ALPHA BROMO 2-CHLOROPHENYL acetic acid

300 -150 150

10 DIBENZO (b,f)[1,4]thiazepine-11 (10H)one 40 80 120 11 Ethyl triphenylphosphonium bromide 300 100 400 12 N-hexyl bromide 400 2000 2400 13 1 (2H) pthalazinone 30 0 30 A TOTAL 2222 2970 5192

API 14 Acebrofylline 0 30 30 15 Ambroxol Hydrochloride 0 36 36 16 Amisulpride 0 24 24 17 Apremilast 0 1 1 18 Atazanavir 0 2.4 2.4 19 Avanafile 0 1.2 1.2 20 Azelaic Acid 0 36 36 21 Bamifyline 0 12 12 22 Benfothiamine or Oseltamivir 0 120 120 23 Bezafibrate 0 12 12 24 Brivaracetam 0 3.6 3.6 25 Carbimazole 0 4.8 4.8 26 Choline Fenofibrate or Oxaceprol 0 24 24 27 Cycloserine 0 6 6 28 Dapoxetine 0 6 6 29 Deferamine 0 6 6 30 Deferesirox 0 12 12 31 Deferiprone 0 12 12 32 Diphenhydramine Hydrochloride 0 120 120 33 Doxofylline 0 120 120 34 Ecabet Sodium or Azelnidipine 0 48 48 35 Erdosteine 0 30 30 36 Ethionamide 0 120 120 37 Fenofibric Acid 0 36 36 38 Flavoxate Hydrochloride 0 30 30 39 Folic Acid 0 240 240 40 Hydralazine Hydrochloride 0 36 36 41 Levocloperastine 0 6 6 42 Levosulpride 0 48 48 43 Lomitapide Mesylate 0 3 3 44 Methimazole 0 6 6 45 Nitazoxanide 0 24 24 46 Oxomemazine Base 0 2.4 2.4 47 Oxomemazine Hydrochloride 0 2.4 2.4




48 Pentoxyverine Citrate 0 36 36 49 Piperaquiline TP 0 36 36 50 Piperaquine Tetraphosphate 0 48 48 51 Praziquantel 0 180 180 52 Proglumetacin maleate 0 36 36 53 Propyl thiouracil 0 24 24 54 Prothionamide 0 24 24 55 Pyrihiazine Theocloate 0 6 6 56 Pyronaridine Tetraphosphate 0 36 36 57 Ritonavir 0 3 3 58 Tapentadol 0 6 6 59 Taurolidine 0 6 6 60 Terizidone 0 6 6 61 Thiamine Hydrochloride 0 120 120 62 Thiooctic Acid 0 60 60 63 Tolmetin 0 24 24 64 Tolperisone 0 6 6 65 Tranexamic acid 0 60 60 66 Vigabatrin 0 12 12 B TOTAL 0 1949.8 1949.8

Intermediate Compounds 67 1,4-Dibromobutane 0 480 480 68 2-cyanobenzyl bromide 0 20 20 69 4-cyanobenzyl bromide 0 20 20 70 Allyl bromide 0 300 300 71 Cetyl bromide 0 60 60 72 Cyclobutyl Methyl Bromide 0 1.92 1.92 73 Cyclopropyl Bromide 0 1.92 1.92 74 Cyclopropylmethyl Bromide 0 3 3 75 Decyl bromide 0 600 600 76 Dibromobutenediol 0 9.96 9.96 77 Dimethyl acetylenedicarboxylate 0 10 10 78 Ethyl bromide 0 480 480 79 Isoamyl Bromide 0 60 60 80 Lauryl bromide 0 20 20 81 N Butyl bromide 0 2000 2000 82 N Octyl bromide 0 20 20 83 N Propyl bromide 0 200 200 84 Pentyl bromide 0 6 6 85 Tetrahydrofuryl bromide 0 4.92 4.92 86 Triethylphosphonoacetate 0 240 240 87 Trimethylphosphonoacetate 0 19.2 19.2 88 2-hydroxyethyl piperazinyl Dibenzothiazepine 0 24 24




89 2-aminothiophenol 0 30 30 90 8-chloro dihydrobenzodiazepine 0 19.2 19.2 91 Phenetole 0 199.2 199.2 92 Thioanisole 0 199.2 199.2 93 Benzoyl Praziquantel 0 69.6 69.6 94 Praziquinamine 0 39.6 39.6 95 Benzhydryl Sulfinyl Acetic Acid 0 30 30 96 2-aminodiphenyl sulfide 0 39.6 39.6 97 4-fluorophenyl-2-methylpropionyl chloride 0 49.2 49.2 98 2-chloroethyl trityl ether 0 10 10 99 Bromohexyl 4-phenylbutyl ether 0 1 1

100 aminoacetaldehydedimethylacetal 0 9.96 9.96 Quaternary Compounds

Quaternary Ammonium salts – 29239000 or Brominated Derivatives – 29033920 (HSN code)

0 1200 1200

101 Tetrabutylammonium Iodide 102 Benzyltrimethylammonium Chloride 103 Tetraethylammonium Bromide 104 Tetrabutylammonium Hexafluorophosphate 105 Methyltributylammonium Chloride 106 Methyltrooctylammonium chloride 107 Tetraoctylammonium Bromide 108 Tetrabutylammnoium Fluoride 109 Tetrabutylammonium Acetate 110 Tetramethylammonium Hydroxide 111 Benzyltrimethyl Ammonium Hydroxide 112 Tetraethylammonium Hydroxide 113 Tetrabutylammonium Hydroxide 114 Benzalkonium Chloride

Quaternary Phosphonium salts – 29319090 or Brominated Derivatives – 29033920 (HSN Code)

115 Ethyltriphenylphosphonium Iodide 116 Ethyltriphenylphosphonium Acetate 117 Methyltriphenylphosphonium Bromide 118 Methyltriphenylphosphonium Iodide 119 Methoxymethyl Triphenyl Phosphonium

Chloride 120 Tertabutylphosphonium bromide 121 Tetraphenylphosphonium Bromide 122 Tetrabutylphosphoniumhydrogendifluoride 123 Benzyltriphenylphosphonium Chloride




124 BenzyltriphenylPhosphonium Bromide 125 ButyltriphenylPhosphonium Chloride 126 Butyltriphenylphosphonium Bromide C TOTAL 0.0 6477.5 6477.5

Total Product Capacity (A+B+C) 2222.0 11397.3 13619.3 Bi-products

Aqueous ammonia spent 0.0 180.00 180.00

Potassium Carbonate solution 0.0 240.00 240.00

Spent soda ash 0.0 120.00 120.00

Ammonium sulphate solution 0.0 240.00 240.00

Aqueous sulphuric acid 0.0 600.00 600.00

Spent phosphoric acid 0.0 480.00 480.00

Total 0.0 1860.00 1860.00

Table No. 2.10: List of existing & proposed major equipment & machineries

Sr. no Equipment name Location Capacity Existing

Quantity Proposed Quantity

Location

1 Glass Line reactor

BLOCK-A

Various sizes

10 BLOCK-B 4 BLOCK-C 2 2

PILOT PLANT 3 BLOCK-E 4 1 BLOCK-E BLOCK-F 3 1

Total 26 4

2 Stainless steel reactor

BLOCK-A

Various sizes

7 BLOCK-B 7 BLOCK-C 7 2

PILOT PLANT 1 BLOCK-E 9 1 BLOCK-E BLOCK-F 3

Total 34 3

3 Centrifuge

BLOCK-A

Various sizes

4 1 BLOCK-B 4 BLOCK-C 1 1

PILOT PLANT 1 BLOCK-E 3 BLOCK-F 3 2

Total 16 4

Equipment

code

4 RCVD

ARVD-01 1500 LIT 1 ARVD-02 500 LIT 1 BRVD-01 4000 LIT 1 BRVD-02 4000 LIT 1 1 ERVD-01 3000 LIT 1 FRVD-01 1500 LIT 1




FRVD-02 1500 LIT 1 TOTAL 7 1

5 BLENDER

ABLD-01 500 LIT 1 FBLD-01 1500 LIT 1 2 FBLD-02 1500 LIT 1 FBLD-03 1500 LIT 1

TOTAL 4 2

6 TRAY DRYER

ATDR-01 48 TRAYS 1 2 PTDR-01 12 TRAYS 1 FTDR-01 48 TRAYS 1

TOTAL 3 2

7 MULTI MILLER

AMLR-01 500 KG/HR 1 2 AMLR-02 500 KG/HR 1 BMLR-02 500 KG/HR 1 EMLR-01 500 KG/HR 1 FMLR-01 500 KG/HR 1 FMLR-02 500 KG/HR 1

TOTAL 6 2

8 SIFTER

ASFT-01 500 KG/HR 1 2 ASFT-02 500 KG/HR 1 BSFT-01 500 KG/HR 1 ESFT-01 500 KG/HR 1 FSFT-01 500 KG/HR 1 FSFT-02 500 KG/HR 1 FSFT-03 500 KG/HR 1

TOTAL 7 2

9 Agitated Nutsche

filter dryer CNFD-01 3000 Liter 1

2.6.3 Details of manufacturing process The synthesis reaction, process details and material balance for Praziquantel is provided. The

synthesis reaction is 4 step process.




NH

NH

O

O

OCH3

CH3

2-[(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)amino]-N- (2-phenylethyl)acetamide

NH2+

O

Cl

Cl

NH

Cl

O

2-phenylethan-1-amine chloroacetyl chloride

2-chloro-N-(2-phenylethyl)acetamide

Step-1:Synthesis of NCP1

NH

Cl

O

2-chloro-N-(2-phenylethyl)acetamide

+ NH4OH NH

NH2

O

2-amino-N-(2-phenylethyl)acetamide

NH

NH2

O

2-amino-N-(2-phenylethyl)acetamide

+O

OCH3

CH3Br

2-bromo-1,1-dimethoxyethane

Step-2:Synthesis of NCP2

Step-3:Synthesis of PRA

NH

NH

O

O

OCH3

CH3

2-[(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)amino]-N- (2-phenylethyl)acetamide

+ Dry HCl gas

2-[(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)amino]-N-(2-phenylethyl)acetamide HydroChloride

NH

NH

O

O

OCH3

CH3

ClH

Synthesis of PRA HCl




+

Step-4:Synthesis of PRZ

ClH

NH

NH

O

O

OCH3

CH3

2-[(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)amino]-N-(2-phenylethyl)acetamide HydroChloride

H2SO4

N

N

O

O

N

NH

O

1,2,3,6,7,11b-hexahydro-4H-pyrazino [2,1-a]isoquinolin-4-one

2-(cyclohexanecarbonyl)-1,2,3,6,7,11b-hexahydro -4H-pyrazino[2,1-a]isoquinolin-4-one

N

NH

O

1,2,3,6,7,11b-hexahydro-4H-pyrazino [2,1-a]isoquinolin-4-one

+ Cl

O

cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride




2.6.3.1 Process Description:

Praziquantel

Beta Phenyl Ethyl Amine is reacted with Chloroacetyl Chloride in the presence of Caustic

Soda Solution. The mixture is filtered and the powder is crystallized in Methylene

Dichloride to obtain Stage 1.

Stage 1 is reacted with Aqueous Ammonia and Caustic Soda and the reaction mixture is

filtered. The filtrate is extracted with Methylene Dichloride to obtain Stage 2.

Stage 2 is reacted with Potassium Carbonate and Bromoacetaldehyde Dimethyl Acetal in

Dimethyl Formamide. The reaction is quenched on water and aqueous layer is extracted

with Methylene Dichloride to obtain stage 3.

Stage 3 is reacted with Sulphuric Acid and then reaction mixture is quenched

successively in Water and then Caustic Soda solution. The Aqueous layer is then

extracted with Methylene Dichloride to obtain Stage 4.

Stage 4 is reacted with Cyclohexane Carbonyl Chloride and Caustic Soda solution. The

reaction is monitored for completion and then extracted with Methylene Dichloride to

obtain crude Praziquantel.

Crude Praziqunatel is crystallised in a mixture of Acetone and Methyl Tert-Butyl Ether to

obtain Praziquantel.

The material balance of the Praziquantel is given in following diagram.




BPE amine (250kgs) CAC( 280kgs) Water( 1200 kgs) Eva. Loss (11 kgs)

Caustic soda (102kgs) MDC( 2000 kgs) layer Separation Aqueous solution (1585 kgs ) Distillation residue (2kgs) Eva. Loss (71kgs)

Dist MDC(1800kgs)

Filtration

Stage I (354 kgs) Eva. Loss (20kgs)

Stage I(354 kgs) Liq.Ammonia(2000kgs)

Caustic soda(285kgs) Water (425kgs) MDC (1000 kgs)

Filtration Spent soda (300 kg)

Layer Separation Spent Ammonia ( 2574 kg)

Distillation Dist MDC(978kgs)

Distillation Residue (2kgs)

Stage II (190kgs)

S.S. REACTOR

S.S.Reactor

wet and pure stage I

S.S.Reactor

S.S.Reactor

S.S.Reactor

S.S.Reactor




Stage II (190kgs) Loss to scrubber ( 10kgs)

Potassium carbonate(220kgs) Bromoacetdal dimethyl acetal (210kgs) Water(700kgs) MDC (800kgs) Layer Separation Aqueous layer(1100kgs)

Distillation Dist.Residue(2kgs)

Loss to scrubber(18kgs) MDC distillate (750kgs)

Stage III (240kgs)

Stage III (240kgs)

Sulphuric acid (4500kgs) Loss to scrubber ( 8kgs) Soda (400kgs) Water(700kgs) MDC(2100kgs) Layer Separation Aqueous layer(2690kgs)

Distillation Dist.Residue(2kgs) MDC distillate (1900kgs)

Stage IV (160kgs)

S.S.Reactor

S.S.Reactor

S.S.Reactor

G. L. Reactor

MDC Layer

Crude Praziquental

S.S.Reactor

S.S.Reactor

water Quenching

G.L.Reactor

Stage IV

G.L.Reactor

MDC Layer

Crude Praziquental




Stage IV (160kgs)

CHCC (180kgs) Loss to scrubber ( 30kgs) Caustic Soda (50kgs) Water(200kgs) MDC(1200kgs) Layer Separation Aqueous layer(442kgs)

Distillation Loss to scrubber ( 10kgs) MDC distillate (1100kgs)

Stage V Loss to scrubber ( 50kgs) MTBE(1400kgs) MTBE distillate (1350kgs)

Praziquantel (208kgs)

G. L. Reactor

S.S.Reactor

S.S.Reactor

MDC Layer

Crude Praziquental

S.S.Reactor




2.7 Details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available

for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

The details of existing products & capacity along with the proposed products are given in

Table no. 2.8. Currently company is granted Environmental Clearance dt. 31st March 2015

from Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF & CC) vide F. No. J -

11011/152/2011- IA II (I) and Consent to Operate dt. 4th May 2016 from Maharashtra

Pollution Control Board (MPCB) vide Consent order No: -Format 1.0/BO/AS(T)/NK-18813-

15 & NK-19238-15/R-O-A/GEN-05810. The existing project plot is 20,200 sq. m. & having

a built up area of 9,500 sq. m. The proposed activity in consideration is a brown field activity

& company will achieve enhanced production capacities by construction of new production

facility in the newly purchased vacant plots. The new plots are adjacent to the existing plot

admeasuring an area of 60,400 sq. m. wherein the additional built up area will be 15,000 sq.

m. Thus, the total project plot area will be 80,600 sq. m. and the built up area will be 24,500

sq. m. The existing environmental clearance conditions compliance & consent to operate

conditions compliance is attached as Annexure 2.5 & 2.6 respectively.

The Regional Officer from Nagpur zonal branch of MoEF & CC had visited the company

regarding the assessment of compliances of existing EC conditions and the copy is attached

as an Annexure 2.5.

2.8 Description of aspects and mitigation measures: The overview of probable environmental pollution & respective mitigation measures during

the construction & operational phase of the project are depicted diagrammatically in the

following figures.

The possible impacts during establishment and expansion of the production activities are

presented in the Impacts Evaluation matrix at Table 2.11 of this chapter.




Figure No. 2.5: Overview of environmental aspects & respective mitigation measures

during construction phase

Figure No. 2.6: Overview of environmental aspects & respective mitigation measures during operational phase




Note: The scale of magnitude & scale of importance given to the project specific activities is subjective.

Scale of importance ranges from 1 to 10; with 10 representing a very important interaction and 1 of relatively low.

Action Causing Impacts

Construction Phase Operation Phase Traffic

Movement Machineries Operations Construction Transportation

Handling & storage

Utilities operations Manufacturing

Impact Score

Environment Attributes

Scale of Magnitude 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Scale of Importance

Low High Low High Low High Low High Low High

Low High Low High

Physical

Air Quality 10 -1 -1 -1 -2 -2 -2 -2 -110 Water quality 10 -1 -- -1 -2 -2 -2 -2 -100 Soil Quality 10 -1 -- -1 -2 -2 -1 -2 -90 Noise & Vibration 7 -1 -1 -1 -2 -1 -1 -1 -56 Land use & Land cover 3 -1 -- -1 -- -- -- -- -6

Biological

Habitat Loss 1 0 -- -- -- -- -- -- 0 Terrestrial Habitat 10 -1 -- -1 -- -- -1 -1 -40 Aquatic Habitat 5 -1 -- -1 -- -- -1 -1 -20

Social

Water supply 7 -1 -- -1 0 -1 -1 -1 -35 Power usage 5 0 -- 0 -- -- -- -- 0

Employment 6 2 -- 1 1 1 1 1 42 Occupational Health 7 -- -- -- -1 -1 -1 -1 -28 Safety 10 -1 -- 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 -50

Total -451

Table No. 2.11: Impact Evaluation Matrix




Table No. 2.12: Impact based on category

Sr. No. Category Impacts Adverse Beneficial

1 No impact 0 0 2 No appreciable impact -1 1 3 Significant impact - 2 2 4 Major impact - 3 3 5 High impact - 4 4 6 Permanent impact - 5 5

Table No. 2.13: Severity criteria for magnitude of impacts

Sr. No. Total Score Category

1 +ve/ -ve Beneficial impact/adverse impact 2 0 - 300 No appreciable beneficial/adverse impact 3 300 - 600 Adverse impact - mitigation measures are needed 4 600 - 900 Adverse impacts - mitigation measures are crucial 5 900 - 1200 Adverse impacts - Alternatives to be considered 6 >1200 Adverse impact - alternatives to the project need to be explored

Interpretation:

The total impact score during construction & operation phase for the project is calculated to

be -451 which comes under “Adverse impact - mitigation measures are needed” category.

From the impact evaluation matrix it is identified that the environmental attribute which will

be affected the most is Air with a score of -110, followed by Water with a score of -100

amongst various other environmental components. Hence from the outcome of this study it is

evident that more emphasis should be given to Air & Water Environmental attributes as it is

subjected to be hampered by the said project activity. The existing pollution control devices

should be evaluated for its efficiency, and if found unsatisfactory up-gradation of the same

should be suggested in the Chapter - 4 (Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation

Measures).


Chapter 3: Description of the Environment

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd Chapter 3- 1

CHAPTER 3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Introduction

An overview of the process of EIA is depicted in the Fig. 3.1. The methodology of the consultant

organization to carry out the EIA study is presented in Fig. 3.2. Out of the above mentioned

aspects the present section focuses on monitoring of present environmental conditions such as air

quality, water quality, soil and noise pollution levels. The monitoring duration for the study was

considered for three months as per guidelines. The season in which the data was collected for the

study area was post monsoon season, including the collection of onsite meteorological data

during the study period. The study also encompasses the ecological biodiversity of the 10 Km

study area.

Other aspects which are indirectly related to the environment such as traffic conditions, hydro-

geology, socio-economical status of the population and land use and land cover details are also

discussed in the present study.

The Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for all the functional areas applicable in this study

are followed from SEE-METH-EIA-01 to SEE-METH-EIA-12 as per the QMS of the

organization.

It should be noted that the environmental monitoring and analysis for the present project i.e.

Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd located in Gut No. 350/1, 350/2 & 350/3, Village Wadivarhe, Taluka

Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra is carried out for the period of October to December 2017.




- Figure 3.1 Methodology for EIA




Contd.




- Figure 3.2 Methodology for Obtaining Environmental Clearance




3.2 Meteorology

The meteorological conditions are capable to influence the formation and dispersion of pollutants

at local, regional, national as well as global scale. Moreover these meteorological conditions are

known to vary spatially and temporally. Thus, it is important to study the micro-meteorological

conditions around the study area in order to estimate their influence on formation and dispersion

of pollutants.

For the present study primary data for meteorological parameters was monitored during the

sampling period (three months) at the site and for reference a secondary data of five years (2012-

2016) was obtained from Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) for Nashik district.

3.2.1. Secondary Data From IMD

As mentioned earlier the secondary data was obtained for selected parameters from the IMD for

a period of Jan- 2012 to Dec- 2016. The parameters selected studies were Ambient Temperature,

Ambient Barometric Pressure, Relative Humidity, Wind speed, Wind direction and Precipitation

(rainfall).

The data for Cloud Cover has been compiled from the climatologically tables of the IMD. The

descriptive statistics of the selected meteorological parameters is presented in Table 3.1. The

statistics of the primary data monitored during the sampling duration at the monitoring station at

project site and is presented in Table 3.2.

Table 3.1: Monthly data from IMD 2012 to 2016

Month Temperature C Relative humidity % Rainfall (mm) Pressure (mb) Min Max Min Max Avg. Avg.

Jan. 4.8 39.2 13 99 0 956.5 Feb. 2.7 36.1 8 89 0 999.9 Mar. 8.0 39.0 4 92 0 984.3 Apr. 15.7 40.0 7 94 0 951.4 May 18.9 38.6 11 98 10.9 948.6 June 21.6 37.4 27 96 35 945.6 July 20.8 32.7 50 98 248 945.0 Aug. 20.2 31.4 62 98 92.3 946.7 Sep. 19.0 32.4 37 99 103.4 962.1 Oct. 11.2 33.5 23 99 84 948.7 Nov. 8.0 32.4 22 96 0 952.1 Dec. 6.2 33.3 25 94 0 953.8




a. Temperature:

The present data enables to conclude that the study area can be categorized into typical tropical

type of climatic conditions experiencing four distinct seasons. The change in temperature is

experienced with respect to change in subsequent season. The summer season is followed with

monsoon season which provides the supply of fresh water in the form of precipitation during

June to September.

The monsoon is followed by winter season starts from December and lasts up to mid-February.

During this season minimum temperature can be observed to drop down to 2.7 C. The

maximum temperature of the winter season is recorded to be 39.2 C in the month of January.

The winter season ends in February with the on-set of summer season which lasts till month of

May. During summer season maximum temperature was recorded to be 40 C whereas the

minimum ambient temperature was observed to be 8 C. During monsoon season (Mid June to

September) maximum temperature were observed to reach 37.4C while minimum temperature

was observed as 19 C.

a. Relative Humidity:

The presence of relative humidity indicates the level of water vapour in the atmosphere. The

highest relative humidity was observed to be up to 99 % whereas the minimum relative

humidity is 4 %.

b. Rainfall:

The months of July and August are considered to be the months which receive maximum

rainfall of the year. The data indicates that average annual rainfall received amounts to 573.6

mm each year.

c. Wind Speed and Wind Direction:

The data for wind speed and wind direction is presented separately using wind rose diagrams in

Fig. 3.3 to 3.5. The wind dispersion during 2012- 2016 is presented in Fig. 3.3, while the wind

pattern during Oct-Dec (sampling period) during 2012 - 2016 is presented in Fig. 3.4. The Fig.

3.5 presents the meteorological conditions during the study period of Oct to Dec 2017.




a. Atmospheric Pressure:

Changes in pressure influence the vertical mixing of the air. Thus variation in pressure is

important for vertical as well as horizontal mixing of pollutants present in the atmosphere. The

change in atmospheric pressure is experienced diurnally, nocturnally as well as seasonally. The

maximum average atmospheric pressure is experienced during the summer season during the

months of Feb while minimum average atmospheric pressure is experienced in the rainy season

during the month of July.

Fig. 3.3 Windrose from Secondary data for year, 2012-2016 Fig. 3.4 Windrose from Secondary data for Sampling Period (Oct-Dec)

Fig. 3.5 Windrose from Primary data for Oct to Dec, 2017




Table 3.2 Site Specific Micro Meteorology Data (Oct to Dec, 2017)

Temperature

Temperature during the study period was found to vary from 7 0C to 39 0C during the study

period.

Relative Humidity

Relative humidity during the study period was found to be maximum 97 % & minimum 3 %

Wind Speed and Wind Direction

The wind rose diagram representing the summer season is shown in Fig 3.5. A review of wind

rose diagram shows that predominant winds are mostly from East to West. The hourly minimum

wind speed was recorded to be 0 Km/hr & maximum was observed around 12.5 Km/hr.

Interpretation:

Meteorology forms the base of any dispersion studies. With this understanding Windrose

diagrams using secondary data obtained from Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) for

annual data (5 Years) & sampling period (Oct to Dec of year 2012 to 2016) have been plotted.

The wind rose prepared from secondary data for sampling period of Oct to Dec, indicates that

about 13% of the time, wind was observed to be blowing from East direction.

At the same time the windrose diagram based on primary data (for the monitoring period)

indicates that around 18 % of the time the wind is blowing from the East direction.

For determining the sampling locations of air quality monitoring it is important to understand the

distribution of wind direction during the monitoring period, i.e. during the months of Oct to Dec.

According to the interpretation of the secondary data for meteorology it is concluded that the

Months Rainfall mm

Temperature (OC)

Relative Humidity (%)

Wind Speed (Km/hr)

Dominant Wind

Direction (Blowing from) Min Max Min Max Min Max

Oct 00 7.0 38.0 3 91 00 10.5 EAST Nov 00 14.2 39.0 8 95 00 11.0

Dec 00 17.5 37.2 12 97 00 12.5




prominent upwind direction is East. Therefore the monitoring stations can be selected based on

the prominent wind direction identified.

Comments:

The collected secondary data and the primary data have been compared and analyzed to verify

the quality of the data. The comparison of the secondary meteorological data (for Jan to Dec,

2012-2016) with the primary data (Oct to Dec, 2017) monitored at site is summarized as under:

Minimal variation in the values is observed for maximum reading out of two data sets for

temperature. For instance the minimum temperature recorded at the monitoring site was 7.0

C and the same from the secondary data was observed to be 2.7 C, while the maximum

temperature at project site was measured to be 39.0 C and that from the meteorological data

from IMD was observed to be 40.0 C.

The data for minimum relative humidity recorded at site was noted to be 3.0% and that from

secondary data was observed to be 4.0 %. At the same time maximum relative humidity

recorded at site was 97 % while the same according to the secondary data was 99%.

It can be inferred from the above data that the pre-dominant wind direction during the

monitoring period is similar in the secondary as well as primary data collected from the

monitoring station.

3.3 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

The baseline data for the expansion project is collected during month of Oct - Dec 2017. The

monitoring of ambient air quality around the project site provides an understanding about the

prevailing level of environmental pollution in the atmosphere.

For the purpose of ambient air quality monitoring a study area of 10 km radius from project site

has been considered. Based on the observations of the study area from satellite imagery it can be

categorized as a rural area as per the guideline of CPCB. The 10 Km study area has undulating

topography with hill and rocky plateaus. The study area is having the presence of small villages

likes Gondedumala, Mundhegaon etc. In Gondedumala there is an existence of an industry

Thyssen Krupp Electrical Steel India Pvt. Ltd which is located about 2.6 km from the project site




& Jindal Poly Films Ltd in Mundhegaon located at 6.9 km away from the project site. In 10 km

study area there is a presence of operating stone quarries which are located in the Arul village in

the NW direction of the project site. The stretch of National Highway is present from NW to SE

in the study area. The traffic on the Mumbai Agra National Highway can be one of the potential

sources of air pollution in the study area beside the presence of the industrial activity in the

Gonde Industrial Area. The activities linked to the towns like construction etc. can be one of the

potential sources of air pollution. The study area is heavily dominated by agricultural areas, hilly

terrain and open- scrub land.

3.3.1 Probable Sources of Air Pollution: From the field investigations & reconnaissance

surveys the various sources identified that can contribute to air pollution in the study area:

Industrial activities falling under the 10 km of the study area.

Automobile exhaust emissions due to movement of vehicles in the study area.

Rural activities in the 10 km of the study area.

Construction activities in the study area.

Agricultural activities such as biomass burning, combustion of wood and other waste, etc.

3.3.2 Sampling Details

The ambient air quality monitoring network of eight locations as per Standard ToR was designed

based on the prominent wind direction as per the analysis of meteorological data (from

secondary source). The sampling was carried out twice a week as per the NAAQS Notification of

November 2009. The Ambient Air Quality Monitoring was carried out for all the 12 parameters

for which standards are prescribed by the CPCB at location A1 (project premises), and criteria

pollutants namely PM2.5, PM10, NOx, SO2, CO, HCL & VOC at remaining 7 stations. The details

of the parameters monitored are provided in Table 3.3. The criteria applied for selection of the

monitoring location is discussed as under.

3.3.3 Criteria for selection of ambient air monitoring locations

The ambient air quality monitoring locations were selected considering the following criterion:




i. Prevailing prominent wind direction in the study area as examined form the windrose

distribution prepared from the secondary data.

ii. Location of sensitive receptors such as reserved forests, national parks, hospitals,

archaeological sites, etc. in the vicinity of the study area.

iii. Topography of the study area.

iv. Site feasibility related to accessibility, security, distances from nearest shades and trees,

etc.

v. Availability of electrical supply and supplementary arrangements.

3.3.4 Methodology for Sampling

The sampling was carried out at selected locations as per the CPCB guidelines. The standard

methodology used for analysis is presented in Table 3.3. The details of the detection limits and

the standard methods are provided subsequently.

Table No. 3.3 Methodology Used for Ambient Air Analysis

Sr. No. Parameters Analysis Minimum Detection

limit 1. PM10 µg/m3 IS 5182 (Part 23): 2006 5.0 µg/m3

2. PM2.5 µg/m3 USEPA Quality assurance handbook VOL-II part II 2.0 µg/m3

3. SO2 µg/m3 IS 5182 (Part 02): 2001 Reaff.2006. 3 µg/m3 4. NOx µg/m3 IS 5182 (Part 06): 2006 9 µg/m3 5. CO mg/m3 Based On Instrument ACE 9000XT 0.02 mg/m3

6. Ozone (O3) µg/m3 Method 411,Air Sampling and analysis , 3rd edition 20 µg/m3

7. Lead (Pb) ng/m3 EPA Inorganic Compendium method IO-3.2 0.10 ng/m3

8. Ammonia (NH3) µg/m3 Method 401,Air Sampling and analysis , 3rd edition 20.0 µg/m3

9. Benzo(a)pyrene (BaP) IS 5182 (Part 12): 2004 Reaff.2009 0.20 ng/m3

10. Arsenic (As) ng/m3 Based On CPCB guidelines for measurement of ambient air pollutant Vol. I May 2011 5.0 ng/m3

11. Nickel (Ni) ng/m3 EPA Inorganic Compendium method IO-3.2 5.0 ng/m3 12. Benzene µg/m3 IS 5182 (Part 11) 1 µg/m3

13. Hydrogen Chloride (HCl) ID-174-SG 5 ppm

14. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) Compendium Method TO-17 1 ppb




Equipment used for sampling: The sampling of PM10 was conducted using Envirotech make

sampler (model no.: APM-460), while the sampling of PM2.5 was carried out using Envirotech

make sampler (model no. APM-550). The monitoring of carbon monoxide was conducted by

online instruments of Rave innovations instruments (model no.: COA-109).

Sample Transportation and Sample Preservation: Proper preservation of samples was done after

sampling. The Gaseous samples were preserved in an ice box (below 4°C) and transported to the

laboratory for analysis. The filter papers were collected using forceps and stored in polythene

bags and stored in cool and dry containers during transportation.

Based on the above understanding the eight locations selected for ambient air quality monitoring

are presented on SOI maps (Fig. 3.6). The locations are fixed considering the up-wind and down-

wind direction of wind pattern and sensitive receptors. The details of the sampling locations

identified for the present study are presented in Table 3.4.

3.3.5 Ambient Air Quality Status

Table 3.4 Details of Selected Sampling Locations

Sr. No.

Sampling Location & Codes

M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd Type of Area

Direction Aerial Dist.

(Km) Coordinates

Latitude Longitude 1 A1 Project Site -- -- 19°50'57.96"N 73°40'30.63"E Industrial 2 A2 Wadivarhe NE 1.0 19°51'30.36"N 73°40'33.03"E Residential 3 A3 Gondedumala SE 2.73 19°49'34.62"N 73°41'1.42"E Residential 4 A4 Sanjegaon SW 7.06 19°49'35.50"N 73°36'44.02"E Residential 5 A5 Gadgadsangvi NW 3.92 19°52'16.88"N 73°38'44.93"E Residential 6 A6 Belgaon SE 3.9 19°49'57.96"N 73°42'29.16"E Residential 7 A7 Murambi NW 3.28 19°50'52.23"N 73°38'38.21"E Residential 8 A8 Rajur Bhaula NE 7.63 19°54'8.18"N 73°43'17.42"E Residential

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at eight locations including the project site

for a period of three months from Oct to Dec, 2017. The results of ambient air quality monitoring

provided in Table 3.5.




Site conditions during sampling at:

A1:

Sampling location A1 is located in industry premises. This monitoring location will be affected

more due to emissions due to boiler operations, vehicular movement from inside and out side of

the premises, process emissions and fugitive emissions etc. During the sampling, boilers were

working on full load, whereas, D.G. set was not in operation

A2:

Sampling station A2 is established in Wadivarhe village, which is nearest village from project

site. Wadivarhe village experiences traffic movement due to the transportation activities of

industries from surrounding area.

A3:

Location A3 is located in village Gonde dumala and it was observed that, the village was

experiencing vehicular activities nearby to sampling location.

A4:

Sampling location A4 is located in Sanjegaon, village which is in remote area and experiences

minimal human and traffic activities.

A5:

A5 is established in village Gadagsangvi. It was observed several times, this village had minimal

traffic movement during the baseline data monitoring period.

A6:

Village Belgaon, in which A6 is located, is on the upwind direction with respect to pre-dominent

wnd direction.

A7:

A7 is located in Murambi village which falls in downwind direction of project site. Nearby to

A7, on several days, vehicular activity was observed especially at the time of sampling.

A8:

A8 is located in village Rajur Bhaula, which is at around 7 km from the project site. The village

is in North East direction from the site of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd.




Fig No. 3.6.1 Air Monitoring Locations on SOI Toposheet




Fig No. 3.6.2 Air Monitoring Locations on Google Earth

Table No. 3.5 Ambient Air Quality Status (Criteria Pollutants)

Sr. No.

Sampling Location Code & Name Stats

Values in µg/m3 Values

in mg/m3 Values in ppm

PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOx CO HCL VOC

1 *A1 Project site

Min 63.9 31.9 9.1 19.1 0.9

BDL BDL Max 86.1 48.2 18.2 32.1 2.3 Avg. 81.0 38.3 13.1 28.0 1.7

98th Percentile 86.0 46.5 17.7 32.0 2.3

2 A2 Wadivarhe Min 64.1 28.3 7.5 18.1 0.5

BDL BDL Max 75.9 38.0 13.3 25.9 1.2




Avg. 70.0 32.0 10.0 23.7 0.8 98th Percentile 75.6 37.0 13.2 25.9 1.2

3 A3 Gondedumala

Min 62.1 27.5 6.6 19.1 0.8

BDL BDL Max 78.8 38.9 15.9 27.9 1.9 Avg. 73.9 33.3 12.3 25.3 1.4

98th Percentile 78.4 38.5 15.5 27.9 1.9

4 A4 Sanjegaon

Min 56.1 25.2 7.1 14.6 0.4

BDL BDL Max 67.9 33.0 12.0 22.9 0.8 Avg. 63.2 29.0 9.1 19.1 0.6

98th Percentile 67.9 32.4 11.6 22.7 0.8

5 A5 Gadgadsangvi

Min 58.1 24.5 6.0 13.2 0.5

BDL BDL Max 67.3 31.6 12.6 24.9 0.9 Avg. 61.9 27.8 10.0 19.8 0.6

98th Percentile 66.7 31.4 12.6 24.9 0.9

6 A6 Belgaon

Min 57.2 25.7 7.1 17.5 0.9

BDL BDL Max 76.8 36.4 11.9 27.9 1.9 Avg. 69.9 31.4 9.4 25.4 1.5

98th Percentile 76.8 36.3 11.5 27.9 1.9

7 A7 Murambi

Min 64.8 29.4 8.1 18.4 0.8

BDL BDL Max 75.9 37.4 12.9 26.9 1.6 Avg. 72.1 32.3 11.0 23.0 1.3

98th Percentile 75.9 36.5 12.9 26.7 1.6

8 A8 Rajur Bhaula

Min 60.1 27.0 8.5 17.1 0.7

BDL BDL Max 74.3 36.4 15.4 27.9 1.7 Avg. 69.9 31.4 11.3 24.9 1.0

98th Percentile 74.1 35.6 15.3 27.9 1.7 NAAQ Standard 100 60 80 80 4 N.S N.S

3.3.6 Interpretation of Primary Data PM10

The study reveals that, maximum concentration was observed to be in the range of 67.3 & 86.1

µg/m3. The highest 24-hourly concentration was recorded at sampling location A1 which is an

industrial premise. Although the industry is not located in the industrial estate it is surrounded by

many other industries which ultimately add to the traffic load in the subjected area. At the same

time minimum concentration was observed at location A4 which is a remote area. The average

concentration of PM10 can be said to be ranged between 61.9-81.0 µg/m3. The minimum

concentration at location A4 (Sanjegaon) can be said due to its remote location and minimal




human activity in and around the monitoring station. Therefore experiences minimal levels of

pollution.

PM2.5

The major source of PM2.5 is said to be the combustion of fossil fuels, fire wood, etc. The

maximum of PM2.5 (48.2 µg/m3) during the study period was recorded at location A1, whereas

the minimum 24.5 µg/m3 concentration was recorded at A5 location which is a remote area. The

minimum concentration indicates that the area experiences minimal combustion and vehicular

activity. On the other hand high concentration at location A1 indicates that the area experiences

high emissions from combustion of fossil fuel and vehicular movement in the surroundings. The

average concentration of PM2.5 during the study period was computed to be in the range of 27.8-

38.3 µg/m3. It should be noted that the concentration of PM2.5 was observed to be within the

standards prescribed by the CPCB.


High level of SO2 in ambient air indicates the presence of combustion of fossil fuel in the

vicinity. The ambient air monitoring results indicate that the highest average concentration of

SO2 is experienced at location A1. The emission from other industries & constant traffic and

regular movement of heavy vehicles which are diesel driven around the project area can be

considered as the principle source of emission for SO2. The average concentration of SO2

recorded at all the monitoring locations during the study period ranged between 9.1-13.1 µg/m3

respectively. It should be noted that maximum average concentration was recorded at location

A1 while the lowest can be observed at location A4. The location A4 is scarcely populated and is

remotely located. Hence low levels of anthropogenic activities and emissions are observed in the

area. The concentration of SO2 was within the CPCB limit at all the location.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX)

The various forms of Nitrogen in NO, NO2 and N2O are collectively called as Oxides of

Nitrogen. The highest value of NOX during the monitoring period was observed at location A1

while the minimum average was recorded at A4. The average concentrations were in the range of

19.1-28 µg/m3. The maximum 24 hourly value of NOX was recorded at the monitoring location




A1 (32.1 µg/m3) whereas the minimum concentration of NOx was recorded at location A5 (13.2

µg/m3). It should be noted that the both location A4 & A5 experience less vehicular activity

resulting in minimal concentration of pollutants.

Carbon monoxide (CO)

The anthropogenic source of CO is due to incomplete combustion of fuel majorly in absence of

air. The maximum concentration of CO estimated at all locations during the study period can be

observed to be within 0.8 to 2.3 mg/m3 respectively. The minimum concentration at all locations

ranged between 0.4 - 0.9 mg/m3. The highest average is calculated at location A1 and the lowest

average was estimated to be at location A4 in Sanjegaon.

Hydrochloric Acid (HCl)

The results revealed that the values of HCl were detected to be below the minimum detection

limit at all the monitoring locations.

VOC

Based on the above results it can be stated that the values of VOC were found to be below

detection limit at all the monitoring locations.

Monitoring of Additional Parameters:

The monitoring for additional parameters in ambient air namely Ozone, Lead, Ammonia,

Arsenic, Nickel, Benzene & Benzopyrene (a) was conducted within the project premises (A1

location). The results for these parameters are presented in Table 3.6.

The analysis of additional parameters monitored for ambient air quality at the location A1

reveals that the values did not exceed the limits prescribed by CPCB, during the sampling period.

The concentration of Ammonia found to be varied between 68 to 93 g/m3. The average

concentration of Ammonia was estimated to be 84 g/m3. The values of Ground level ozone

were estimated to be within the range of 28 to 38 g/m3. The average concentration was

computed to be 31 g/m3. The presence of heavy metals such as lead, arsenic and nickel &

Benzene, Benzo(a)pyrene were estimated to be below the detectable limits and thus their

presence can be said to be negligible.




Table 3.6 Results of Additional Air Quality Parameters at Project Site

Sr. No. Parameters A1- Premises of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd NAAQ Standards Min. Max. Avg.

1. Ozone (O3) µg/m3 28 38 31 100 (8 Hourly)

2. Lead (Pb) ng/m3 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 1.0 (24 Hourly)

3. Ammonia (NH3) µg/m3 68 93 84 400 (24 Hourly)

4. Benzo (a) pyrene (BaP) ng/m3 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 1.0 (Annual)

5. Arsenic (As) ng/m3 <5.00 <5.00 <5.00 6.0 (Annual)

6. Nickel (Ni) ng/m3 <5.00 <5.00 <5.00 20 (Annual)

7. Benzene (C6 H6) µg/m3 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 5 (Annual)

*Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Laboratory.

** N.S.: Not Specified

Interpretations:

Sampling site conditions:

The descriptive statistics of the monitoring at all the locations are indicating that pollution levels

did not exceed the standards prescribed by the CPCB.

It should be noted that 98th Percentile values computed at all the sampling locations were similar

to the maximum value observed at most of the locations indicating a negligible variance in the

observations obtained.

Furthermore, the additional parameters monitored at the sampling location no. A1 indicated that

even those parameters did not exceed the standards provided by CPCB.

3.4 Surface Water Quality

3.4.1 Surface water sources in the study area

The surface water resources in the study area as studied from the satellite imagery depicts that

Darna river is flowing from southeast and south side of the project area. It is originated from the

Darna Reservoir. There are presences of small streams namely Waldevi River and Aund Vahal

which ultimately merge with the Darna River flowing in the east direction of the project area.

The Waldevi & Aund Vahal rivers are originated from the Waldevi dam in the north direction of

the project area & Mukane Reservoir located to the west of the project site respectively. In the




study area there is also some presence of small reservoir which is primarily used for the

agricultural and domestic purposes.

The sampling locations for the water bodies were finalized after reconnaissance survey and

consultation with the functional area experts from the respective areas.

3.4.2 Probable sources of surface water pollution in the study area

The river stretches in the study area may be subjected to domestic and industrial discharges from

the surrounding villages and industries located in the Gonde Industrial Area. Other than that

there are various small scale units located outside the industrial area, although the claim is that

the surrounding industries achieve zero liquid discharge, but cannot be completely ignored as a

source of pollution. It should be noted that the study area is covered with some agricultural

activity, which indicates that the runoffs from the agricultural fields will also be a potential

source of contamination.




Fig No. 3.7.1 Surface Water Monitoring Locations on SOI Toposheet

Fig 3.7.2 Surface Water Monitoring Locations on Google Earth

3.4.3 Sampling Methodology:

a. Criteria for Selection of water quality sampling locations

While selecting a sample it is always important to take care that the sample should be

representative of the selected water body. In order to remove the bias in sample selection, grab

samples were collected on random basis considering the following key aspects:




1. The sampling locations were selected based on upstream and downstream uses of the

water body.

2. Drainage Pattern of study area in general.

3. Domestic discharge points from the near-by villages.

4. Location, use and importance of Lake or other reservoirs in the study area

5. Water bodies or streams which may be affected due to the proposed expansion activity.

Based on the above understanding and guidance from the functional area experts, selected sampling locations are presented on SOI Toposheet in Fig. 3.7. A total of eight sampling locations were selected for the present study. The details of the

sampling locations are highlighted in Table 3.8.

3.4.4 Sampling details:

Grab samples were collected from the identified surface water bodies located in the study area.

The sampling frequency was once during the sampling period of the proposed expansion project

(study period – Oct to Dec, 2017).

3.4.5 Sample Collection, Preservation and Transportation

Sampling was carried out in presence of FAE and trained personnel having training and

experience.

The necessary procedures were followed during the process of sample transport and storage in

order to maintain homogeneity of the samples and to avoid any significant alterations in their

condition thereby rendering them in an unacceptable state for analysis at the laboratory.

In order to comply with the above statement some of the important points focused while sample

transportation and storage are highlighted as under:

• Samples were collected in HDPE containers and packed to avoid breakage and cross-

contamination.

• Sample degradation was reduced through appropriate preservation and 1ml 1N HNO3 per

litre of sample was added for analysis of selected metals.




• Sample containers were sealed, labelled and carefully packed with an appropriate packing

material and stored in chilled containers (around 4C). The chain of custody records was

also maintained as per standard protocol.

• Microbiology samples were collected in sterile Pyrex-glass bottles

• The pH and Temperature were monitored at the time of collection and the DO was fixed

on site.

The list of parameters assessed and the methodologies for analysis of water samples are

presented in Table 3.7. The method detection limits are also provided in the table with respective

units of measurement. The details of sampling locations are provided in Table 3.8. Table No.3.7: Methodologies Used for Surface Water Analysis

Sr. No. Parameter Method Detection Limit/ Unit 1 pH APHA 4500 H+ - B 0.01-14 2 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 2540 - C 5.00 mg/lit 3 Chlorides as Cl - APHA 4500 Cl- - B 10.00 mg/lit 4 Sulphate as SO4

- APHA 4500 SO42 - E 1.00 mg/lit

5 Total Hardness as CaCO3 APHA 2340 - C 2.00 mg/lit 6 Nitrate as NO3 APHA-4500-NO3-B 1.00 mg/lit 7 Fluoride as F- APHA-4500-F- - D 0.02 mg/lit 8 Phosphate APHA-4500-PC 1.00 mg/lit 9 Bicarbonate APHA 2340 - B 1.00 mg/lit 10 COD APHA-5220-B 4.00 mg/lit 11 BOD APHA-5210-B 3.00 mg/lit 12 DO APHA-4500-C 1.00 mg/lit 13 Arsenic as As APHA- 3114-B 0.01 mg/lit 14 Calcium as Ca APHA- 3500-B 1.00 mg/lit 15 Cadmium as Cd APHA- 3111-B 0.003 mg/lit 16 Chromium as Cr APHA- 3112-B 0.05 mg/lit 17 Iron as Fe APHA- 3111-B 0.3 mg/lit 18 Lead as Pb APHA- 3111-B 0.01 mg/lit 19 Magnesium as Mg APHA- 3111-B 1.00 mg/lit 20 Mercury as Hg APHA- 3112-B 0.001 mg/lit 21 Nickel as Ni APHA- 3111-B 0.02 mg/lit 22 Potassium as K APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit 23 Sodium as Na APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit 24 Zinc as Zn APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit 25 Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs. APHA-9221-B Absent 26 Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. APHA-9221-G Absent

The results for the samples are provided in Table 3.10.




Table No. 3.8 Details of Surface Water Quality Monitoring Stations

Sr. No. Sampling Location Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd

Direction Dist. (Km) Lat Long 1 SW1 Darna Reservoir SE 8.0 19°47'19.64"N 73°42'58.80"E 2 SW2 Mukane Reservior SW 2.2 19°50'12.66"N 73°39'34.04"E 3 SW3 Waldevi Dam NE 6.6 19°54'31.36"N 73°40'42.99"E 4 SW4 Wadivarhe Reservior N 2.3 19°51'59.48"N 73°39'56.11"E 5 SW5 Shirsate Reservoir NW 8.5 19°52'30.87"N 73°36'1.21"E 6 SW6 Aund Vahal river SE 4.8 19°48'54.49"N 73°42'9.03"E

7 SW7 Darna River stream flowing towards south SE 9.8 19°45'46.57"N 73°39'29.73"E

8 SW8 Darna River stream towards east E 9.6 19°48'51.26"N 73°45'34.76"E

During the sampling it was observed that the water from the selected water bodies was used for

various purposes. Based on their usage & information provided by the locals, these water bodies

were categorized. The categorization is confirmed based on the analysis performed on the sample

to conclude its fit for the said usage or not. The criteria for classification of the water bodies are

provided in Table 3.9.

Based on the results and observations during sampling, it can be stated that, the locations SW1 to

SW5 can be classified into the “B” category, whereas the water bodies SW6 to SW8 can be

categorized into category ''E''.

Table No. 3.9 IS: 2296–1982_Inland_Surface_Water_Stds

Parameter A B C D E Unit pH 6.5-8.5 EC - - 1000 2250 mS/c Color 10 300 300 - - Hazen Odor Agreeable - - - - - TSS - - - - - mg/l TDS 500 - 1500 - 2100 mg/l Turbidity - - - - - mg/l Alkalinity as CaCO3 - - - - - mg/l Chloride as Cl 250 - 600 - 600 mg/l Sulphate as SO4 400 - 400 - 1000 mg/l Nitrates as NO3 20 - 50 - - mg/l Hardness as CaCO3 300 - - - - mg/l Calcium as CaCO3 200 - - - - mg/l Magnesium as CaCO3 100 - - - - mg/l




Parameter A B C D E Unit Sodium as Na - - - - - mg/l Potassium as K - - - - - mg/l Fluoride as F 1.5 1.5 1.5 - - mg/l Iron as Fe 0.3 - 50 - - mg/l DO 6 5 4 - - mg/l COD - - - - - mg/l BOD at 27oC 2 3 3 - - mg/l A-Drinking water without conventional treatment but after disinfection B-Outdoor bathing (organized) C-Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection D-Propagation of wild life, fisheries E-Irrigation, industrial, cooling, controlled waste disposal




Table No. 3.10 Surface Water Quality Results

Sr. No. Parameters Locations Unit

SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 SW-6 SW-7 SW-8 1. pH 8.1 7.8 7.9 7.6 7.5 8.2 8 7.4 - 2. Total Dissolved Solids 266 248 279 253 289 321 340 338 mg/lit 3. Chlorides as Cl - 78.4 65.4 95.4 76.9 96.8 93.6 92.3 94.7 mg/lit 4. Sulphate as SO4

- 24.5 27.8 24.5 23.1 26.1 26.2 29.5 25.4 mg/lit 5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 187 239 198 215 249 296 253 263 mg/lit 6. Electrical Conductivity 398 388 481 491 494 489 513 597 mS/cm 7. Nitrate as NO3 2.9 4.5 1.5 3.1 6.6 3.2 4.9 3.8 mg/lit 8. Fluoride as F- 0.39 0.33 0.22 0.4 0.3 0.4 0.23 0.3 mg/lit 9. Arsenic as As <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit 10. PO4-- <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 mg/lit 11. Bicarbonates 176 174 213 169 227 236 223 226 mg/lit 12. Calcium as Ca 52.3 48.6 64.2 50.9 66.5 65.5 70.1 69.9 mg/lit 13. Cadmium as Cd <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 mg/lit 14. Iron as Fe <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 mg/lit 15. Lead as Pb <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit 16. Magnesium as Mg 18.9 15.9 18.4 17.4 19.6 15.4 16.5 15.9 mg/lit 17. Chromium as Cr <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 mg/lit 18. Mercury as Hg <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 mg/lit 19. K+ 3.9 12.4 11.8 4.6 12.5 14.6 14.9 16.5 mg/lit 20. Nickel as Ni <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 mg/lit 21. Na+ 41.2 39.8 54.2 40.3 55.8 56.8 54.8 55.9 mg/lit 22. Zinc as Zn 0.15 0.18 0.16 0.19 0.23 0.19 0.21 0.20 mg/lit 23. Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs. Present Present Present Present Present Present Present Present -- 24. Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. Absent Absent Present Present Present Present Present Present -- 25. COD 18.5 11.6 15.9 17.2 11.3 19.3 10.9 9.2 mg/lit 26. BOD 6.4 4.3 5.4 5.9 4.9 6.1 4.2 3.9 mg/lit 27. DO 6.2 6.6 6.1 6.4 6.2 5.9 6.0 6.3 mg/lit





3.4.6 Interpretation

Site Conditions:

Following were the observations at the sites during sampling

1. SW1: SW1 is located at Darna reservoir; which is one of the major reservoirs. Hence, in nearby areas,

no external sources of pollution were observed.

2. SW2: SW2 is located at Mukane reservoir. While sampling, there were not external sources observed.

Human activities were strictly prohibited in nearby areas.

3. SW3: SW3 is located at Waldevi dam, being small dam it was observed that human activities such as

Cattle washing, defecation, plastic and other wastes etc. were present. Also, streams of domestic

sewage were observed to be contaminating to the same dam, as SW3 lies in region having

habitations and settlements around.

4. SW4: SW4 is located near Wadivarhe reservoir, which was observed to be contaminated by human

activities at the time of sampling.

5. SW5: SW5 is a location near to Shirsate reservoir, which happens to be small dam. It is also observed

to be contaminated by human activities during the time of sampling.

6. SW6: SW6 is a sampling location near the Aund Vahal river which was observed to be carrying

domestic sewage from the nearby areas of habitation and villages.

7. SW7: Location SW7 is located nearby Darna river which is flowing towards South direction. The same

river was observed to be carrying sewage nallas from the nearby village.

8. SW8: SW8 is located nearby Darna river which is flowing towards East direction; and was found to be

contaminated by human activities during the sampling period.




Observations of analysis:

The values obtained are compared with the standards prescribed for the respective designated use

of the water body as categorized in the earlier part of the study. The analysis helps to conclude

that the pH of all the samples was found to vary between: 7.4 – 8.2. It should be noted that the

values obtained were within the desirable limit for pH as prescribed by CPCB. The total hardness

was observed to be ranging between 187 to 296 mg/l. The maximum value of hardness was

recorded at SW6 and the minimum value was recorded at SW1. The concentration of Total

Dissolved Solids was estimated in the range of 248 mg/l to 340 mg/l. The maximum

concentration of Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) was observed at SW7 whereas the minimum TDS

concentration was observed at SW2. The Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) & Biochemical

Oxygen Demand (BOD) values were calculated to be in the range of 9.2 mg/l to 19.3 mg/l & 3.9

mg/l to 6.4 mg/l respectively.

The presence of heavy metals like Arsenic, Mercury, Lead, Chromium, Zinc, Nickel & Cadmium

were recorded to be below the detection limit for all the water samples. It should be noted that

the iron content in all of the samples of surface water bodies were below the detection limit.

Fluoride was detected in lower concentrations ranging from 0.22-0.4 mg/l. The nitrate

concentration was observed to be in the range of 1.5 - 6.6 mg/l. The microbiological samples for

total coliforms were found to be present in all the surface water bodies samples. Ecoli was

present in location SW3, SW4, SW5, SW6, SW7 & SW8 rest in all the other location it was

absent (SW1 & SW2). SW3 is Station at Waldevi dam. It should be noted that in case of the

selected water bodies (SW1 to SW5) classified under category “B”, the parameters were found to

be below the prescribed limits except for BOD concentration. It can be continued for its designed

use as per Inland Surface Water Standards after disinfection and necessary treatment.

The results for location SW6 to SW8 categorized in category “E” indicated that all the

parameters were found to be within the prescribed limits.




3.4.7 Whether the site falls near to the polluted stretch of river identified by the

CPCB/MoEF & CC

The expansion project of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. falls at a distance of 9.7 km from the

stretch of Darna River & 3.94 km from the stretch of Aund Vahal River. Both the rivers are not

identified as the polluted river by CPCB. (Reference: Series: MINARS/37/2014-15 RIVER STRETCHES FOR RESTORATION OF WATER QUALITY by CPCB,

dated Feb 2015.)

3.5 Ground Water Quality

3.5.1 Ground water sources in the study area

Ground water is used as an alternate source in surrounding villages for domestic purposes.

Therefore it is important to assess the existing baseline status of the ground water quality.

3.5.2 Probable sources of ground water pollution in the study area

Ground water can be said to be affected by activities such as uncontrolled discharge of treated

and/or untreated industrial effluent, open discharge of treated and/or untreated sewerage in the

surrounding area. Apart from the above ground water can be polluted by other activities such as

excessive use of chemical fertilizers in farming, leaching from landfills having toxic or

municipal solid wastes etc.


The section discusses regarding the sampling related procedures, methodologies and parameters

selected for analysis. The section also highlights the criteria adopted for selection of ground

water sampling locations. The selected sampling locations and their coordinates are presented in

Table 3.11.

Table No. 3.11 Details of Sampling Locations for Ground Water samples

Sr. No. Sampling Location

Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd

Direction Dist. (Km) Lat Long Source 1 GW1 Wadivarhe N 1.74 19°51'51.84"N 73°40'52.22"E Open Well 2 GW2 Gondedumala SE 3.33 19°49'15.05"N 73°41'2.52"E Open Well

3 GW3 Wadivarhe (near company) SW 0.94 19°51'4.01"N 73°39'59.02"E Open Well

4 GW4 Shirsate NW 7.67 19°52'20.06"N 73°36'21.38"E Open Well 5 GW5 Sarul N 8.89 19°55'48.09"N 73°40'40.44"E Open Well





Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd

Direction Dist. (Km) Lat Long Source 6 GW6 Sanjegaon SW 6.90 19°50'9.92"N 73°36'39.25"E Open Well 7 GW7 Padli Deshmukh SE 5.74 19°47'54.29"N 73°40'57.69"E Open Well 8 GW8 Kurhegaon SW 3.71 19°49'33.67"N 73°42'0.82"E Open Well

As per the Standard ToR, sampling was decided to be carried out at 8 locations. The sampling

locations were selected on random basis subject to the availability and feasibility. The water

quality monitoring network was designed with the intention to evaluate the prevailing ground

water quality in the study area. The sampling frequency was once in a season (study period – Oct

to Dec, 2017). The details of the methodology for ground water sampling is provided in Table

No. 3.12

3.5.4 Selection criteria for water quality sampling locations

The sampling sites were selected considering the following criteria -

1. Topography of the study area Pattern.

2. Areas which may be affected due to the activity.

3. Any probable locations with open discharge of sewage or waste water.

4. Location of any solid waste dumping facility in the vicinity of the project site.

In cases where the sampling locations are situated close to MIDC areas, ground water pollution

can be said to be affected by underground (illegal) discharging of waste water by the industrial

units. If any such cases are reported then sampling is conducted in the surrounding area.

Based on the above criteria eight sampling locations were selected for the present study.

These locations are marked on SOI map in 3.8.

The results for analysis conducted are presented in Table 3.13. These results are compared

with the drinking water standards provided by IS (Table 3.14).

The aspects related to Sample Collection, Preservation and Transportation are described in

detail in the above section 3.4.5.




Table 3.12 Parameters and Methodologies for Analysis of Ground Water Samples

Sr. No. Parameter Method Detection Limit/Unit 1. pH APHA 4500 H+ - B 0.01-14 2. Total Dissolved Solids APHA 2540 - C 5.00 mg/lit 3. Chlorides as Cl - APHA 4500 Cl- - B 10.00 mg/lit 4. Sulphate as SO4

- APHA 4500 SO42 - E 1.00 mg/lit

5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 APHA 2340 - C 2.00 mg/lit 6. Nitrate as NO3 APHA-4500-NO3-B 1.00 mg/lit 7. Fluoride as F- APHA-4500-F- - D 0.02 mg/lit 8. Phosphate APHA-4500-PC 1.00 mg/lit 9. Bicarbonate APHA 2340 - B 1.00 mg/lit 10. COD APHA-5220-B 4.00 mg/lit 11. BOD APHA-5210-B 3.00 mg/lit 12. Arsenic as As APHA- 3114-B 0.01 mg/lit 13. Calcium as Ca APHA- 3500-B 1.00 mg/lit 14. Cadmium as Cd APHA- 3111-B 0.003 mg/lit 15. Chromium as Cr APHA- 3112-B 0.05 mg/lit 16. Iron as Fe APHA- 3111-B 0.3 mg/lit 17. Lead as Pb APHA- 3111-B 0.01 mg/lit 18. Magnesium as Mg APHA- 3111-B 1.00 mg/lit 19. Mercury as Hg APHA- 3112-B 0.001 mg/lit 20. Nickel as Ni APHA- 3111-B 0.02 mg/lit 21. Potassium as K APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit 22. Sodium as Na APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit 23. Zinc as Zn APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit 24. Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs. APHA-9221-B Absent 25. Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. APHA-9221-G Absent




Fig No. 3.8.1 Ground Water Monitoring Locations on SOI Toposheet




Fig No. 3.8.2 Ground Water Monitoring Locations on Google Earth




Table No. 3.13 Ground Water Quality Results Sr. No. Parameters

Locations Unit GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 GW-7 GW-8

1. pH 7.2 7.1 7.7 7.3 7.8 7.2 7.3 7.6 - 2. Total Dissolved Solids 529 395 224 250 132 210 321 298 mg/lit 3. Chlorides as Cl - 146.9 112.4 99.4 84.6 36.5 81.4 110.4 102.3 mg/lit 4. Sulphate as SO4

- 36.4 14.6 2.26 1.69 1.5 1.32 12.4 10.4 mg/lit 5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 593 469 184 162 169 293 417 326 mg/lit 6. Electrical Conductivity 777 593 354 365 195 342 475 422 mS/cm 7. Nitrate as NO3 10.9 11.2 5.4 3.6 9.7 3.0 7.2 8.3 mg/lit 8. Fluoride as F- 0.6 0.32 0.21 0.32 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.3 mg/lit 9. Arsenic as As <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit 10. PO4-- 2.1 1.3 2.2 2.0 2.3 1.9 1.7 2.2 mg/lit 11. Bicarbonates 399 326 175 197 112 247 321 296 mg/lit 12. Calcium as Ca 120.4 97.8 37.8 43.2 26.8 41.9 95.8 86.4 mg/lit 13. Cadmium as Cd <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 mg/lit 14. Iron as Fe <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 mg/lit 15. Lead as Pb <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit 16. Magnesium as Mg 36.4 26.4 19.8 24.1 12.5 22.1 24.1 20.6 mg/lit 17. Chromium as Cr <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 18. Mercury as Hg <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 19. K+ 13.2 7.5 1.2 6.4 3.1 4.1 8.5 9.6 mg/lit 20. Nickel as Ni <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 mg/lit 21. Na+ 77.4 58.9 52.4 44.6 19.8 42.6 57.9 53.6 mg/lit 22. Zinc as Zn <0.1 1.3 1.9 1.5 <0.1 1.4 <0.1 1.5 mg/lit 23. Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs. Present Present Present Present Present Present Present Present -- 24. Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent -- 25. COD <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 mg/lit 26. BOD <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 mg/lit





Table 3.14 IS: 10500:2012 Standards for Drinking Water

Sr. No. Parameter Acceptable Permissible in the

Absence of Alternate source

Unit

1 pH 6.5-8.5 No relaxation 2 Total Dissolved Solids 500 2000 mg/l 3 Chlorides as Cl - 250 1000 mg/l 4 Sulphate as SO4

- 200 400 mg/l 5 Phosphate NS NS mg/l 6 Total Hardness as CaCO3 200 600 mg/l 7 Nitrate as NO3 45 No relaxation mg/l 8 Bicarbonate NS NS mg/l 9 Arsenic as As 0.01 0.05 mg/l 10 Calcium as Ca 75 200 mg/l 11 Sodium NS NS mg/l 12 Potassium NS NS mg/l 13 Cadmium as Cd 0.003 No relaxation mg/l 14 Iron as Fe 0.3 No relaxation mg/l 15 Lead as Pb 0.01 No relaxation mg/l 16 Chromium 0.05 No relaxation mg/l 17 Mercury as Hg 0.001 No relaxation mg/l 18 Nickel as Ni 0.02 No relaxation mg/l 19 Zinc as Zn 5 15 mg/l

20 Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs. Absent Absent Org/100ml

21 Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. Absent Absent Org/100ml 22 COD NS NS mg/l 23 BOD NS NS mg/l 24 Fluoride F- 1.0 1.5 mg/l 25 Magnesium Mg++ 30 100 mg/l

* NS: Not Specified

3.5.5 Interpretation:

Site conditions during sampling:

GW1:

GW1 is an open well from Wadivarhe village; located at around 1.74 km from the industry

site. Wadivarhe is the nearest village from project site.

GW2:

GW2 is located in the Gonde dumala village at around 3.33 km from the project site. It is an

open well.

GW3:

GW3 is another location of open well in Wadivarhe village at around 0.94 km from the

project site. It is the nearest sampling location from the project site.




GW4:

GW4 is the open well location from Shirsate village; which is approximately at 7.67 km from

the project site.

GW5:

GW5 is situated in the village Sarul; located at a distance of 8.89 km from the project site.

GW6:

GW6 is the open well from village Sanjegaon which is in SW direction of project site at

around 6.94 km from Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd.

GW7:

GW7 sample is from the village Padli Deshmukh, which is located at 5.74 km from project

site.

GW8:

GW8 sample is from the open well present in the village Kurhegaon. The said village is 3.71

km away from project site in SW direction.

Observations of analysis:

The results indicate that, the pH of all the ground water samples was within the prescribed

standards following in the range of 7.1 - 7.8.

The concentration of heavy metals like arsenic, chromium, lead, mercury, nickel & cadmium

were below the detection limit. Iron was not detected in any of the ground water samples.

Zinc was observed in the range of <0.1-1.9 mg/lit which is well below the acceptable

standards of IS: 10500:2012.

The hardness of all the ground water samples was found to be ranging between 162-593

mg/lit. The value of hardness was exceeding the acceptable limit but was within the

permissible limit at all the locations. It should be noted that some of the ground water

samples in the study area can be termed as hard water.

It can be observed that, the values for total dissolved solids in all the sampling locations were

estimated to be under the permissible standards for drinking water. The concentration of total

dissolved solids ranged between 132-529 mg/lit. The maximum concentration was observed

at location GW1 whereas the minimum concentration was observed at GW5.




It should be noted that the microbiological analysis of all the samples indicate that e-coli was

absent in all the ground water samples. The presence of total coliforms in all the samples is

indicating that the anthropogenic activity in the surrounding area can be a possible source of

contamination.

The fluoride concentration is ranging between 0.2 - 0.6 mg/l. The presence of the fluoride in

all the water samples is mostly due to geogenic in nature. The nitrates concentrations were

ranging between 3.0 -11.2 mg/l well below the acceptable limits of drinking water. The

probable sources of nitrates in the ground water could be the use of fertilizers in the nearby

agricultural activity. The nitrate concentrations are higher in the study area which was

compared with the secondary data of Govt. of India, Ministry of Water Resources, Central

Ground Water Board 2014.

The COD and BOD values of all the ground water samples were found to be below the

detection limit.

Thus, based on the above results it can be stated that the water from the said samples can be

considered fit for domestic purpose with basic primary treatment.

3.6 Noise Level Monitoring

Noise can be defined as a sound, especially one that is loud or unpleasant or that causes

disturbance. High and prolonged or continuous exposure to noise levels is known to cause

deleterious effects on the humans, plants and animals. In some cases short term exposure to

high noise levels has been considered equally dangerous for humans and animals. In future

Noise level pollution in the rural or urban areas can be of great concern. Monitoring of Noise

level provides an insight pertaining to the prevailing conditions of noise in the surrounding

areas. This data when available is considered as a baseline data for a given area and based on

the data predictions in increase in noise levels are carried out.

3.6.1 Noise generation sources in the study area

Although the project is not located in the notified industrial area, various sources of noise

generation can be said to be arising from the surrounding industrial activities. Other sources

contributing to high noise levels can be attributed to movement of heavy vehicles in the

nearby areas. Apart from the heavy vehicles, the number of public and private vehicles plying




in the region can be said to contributing towards noise pollution. The stone mining activities

were identified in the study area which can be potential source of noise pollution. The Noise

can be generated through various industrial processes and machineries operating in the

industries.

3.6.2 Monitoring Details

For the present study Noise monitoring was carried out as per the Central Pollution Control

Board guidelines on 24-hourly basis at 8 locations in 10 km radius of the study area.

Monitoring was carried out on weekly basis (once in a week). The locations were decided as

per the guidance of the Functional Area Experts and are presented in Fig 3.9 on SOI maps.

The noise levels monitored were grouped into day and night time noise levels. The day time

is considered to be during 6 am to 10 pm and night noise time is considered between 10 pm

to 6 am at all the locations in the study area. The noise monitoring was carried out by a

precision integrated noise meter of baseline technology Model No. 2511. It should be noted

that location N1 is an industrial premises while rest of the locations are categorized into rural

and residential areas. The standards used for comparison of the noise levels are therefore used

as per the standards prescribed regulations of CPCB.

3.6.3 Criteria for selection of noise level monitoring locations

The locations for representative noise monitoring were selected considering the following

criteria:-

1. Identification of probable sources.

2. Identification of Sensitive Receptors around the project area.

3. Individuals/Areas likely to be affected due to the proposed activity.

4. Topography of the study area.

5. Site feasibility related to accessibility, etc.

The details of the monitoring locations are provided in Table 3.15.




Fig. 3.9.1 Sampling Locations for Noise Monitoring on SOI Toposheet




Fig. 3.9.2 Sampling Locations for Noise Monitoring on Google Earth

Table No. 3.15 Details of Noise Quality Monitoring Stations


M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd

Direction Dist. (Km) Lat Long Type of Area

1 N1 Project Site -- -- 19°50'55.13"N 73°40'29.04"E Industrial

2 N2 Wadivarhe NE 1.28 19°51'36.07"N 73°40'36.30"E Residential

3 N3 Gondedumala SE 2.58 19°49'36.75"N 73°41'0.08"E Residential

4 N4 Sanjegaon SW 7.21 19°49'28.16"N 73°36'39.01"E Residential

5 N5 Gadgadsangvi NW 4.08 19°52'20.31"N 73°38'41.72"E Residential




The ambient noise quality monitoring results for all the monitoring locations is presented in

Table 3.16.

Table No. 3.16 Result of Ambient Noise Monitoring

Code Monitoring Location Noise in dB(A) Leq Daytime

Noise in dB(A) Leq Night Time

N1 Project Site 69.0 58.4 N2 Wadivarhe 54.5 44.2 N3 Gondedumala 51.2 42.1 N4 Sanjegaon 52.7 40.7 N5 Gadgadsangvi 50.3 42.1 N6 Belgaon 48.7 41.4 N7 Murambi 49.2 40.3 N8 Rajur Bhaula 53.0 43.5

NAAQ Noise Limit (Industrial Area) 75 70 NAAQ Noise Limit (Residential Area) 55 45 Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd, Laboratory.


Industrial Zone

The day time noise level at the project premises was observed to be 69.0 dB (A) while during

night time the noise level was recorded to be 58.4.0 dB (A). It should be noted that the noise

levels during the day time as well as night time were estimated to be under the prescribed

standards by Central Pollution Control Board.

Residential Zone

The noise monitoring conducted at seven locations for 24hr, once in a week and average

hourly readings were recorded. The minimum noise level recorded during the daytime was

observed at location N6, where as the maximum noise levels can be observed at location N2.

The location N2 is densely populated village and hence can give rise to high noise level in the

surroundings. It should be noted that the permissible limits for noise did not exceed at any of

the locations selected for sampling.

6 N6 Belgaon SE 3.96 19°49'54.16"N 73°42'28.73"E Residential

7 N7 Murambi W 3.25 19°50'57.24"N 73°38'37.50"E Residential

8 N8 Rajur Bhaula NE 7.83 19°54'19.61"N 73°43'9.25"E Residential




3.7 Soil Quality

The soils of the district are the weathering products of Basalt and have various shades from

grey to black, red and pink colour. The soils occurring in the district are classified in the four

categories namely lateritic black soil (Kali), reddish brown soil (Mal), coarse shallow reddish

black soil (Koral), medium light brownish black soil (Barad). In general the soils are very

fertile and suitable for growing cereal and pulses. The black soil contains high alumina and

carbonates of calcium and magnesium with variable amounts of potash, low nitrogen and

phosphorus. The red soil is less common and is suitable for cultivation under a heavy and

consistent rainfall. (Source: Ministry of Water Resources Central Ground Water Board)

3.7.1 Probable sources of soil pollution/contamination in the study area

Soil can be said to be polluted due to the discharge of treated or un-treated effluent,

hazardous waste generated, solid waste by various industries located in the 10 km cluster. If

the industrial wastes are not disposed off scientifically they may leach into soil and affect the

soil quality adversely. This problem can also arise by uncontrolled disposal of municipal

solid waste or sewage inhabited or vacated land. Using of synthetic fertilizers containing

heavy metals in excess may contaminate the soil quality. Mining operations identified outside

the 5 km area can also be a potential source of contamination for the surrounding soil.

3.7.2 Sampling Techniques:

The soil samples were collected from 1.5 m depth

The samples were stored in 1 Kg. HDPE zip-lock bags and transported to laboratory

in cool and dry containers.

The samples were analyzed for physical & chemical characteristics. The samples have

been analyzed as per the established methods for physico-chemical parameters & heavy

metals.


The sampling frequency was once a season (study period Oct to Dec, 2017) from eight

locations.

3.7.4 Criteria for soil sampling location

The locations for collection of representative sample were selected considering -




1. From different types of land uses in the study area.

2. From possible polluted & comparatively controlled locations in the study area.

3. From the leeward and downward of the prominent wind direction

Based on the above understanding the eight sampling locations were identified for the

purpose of sampling is presented in Fig. 3.10 on SOI maps. The coordinates of the sampling

locations are provided in Table 3.17.

Fig. No. 3.10.1 Soil Quality Sampling Locations (SOI map)




Fig. No. 3.10.2 Soil Quality Sampling Locations (Google Earth)

Table No.3.17 Details of Soil Quality Sampling Stations Sr. No.

Sampling Code & Location Direction Dist.

(Km) Coordinates Area/ Land

use type North East 1. S1 Project site -- -- 19°50'59.09"N 73°40'30.90"E Industrial 2. S2 Wadivarhe N 1.53 19°51'48.77"N 73°40'26.35"E Agricultural 3. S3 Gonde SE 2.5 19°49'44.61"N 73°41'3.88"E Agricultural 4. S4 Sanjegaon SW 7.25 19°49'34.57"N 73°36'38.76"E Agricultural 5. S5 Gadgadsangvi NW 3.73 19°52'16.94"N 73°38'52.72"E Agricultural 6. S6 Belgaon SE 4.48 19°49'57.18"N 73°42'49.91"E Agricultural 7. S7 Murambi NW 3.15 19°51'0.48"N 73°38'42.72"E Agricultural 8. S8 Rajur Bhaula NE 7.51 19°54'14.71"N 73°43'6.54"E Agricultural




The parameters for the analysis and the corresponding methodologies are presented in Table 3.18. The results are provided in Table 3.19

Table No. 3.18 Methodology of soil quality analysis

Sr. No. Parameters Units Method

1. pH - IS:2720 (PART 26)-1987 2. Moisture Content % Procedure for Soil Analysis by Food and Agriculture

Organization of United nations /International soil reference & information center compiled under Edited by LP Vanreeuwijk 6 Edition 2002

3. Organic matter %

4. Exchangeable Calcium as Ca mg/kg

5. Color - SW 846 6. Soil texture - Trivedi & Goel

7. Electrical Conductivity mS/cm IS :14767 : 2000

8. Water holding Capacity % Hand book of methods in envt studies vol-II by S K

Maiti

9. Phosphorus as P mg/kg

Lab SOP no. SEE/LD/SOP-SA/28 issue dt 29/03/2014 based on procedure of soil Analysis by Food and Agriculture Organization of United nations /International soil reference & information center compiled under Edited by LP Vanreeuwijk 6 Edition 2002

10. Total Nitrogen mg/kg

Lab SOP No. SEE/LD/SP-SA/04 (Based on procedure for Soil Analysis by Food and Agriculture Organization of United nations /International soil reference & information center compiled under Edited by LP Vanreeuwijk 6 Edition 2002)

11. Arsenic as As mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B 12. Cadmium as Cd mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B 13. Chromium as Cr mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B 14. Lead as Pb mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B 15. Magnesium as Mg mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B 16. Iron as Fe mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B 17. Potassium as K mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B 18. Sodium as Na mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B


The findings of the study reveal that pH of the soil in the study area ranges in between 7.1 –

8.3 which is an indicative of the neutral to slightly alkaline nature of soil. The values for




Nitrogen at all locations varied between 42.13 - 187.27 kg/ha. Maximum concentration of

nitrogen was observed at location S6.

The concentration of phosphate was estimated to be between 15.45-25.2 kg/ha. The highest

concentration can be observed at location S8, while the lowest concentration can be observed

at location S5.

It is important to note that the concentration of potassium was found to be ranging between

158.4 to 511.8 kg/ha.

Based on the above findings, it can be concluded that the soil samples can be classified as per

table 3.19 falls under less to medium fertile soils. The presence of heavy metal in all the soil

samples was below the detection limit except the concentration of chromium which is 0.5-3.4

mg/kg.




Table 3.19 Analysis of Soil Samples

Sr. No. Parameters Location Units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 1 pH 7.7 7.1 8.1 6.8 7.2 8.0 7.1 8.3 -- 2 Moisture Content 5.5 4.0 5.9 1.9 7.1 7.5 9.1 6.2 % 3 Organic matter 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.6 1.9 1.6 1.8 1.7 % 4 Exchangeable Calcium as Ca 101.2 158.6 109.4 213.4 205.7 160.2 100.1 126.4 mg/Kg

5 Color dark

brown to black

dark brown to

black

dark brown to

black

dark brown to

black

dark brown to

black

dark brown to

black

dark brown to

black

dark brown to

black --

6 Soil texture Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam --

7 Electrical Conductivity 80.1 114.4 81.6 49.5 61.2 159.5 94.2 98.6 mS/cm 8 Water holding Capacity 41 36 39 40 42 33 35 37 % 9 Arsenic as As BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL mg/Kg 10 Cadmium as Cd BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL mg/Kg 11 Chromium as Cr 0.6 1.6 0.5 2.6 3.4 1.9 1.6 0.9 mg/Kg 12 Lead as Pb BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL mg/Kg 13 Sodium as Na 44.8 50.3 48.2 63.5 50.4 42.8 40.6 61.6 mg/Kg 14 Magnesium as Mg 36.5 70.2 38.9 63.2 81.7 107.3 43.2 99.5 mg/Kg 15 Iron as Fe 6.9 21.5 24.6 84.6 81.3 23.5 58.2 30.1 mg/Kg 16 Potassium as K 91.2 310.5 128.9 204.4 299.4 271.3 198.9 105.6 mg/Kg 17 Total Nitrogen 63.2 228.9 230.9 236.2 280.9 243.5 226.9 133.5 mg/Kg 18 Phosphurus as PO4- 12.3 10.6 13.4 15.4 10.3 14.9 11.9 16.8 mg/Kg 19 Cation exchange capacity 16.4 19.1 20.0 15.6 17.5 19.6 18.4 14.3 meq/100g 20 SAR 5.4 4.7 5.6 5.4 4.2 3.7 4.8 5.8 -





Table 3.20 Chemical Classification of Soil Quality

Sr. No. Soil Test Classification

1 pH

4.5 Extremely acidic 4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic 5.51-6.00 moderately acidic 6.01-6.50 slightly acidic 6.51-7.30 Neutral 7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline 7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline 8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline 9.01 very strongly alkaline

2 Salinity Electrical Conductivity (mmhos/cm) (1ppm = 640 mmho/cm)

Upto 1.00 Average 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)

3 Organic Carbon (%)

Upto 0.2: very less 0.21-0.4: less 0.41-0.5 medium, 0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient 0.81-1.00: sufficient >1.0 more than sufficient

4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha)

Upto 50 very less 51-100 less 101-150 good 151-300 Better >300 sufficient

5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha)

Upto 15 very less 16-30 less 31-50 medium 51-65 on an average sufficient 66-80 sufficient >80 more than sufficient

6 Potash (Kg/ha)

0 -120 very less 120-180 less 181-240 medium 241-300 average 301-360 better >360 more than sufficient

Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi




3.8 Environmental Conditions at Industry

3.8.1 Workplace Air Quality

For the purpose of estimating levels of pollutants at the workplace, monitoring was conducted

inside the factory premises. The work place monitoring for VOC was carried out in the month of

Nov 2017. The parameters selected for the aforesaid monitoring were decided by consultation of

Functional Area Expert. The details of the parameters monitored and the results are presented in

Table 3.21. The monitoring of the parameters was conducted as per the standard guidelines for

eight hours using Envirotech make portable sampler with model no.: APM 802.

Table 3.21 Monitoring at Workplace of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd

Sr. No. Parameters Avg.

Conc. *Limit Unit Method

1. Methanol BDL 200 ppm OSHA-91 2. Toluene BDL 200 ppm OSHA- 111 3. Acetone BDL 1000 ppm OHSA-69

Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd,

Laboratory.

The results reveal that all the parameters considered for the study are under the minimum

detection limit as well as under permissible limits for the workplace. Therefore, the operations

and methodology currently used by the company is efficient. The environmental damage from

handling of the solvents and other raw materials are insignificant.

3.8.2 Stack Air Monitoring

For the purpose of environmental pollution testing, Stack air monitoring was conducted for the stacks present in the factory premises during Nov 2017. The results of the monitoring are presented in Table 3.22.




Table 3.22 Results of Stack Monitoring of Boiler for Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd.

Stack Details Unit Stack No. 1- Boiler

Stack No. S-2: D. G Set (550 KVA)

MPCB Limit Method

Flue Gas Temperature C 122 197 - --

Stack Diameter M 0.38 0.19 Flue Gas Velocity m/s 7.75 10.75 - --

Total Gas Quantity Nm3/hr 3162 1098 - --

Particulate Matter (PM) mg/Nm3 41 36 150 IS – 11255 (Part 1) 1985


Kg/d 1.2 0.45 78.75 - Boiler

IS – 11255 (Part 2) 1985 42- D.G Set NOx mg/Nm3 10.3 9.8 NS IS – 11255 (Part 7) 2005 Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd, Laboratory.

Table 3.23 Results of Stack Monitoring of Scrubber for Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd

Stack Details Unit Scrubber -

Reactor A Scrubber - Reactor B

Scrubber - Reactor B

MPCB Limit Method

Flue Gas Temperature C 34 35 32 - --

Stack Diameter m 0.25 0.25 0.25 --

Flue Gas Velocity m/s 8.25 7 7.75 - --

Total Gas Quantity

Nm3/hr 1455 1234 1367 - --

Ammonia (N H3)

mg/Nm3 <0.8 <0.8 <0.8 N.S IS – 11255 (Part 6)

1999 Acid Fumes (HCL)

mg/Nm3 7.96 10.26 14.32 35 IS – 3025 (Part 32)


It can be observed from the table no. 3.22 & 3.23, that all the values monitored for the

parameters provided are within the limits prescribed by the MPCB. Thus, it can be stated that,

the present practices of air pollution control technology are sufficient for the current stacks.




Apart from the above Noise monitoring was also carried out at workplace in the month Nov

2017. The results for the same are presented in the Table 3.24.

Table 3.24 Results of Noise Monitoring at Various locations at Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd

Sr. No. Monitoring Location Noise in dB(A) Leq

1 Near Main Gate 63 2 Near D.G set 70 3 ETP Area 65 4 Boiler Area 69 5. Process Area 68

NAAQ Noise Limit (Industrial Area)- Day time 75 NAAQ Noise Limit (Industrial Area)- Night time 70 Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd, Laboratory.

The above results reveal that the noise level at all the locations was under the permissible limits

provided by the CPCB for the Industrial premises. Thus, the workplace conditions can be said to

be safe in terms of noise levels.

3.8.3 Industrial Effluent Analysis

The sample of waste water was collected and analyzed in the month of Nov, 2017 in order to

understand the efficiency of the present effluent treatment system as well as to understand the

characteristics of the waste water. The results for waste water from the factory premises are

provided in this section from Table 3.25.

Table 3.25 Characteristics of Waste Water from Effluent Treatment Plant

Parameter Inlet Outlet Limit as per Consent unit Method

pH 7.5 7.9 6.5 to 8.5 - APHA (22nd Edition ) 4500 H+-B : 2012

Total Dissolved Solids 10246 145 2100 mg/L APHA (22nd Edition )

2540 C : 2012 Total Suspended

Solids 345 7 100 mg/L APHA (22nd Edition ) 2540-D : 2012

BOD (3 day @ 27 0C) 2174 23 100 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 44) : 1993

COD 7426 126 250 mg/L APHA (22nd Edition )




Parameter Inlet Outlet Limit as per Consent unit Method

5220-B : 2012

Oil and Grease 7.2 <1 10 mg/L APHA (22nd Edition ) 5520-O & G : 2012

Chloride 1042 16.6 600 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 32) : 1988 Sulphate 2521 10.2 1000 mg/L IS 3025 (Part 24) : 1986

Bio aassay - 94%

Survival rate

90% survival of fish after 96 hrs in 100% treated

effluent.

- IS: 6582 (Part2) : 2001

Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd,

Laboratory N.S: Not Specified.

The above results reveal that the parameters from the Treated Effluent are within the permissible

limit as provided by MPCB. The present system of zero liquid discharge is efficiently stabilized

in the company.

3.9. Geology & Hydrogeology of the study area

Nasik District is situated in north western part of Maharashtra. It lies between 19°35‟ and 20°50‟

north latitude and between 73°16‟ and 74°56‟ east longitude and falls in parts of Survey of India

degree sheets 46-H, 46-L and 47-E and 47-I. The district has a geographical area of 15530 sq.

km. It is surrounded by Dhule district in the north, Dangs and Surat district of Gujarat State in

the northwest, Jalgaon in the east and northeast, Ahmednagar in the south, Aurangabad in the

southeast and Thane in the west and southwest.

The study area is located in Igatpuri Taluka in Nashik district. The entire area of the district is

underlain by the basaltic lava flows of upper Cretaceous to lower Eocene age. The shallow

alluvial formation of recent age also occurs as arrow stretch along the banks of Godavari and

Girna Rivers flowing in the area.




3.9.1 Geology of Nashik District

The district forms part of Western Ghat and Deccan Plateau. Physiographically Nasik district

comprises varied topography. The main system of hills is Sahayadri and its offshoots viz.,

Satmala, Selbari and Dolbari hill ranges. These hill ranges along with eastern and southern plains

and Godavari valley are the distinct physiographic units. The northern part of the district falls

under Tapi basin and is drained by easterly flowing Girna River along with its tributaries,

whereas the southern part of the district falls under Godavari basin and it is drained by Godavari

River and its tributaries. Other important rivers in the district are Damanganga, Vaitarna, Darna,

Kadva, Aram, Mosam, Panjan and Manegad.

The soils of the district are the weathering products of Basalt and have various shades from grey

to black, red and pink color. The soils occurring in the district are classified in the four categories

namely lateritic black soil (Kali), reddish brown soil (Mal), coarse shallow reddish black soil

(Koral), medium light brownish black soil (Barad). In general the soils are very fertile and

suitable for growing cereal and pulses. The black soil contains high alumina and carbonates of

calcium and magnesium with variable amounts of potash, low nitrogen and phosphorus. The red

soil is less common and is suitable for cultivation under a heavy and consistent rainfall.




Fig 3.11 Geological Map of Nashik District, Maharashtra State Source: Ground Water Information Nashik District Maharashtra, Central Ground Water Board, 2013

3.9.2 Hydrogeology of Nashik District

The entire area of the district is underlain by the basaltic lava flows of upper Cretaceous to lower

Eocene age. The shallow alluvial formation of recent age also occurs as narrow stretch along the

banks of Godavari and Girna Rivers flowing in the area. A map depicting the hydrogeological

features is shown in fig. 3.11.




Deccan Trap Basalt

Basaltic lava flow occupies about 90% of the area of the district. These flows are normally

horizontally disposed over a wide stretch and give rise to table land type of topography also

known as plateau. These flows occur in layered sequences and represented by massive unit at the

bottom and vesicular unit at the top of the flow. These flows are separated from each other by

marker bed known as „bole bed‟.

The ground water in Deccan Trap Basalt occurs mostly in the upper weathered and fractured

parts down to 20-25 m depth. At places potential zones are encountered at deeper levels in the

form of fractures and inter-flow zones. The upper weathered and fractured parts form phreatic

aquifer and ground water occurs under water table (unconfined) conditions. At deeper levels, the

ground water occurs under semi-confined to confined conditions. The yield of dugwells tapping

upper phreatic aquifer down to the depth of 12 to 15 m below ground level ranges between 45 to

90 m3/day depending upon the local hydrogeological conditions. Bore wells drilled down to 70

m depth, tapping weathered and vesicular basalt are found to yield 18 to 68 m3/ day. The

discharge of Piezometers ranges from 0.14 to 1.73 as seen from CGWB data.

Beach Sand/Alluvium

Alluvium occurs in small areas in the form of discontinuous patches along the banks and flood

plains of major rivers like Godavari, Girna and their tributaries. In alluvium the granular detrital

material like sand and gravel usually occurring as thin layer in the district yields water. In the

district Alluvium occupies an area of 1500 sq. km and it ranges in thickness from 7- 21 meters. It

consists of reddish and brownish clays with intercalations of sand, gravel and kanker. The

loosely cemented coarse sands and gravels form 3-4 meters thick lower most horizons at the

bottom of these alluvial pockets. Ground water in Alluvium occurs both under semi confined and

confined conditions. The dugwells constructed in Alluvium has been ranging in depth from 8-12

m, whereas the borewells range in depth from 15 to 20 m and the yield of both the dugwells and

borewells ranges from 13 to 22 m3/ day.




Depth to Water Level – Pre-monsoon (May 2011)

The pre-monsoon depth to water levels monitored during May 2011 ranges between GL (Harsul)

and 19.24 m below ground level (Ravalgaon). The water levels in major part of the district

covering entire western, central, north eastern and eastern parts are between 5 and 10 m below

ground level. Shallow water levels within 5 m below ground level occur in south western and

north eastern parts of the district in parts of Malegaon, Penth, Trimbakeshwar and Igatpuri

talukas. Deeper water levels of 10 to 20 m below ground level are observed in parts of Yeola,

Chandwad, Kalwan, Niphad, Dindori and Baglan (Satana) talukas.

Depth to Water Level – Postmonsoon (Nov. 2011)

The depth of water level during post-monsoon (Nov. 2011) is in the range between 0.20 m below

ground level (Khambale) and 18.42 m below ground level (Satana). The water levels between 5

and 10 m below ground level have been observed in major parts of the district in the southern,

northern and central parts of the district. The shallow water levels within 5 m below ground level

are observed in south-western, south-eastern and North-eastern, North-western parts of the

district covering parts of Nasik and Igatpuri, Dindori, Kalwan, Surgana, Malegaon, Nandgaon

and Yeola talukas. Deeper water levels of 10 to 20 m below ground level are observed in

northern and northcentral parts of the district in Baglan (Satana) and Deolali talukas. Very

shallow water levels within 2 m below ground level are observed in Western and southwestern

parts in Penth, Trimbak and Igatpuri talukas as well as in small patches in Malegaon, Nandgaon

and Yeola talukas. Source: Ground Water Information Nashik District Maharashtra, Central Ground Water Board, 2014

Site specific hydrogeological conditions:

Project site is examined for present conditions of Hydrogeology. Plot no. 350/1 has slope

towards North side and Plot no. 350/3 has slope in South direction. There are no borewells

present on the project site. However, Ground water level is observed to be 5-6 m below surface

during post monsoon season, whereas, in summer season it can be found as low as 12-15 m in

the area in close vicinity of the project site. Due to the presence of Mukane dam nearby, nearby

wells have sufficient water level throughout the year.




3.10 Traffic Study

The present project site is located in village Wadivarhe, District Nashik, Maharashtra. It is

surrounded by agricultural land, industries & commercial establishments which lead to

anthropogenic activities and thereby involve vehicular movement on considerable basis. The

road access to the project site is provided by local authority which is a feeder road. This road is

also being utilized by neighbouring industries for transports of raw material & products and

people residing in. The major traffic on this road is heavy vehicles like truck, mini trucks, public

vehicles such as taxis, auto rickshaws and private vehicles such as two wheelers and four

wheelers.

The present section discusses the results of assessment of the present scenario of local

transportation and connectivity to the project site. The study attempts to achieve this by

analyzing the adequacy of the existing infrastructure related to vehicular movement. Based on

this the impacts of increased load of transportation related facilities will be proposed.

Accordingly appropriate mitigation measures are suggested at the end of the section in order to

eliminate or minimize the impacts related to vehicular congestion around the project site.

3.10.1. Objective

The objective of the study is to assess & evaluate the present traffic pattern from the main access

roads to the project site in order to estimate the traffic flow pattern on completion of the

proposed project.

3.10.2. Methodology

Generally traffic surveillance study involves one or other survey techniques either by manual

observation or automatic method by using instruments. The traffic survey methodology adopted

for current study is Classified Traffic Volume Count Survey. The sampling locations for the

study are depicted in Fig. 3.12 and provided in Table 3.26.

3.10.3. Method of Counting

The counting of vehicles was achieved by following one method:

1) Manual Method




The survey by this method mainly involves visual counts by the survey team.

a. Equipments used

1) Garmin GPS

Garmin e-trex 10 GPS was used to locate the pre decided observation points.

2) Measuring Tape

A measuring tape was used to measure the road breadth. 3.10.4. Data Collection

The transport roads for the proposed project have been identified; transportation of material

carrying vehicles will mainly take place through National Highway No. 3 (Mumbai – Nashik

Expressway). Further access up to project site is achieved by internal road connecting NH3 and

Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. The important traffic junctions identified on the above road are:

i) Junction joining the National Highway No.3 and Road to the company.

ii) Junction joining the Wadivarhe – Avarli road and road towards company.

Figure 3.12 Traffic Observation Locations




Table 3.26 Traffic study observation locations Sr. No.

Observation Point Code Observation Point Details Aerial Distance

from project site

1 TS1 Junction joining the National Highway No.3 and Road to The company 562 m

2 TS2 Junction joining the Wadivarhe – Avarli road and road towards company 918 m

3.10.5. Categorization of Traffic

To establish effective vehicle count during the survey the traffic was categorized into Heavy

Vehicles (Multi Axle Vehicles), Truck, Tempo, Bus, Car, Auto (Three Wheelers), Motorcycle

(Bike) & Cycle. The results of vehicle count are converted into Passenger Car Units (PCU‟s) as

per the equivalent PCUs prescribed by Indian Road Congress (IRC) guidelines (Table 3.27). The

equivalency factor for various types of vehicles is as given in the below table.

Table 3.27 Recommended PCU factors for various types of vehicles on urban roads

Type of Vehicle Equivalent PCU’s

5% 10% & above Two Wheelers, Motor Cycle or Scooter etc. 0.5 0.75 Passenger Car, Pick-up Van 1.0 1.0 Auto-Rickshaw 1.2 2.0 Light Commercial Vehicle 1.4 2.0 Truck or Bus 2.2 3.7 Agricultural Tractor Trailer 4.0 5.0 Cycle 0.4 0.5 Cycle Rickshaw 1.5 2.0 Tonga (Horse drawn vehicle) 1.5 2.0 Hand Cart 2.0 3.0

Source IRC: 106-1990 3.10.6. Observation & Assessment

The traffic flow pattern observed at traffic observation point - TS1 during morning & evening

peak hours is as shown in the following figures Fig. (3.13 to 3.16). The results obtained thereby

are summarized in Table 3.28.




3.10.7 Observation at (TS1): The percentages of vehicles at TS1 in evening peak hours are

depicted in Fig. 3.13 to 3.16.

Heavy Truck

8%

Truck12%

Tempo11%

Bus9%

Auto 4%

Car 23%

Motorcycle

29%

Cycle 4%

Heavy Truck

9%Truck11%

Tempo11%

Bus10%

Auto 4%

Car 23%

Motorcycle

26%

Cycle 6%

Figure 3.13. Percentage of vehicle count at (TS1) during evening peak hours (8 AM to 9 AM)


Heavy Truck

8%

Truck12%

Tempo11%

Bus9%

Auto 4%

Car 23%

Motorcycle

29%

Cycle 4%

Heavy Truck

9%Truck11%

Tempo11%

Bus10%

Auto 4%

Car 23%

Motorcycle

26%

Cycle 6%

Figure 3.15. Percentage of vehicle count at (TS1) during evening peak hours (4 PM to 5 PM)





3.10.8 Observation at (TS2): The percentages of vehicles at TS2 in morning and evening peak

hours are depicted in Fig. 3.17 and 3.18, and Fig. 3.19 and Fig. 3.20, respectively.

Heavy Truck

7%Truck

5%

Tempo8%

Bus5%

Auto 7%

Car 8%

Motorcycle

35%

Cycle 25%

Heavy Truck

5%

Truck5%

Tempo7%

Bus7%

Auto 10%

Car 12%

Motorcycle

35%

Cycle 19%



Heavy Truck10%

Truck10%

Tempo10%

Bus6%

Auto 13%

Car 21%

Motorcycle

17%

Cycle 13%

Heavy Truck

4%

Truck7% Tempo

5%

Bus13%

Auto 15%

Car 22%

Motorcycle

18%

Cycle 16%


Figure 3.20. Percentage of vehicle count at (TS2)

during evening peak hours (5 PM to 6 PM)




The Summary of Traffic Details in terms of PCUs for the traffic locations is presented in the

Table 3.28.

Table 3.28 Summary of traffic in terms of PCUs observed at observation point (TS1 to TS 4) - during (08:00 to 10:00 AM) & (04:00 to 06:00 PM)

Time T S 1 T S 2 Morning Peak Hours

8 A.m. to 9 A.m. 169 231 9 A.m. to 10 A.m. 216 287 Total PCUs 385 518 Average PCUs Per Hour 193 259 Evening Peak hours 4 P.m. to 5 P.m. 256 89 5 P.m. to 6 P.m. 315 83 Total PCUs 571 172 Average PCUs Per Hour 286 86

Interpretation

The analysis reveals that TS1 is subjected to heavy and continuous traffic which is acceptable as

it is a National Highway. While the location TS2 being located at junction of feeder road and

Delta Finochem approach road is estimated to receive low traffic as compared to TS1.

3.10.9 Increased traffic scenario due to the expansion project

The proposed project intends to engage minimal number of trucks/tempos for the purpose of

transportation of raw materials as well as finished goods. Along with this the vehicles from the

employees hired are expected to increase minimally during the operational phase. It is estimated

that the proposed activity will lead to increase addition of 4 trucks/tempos per day to the project

site.

The transportation activity will mainly take place by National Highway No.3 which is sufficient

to sustain the increased load due to the operation of the project activity. It is estimated that the

internal road connecting highway and project site is adequate for additional load of the increased

number of vehicles per week. It should be noted that the same route will be utilized for entry and

exit. It should be noted that at present there is no alternative route available for the access to the




project site from National highway 3. As an initiative for efficient traffic management the project

proponent will ensure that transportation activity will be carried out mainly after 10 AM in order

to avoid peak hour traffic. However to assess the increased traffic scenario due to the project,

the increased fleet of vehicles has been considered. It is estimated that due to the proposed

project the increase in traffic would be 36 PCUs (Table 3.29).

# Assumptions: 1.The workers vehicles considered around 10 cars and 15 bikes per day. 2. For maximum impact it

is considered that the total PCUs from the project will be going through both the observation points simultaneously.

Table 3.29: Increased PCU's from the proposed project

A) Increased traffic scenario

The increased Traffic scenario is explained by segregating temporally and presented in Table

3.30.

Table 3.30 Summary of increased traffic in terms of Total PCUs due to proposed project –

Sr. No

Types of Vehicles

No. of Vehicles

Factor of PCU's PCU's

1 Trucks 4 3.7 14.8 2 Cars 10 1 10 3 Bikes 15 0.75 11.25 Total 29 - 36.05

Components T S 1 Increased PCU's

due to the proposed project

Total PCU's T S 2

Increased PCU's due to the

proposed project

Total PCU's

Morning Peak Hours

Total PCUs 633 36 669 129 36 165

Evening Peak hours

Total PCUs 571 36 607 172 36 208




Conclusion

The additional PCU's added would be having insignificant impact on the traffic scenario in study

area as the total PCU's increment is only 36 from the proposed project. The project proponent is

will ensure that transportation activity of trucks will be carried out mainly after 10 AM in order

to avoid peak hour traffic.

3.11 Land use & Land Cover Pattern Assessment Details of Satellite & Imagery Data Used

The prevailing Land Use & Land Cover (LULC) pattern in the 10 km radial study area are

assessed based on remote sensing technique using satellite imagery.

For assessing the land use land cover aspects of the study area satellite imagery was procured

from National Remote Sensing Center (NRSC), ISRO Hyderabad. The technical details of the

satellite are as under.

Technical specifications/details of the satellite

Name of Satellite IRS - Resourcesat-2 No. of sensors 3 (AWIFS, LISS - III & LISS - IV)

Specifications of sensors AWIFS LISS - III LISS - IV No. of bands 4 4 1(Mono), 3 (MX)

Spectral bands (µ)

B2 0.52 - 0.59 B3 0.62 - 0.68 B4 0.77 - 0.86 B5 1.55 - 1.70

B2 0.52 - 0.59 B3 0.62 - 0.68 B4 0.77 - 0.86 B5 1.55 - 1.70

B2 0.52 - 0.59 B3 0.62 - 0.68 B4 0.77 - 0.86

Resolution (m) 56 23.5 5.8

Swath (km) 740 140 70/23 Revisit (days) 5 24 5

Of the above mentioned details, data of LSS - IV sensor dated was used. The processing &

interpretation of satellite image was done in succession stages as described below.

Satellite data processing

The multispectral data was processed using ERDAS image processing software to classify

various land use land cover classes by running supervised classification & thematic LULC map




was developed on ARC GIS software, the thematic LULC map thus developed was used for

ground verification for doubtful features.

Ground verification

Ground verification surveys to confirm some the doubtful elements/features following which the

earlier developed LULC map was corrected. Thus the generated LULC map of the study area is

given below.

The interpretation of satellite image was done in succession stages as described below:

3.11.1 Prevailing LULC in the study area

The thematic map of Land Use and Land cover of the study area is given as Fig. 3.21.

Fig No 3.21: Land Use Land Cover map of the study area




Observation & Assessment of LULC

Based on the image analysis land use/ land cover classes in the study area can be categorized as

presented in Table 3.31. The area is distributed in as per Land use classification and is provided

in Fig. 3.30 whereas the Land cover classification is depicted in Fig. 3.28.

Table 3.31 Categorization of land use & land cover pattern of the study area

Sr. No. Land Use Classes

Area in Sq.km.

Level - I Classification Level - II Classification

1 Built up Habitation/Settlement, Developmental Setups (Roads,

Commercial setups, Educational Institutes, Offices etc.) 4.34

Industrial Belt 4.96

2 Agricultural Land Crop land 111.51

Fallow land 2.51 Orchard/Plantation 0.33

3 Mining Stone quarries 1.37

4 Artificial Water

Reservoir Surface Water Tank Reservoir/Dam 19.63

Land Cover Classes 1 Barren area Barren rocky surface/Upland surface & land without scrub 132.319 2 Scrub land Open areas with scrub vegetation 6.28

3 Vegetation Reserve Forest

22.91 Naturally growing vegetation in the study area in the form of thickets, dense vegetation strands

4 Marshy/Wet area Marshy/Wet areas near surface water bodies 4.63 4 River Streams arising out of artificial surface water bodies 3.37

Total 314.159

Percentage wise LULC assessment of the study area

The percentage wise land use & land cover pattern of the study areas is represented in the figures

3.22 & 3.23 respectively.




Fig No 3.22: Percentage wise land use classification of the study area

Fig No 3.23: Percentage wise Land Cover classification of the study area

Interpretation




Land Use

The study area encompassing radial area 314.159 sq. km. considering the project site as centre,

broadly had 5 types of land use classes such as Built up (other than industrial & industrial belt),

Agriculture, Mining and Artificial surface water bodies, of these various land use classes

Agriculture was the dominant land use class which encompassed an area of 114.35 sq. km. which

accounted for 79% of the land use pattern of the study area followed by Artificial surface water

bodies covering an area of 19.63 sq. km., which accounted for 14% to the total land pattern

subsequently followed by Built up other than industrial belt & Industrial belt both encompassing

4.34 & 4.96 sq. km area respectively and each accounted for 4% of the total land use pattern of

the study area, the Mining (stone quarrying) activities were accomplished in an area of 1.37

sq.km., which accounted for meager 1% of the total land use pattern of the study area.

Land Cover

The study area prevailed 4 types of land cover classes such as Barren area, Scrub land,

Vegetation, Marsh/Wet area and River of which Barren area with an area extending to 132.319

sq. km. accounting for 78% of the land cover pattern was the dominant land cover pattern

followed by Vegetation which covered an area of 22.91 sq.km. & accounted for 13% of the total

land cover pattern followed by Scrub land spanning in an area of 6.28 sq. km. & accounted for

4% of the total land cover pattern subsequently followed by Marsh/Wet area & River both of

which covered 4.63 & 3.37 sq. km and accounted for 3 % & 2% of the total land cover pattern of

the study area respectively.

3.11.2 Drainage Pattern of the Study Area

The drainage pattern of the study area has been determined by using remote sensing technique.

Satellite imagery has been processed by using software to obtain drainage pattern map of the

study area.

3.11.3 Observation & assessment of drainage pattern in study area

The area is largely an undulating terrain characterized by several hills & hillocks of the eastern

edges of the Sahyadri ranges. The study area prevailed various visible lineaments & fractures

which largely governed the drainage pattern of the study area. The surface drainage in the study




area was represented by artificial surface water bodies & streams arising out of such water

bodies. The prevailing drainage pattern in the study area was of dendritic type as depicted in the

following drainage pattern map.

Fig No 3.24: Map depicting Drainage Pattern of the study area

3.12 Biotic environment

The biotic studies have been conducted with a view to document the prevailing baseline

ecological data within the study area in terms of terrestrial (plants & animals) biodiversity,

identification of presence of any rare, endangered, endemic species, any species of conservation

of importance if exists within the study area. Also to assess the project specific anticipated




impacts on the biotic environment within project plot & study area and to advocate suitable

mitigation measures for the same.

3.12.1 Study Area

The study area was 10 km radial distance from the project site considering inner 5 km radial

distance as core area & outer 10 km radial distance as the buffer study area as depicted in the

following figure.

Figure 3.25: 10 km radial study area (Google Earth Imagery)




Scope of the study

To assess the anticipated impacts due to the proposed project activities on the surrounding biotic

environment within study area, following attributes were considered & executed:

To document project plot specific flora and fauna.

To identify & assess habitat loss if any due to the proposed project activities.

To document flora and fauna within the study area w.r.t identify any rare, endangered,

endemic, any species of conservation importance if exists within the study area.

To assess the probable impacts due to proposed project activities on the surrounding

biotic environment, prevailing potential habitats if any within the study area.

To advocate anticipated impact specific mitigation measures.

3.12.2 Primary Baseline Data

Settings of study area (Terrestrial)

The 10 km radial study area viz. project location & surrounding area of Wadivarhe village comes

under the jurisdiction of Wadivarhe grampanchayat. The study area visited was a region

characterized several hills & hillocks along the eastern edges of the Sahyadri ranges.

As observed during the reconnaissance survey major part of the inner 5 km radial study area was

an undulating terrain wherein the industrial belt was situated moreover centrally on strip of

plateau top like terrain. The core study area was drained by several artificial surface water bodies

and had presence of several small agricultural fields along with hosting industrial belts the inner

5 km radial study area also had small scattered habitations/settlements. The inner/core study area

was not subjected to much of the developmental activities and depicted a rural scenario.

The outer 5 km radial study area also had similar type of settings as that of the inner 5 km radial

study area except for it being more undulating and having presences of more hills & hillocks and

not hosting industrial belt as compared to that of inner radial study area.

Now since the proposed project activity being an expansion activity to be executed within the

premises of existing industry does not involve any sort of tree felling/vegetation clearing activity

hence habitat loss is not anticipated however so as to comply to Standard TOR, for delineation of

prevailing flora & fauna, conservation related status the biotic studies/field surveys were mainly




conducted in and around the prevailing potential habitats within the core and buffer study area

thus the prevailing potential habitats are detailed as hereunder.

Prevailing potential habitats in the study area

Prominent dense vegetation existed in & around several hills & hillocks in the core and buffer

study area, these area being extremely undulating were not subjected to much of the human

interference & had luxuriant strands of naturally grown vegetation which were mainly Reserve

Forest patches.

The observed vegetation along these hills & hillocks was of Southern Tropical Dry Deciduous

forest type as found across the entire range in the Nashik District.

Settings of study area (Aquatic)

The aquatic system in the study area was largely represented by several artificial surface water

bodies and streams arising out of such water bodies. These water bodies & streams were mainly

used for irrigational purpose.

Note: Since any of the project related activities during commissioning & operation phase will

not be associated with the prevailing surface water bodies in the study area in terms of

withdrawal or disposal/discharge hence no impact is envisaged on the water bodies so the studies

pertaining to aquatic ecology such as Plankton, Chlorophyll, Benthos, Fisheries etc. have been

kept out the purview of this study.

3.12.3 Floral diversity & status

Project plot specific assessment

The project in consideration is an existing operational manufacturing unit in a plot area

admeasuring 20,200 sq. m and for the proposed production capacity enhancement activity an

additional area of 60,400 sq. m adjoining to the existing project plot has been procured. The

vegetation existing on the project plot was mainly by virtue of green belt developmental

activities done by the project proponent which mainly comprised of trees & shrubs. Apart from

this planted vegetation some ground dwelling gregarious scrub flora was seen in the open places

within the project plot.




The existing green belts are developed along the northern, southern & eastern boundaries of the

project plot. A total of 3323 plants mostly native evergreen trees with intermittent flowering &

foliageous ornamental plants have been planted whereas the additional plot area of 60,400.00 sq.

m was a barren land devoid of any sort of vegetation. The details of vegetation in the existing

green belt and ground dwelling flora are given in Table 1 of Annexure 3.1.

The ground dwelling scrub flora present in open places (60,400.00 sq. m.) as summarized in

below table will be eventually lost during ground preparation activities.

No. of species

Habit Life cycle Origin status Endemic IUCN status Tr Sh Cl Hb Pr An Na Nt En NA LC

14 0 2 0 12 4 9 7 7 None 12 2 Tr -Tree, Sh -Shrub, Cl -Climber, Hb -Herb, Pr-Perennial, An -Annual, Na -Native, Nt- Naturalized, En -Endemic, NA - Not yet assessed, LC - Least Concern ver 3.1

Of the 15 plant species present of the project plot, the IUCN assessment of 12 species was as Not

yet assessed & 2 species was as Least Concern ver 3.1, hence it is evident that any of plant

species does not belongs any categories of concern such as Near Threatened, Vulnerable,

Endangered, Critically Endangered & Extinct in the wild category hence conservation related

aspects are not anticipated. Also none of the plant species observed on the project plot was

endemic.

Assessment for study area

Since the industrial belt and the immediate surroundings of the project plot were deprived of any

prominent habitats hence the studies/surveys were mainly conducted in & around the dense

vegetation clad hills & hillocks in the core and buffer study area.

3.12.4 Floral diversity in the core study area

The field studies in & around the potential habitats within the core & buffer study resulted in

recording 89 plant species which comprised of various habit forms viz. 17 herbs, 11 climbers, 9

shrubs & 52 trees, apart from this naturally growing vegetation 8 crop species were also

recorded. Of the recorded plant species none was rare, endangered or endemic however they

were extremely common for the study area in consideration & had a very wide range of presence




& abundance across the entire Nashik district. The detailed plant inventory of the study area is

given in Table 3 of Annexure 3.1.

3.12.5 Status evaluation

The project in consideration is an expansion activity and the activities to be accomplished on

newly acquired land which admeasures 60,400 sq. m. being a barren land does not involves any

sort of habitat loss (alteration in study area) hence conservation related aspects are not

anticipated.

However so as to comply with the Standard TOR as prescribed by MoEF & CC so as to identify

and assess any plant species of conservation importance the status evaluation is done as per the

IUCN assessment.

The project plot had presence of uneven ground dwelling herbaceous & scrub flora accounting to

14 no. of species of which 2 species were assessed as Least Concern ver 3.1, 12 species were yet

to be assessed and the same could not be assessed for 1 no. of species. Of the 89 plant species

recorded in the study area, 9 species were assessed as Least Concern ver 3.1, 2 species as Lower

Risk/least concern ver 2.3, 1 species as Data Deficient ver 2.3, 76 species were yet to be assessed

and same could not be established for 1 species. Since it is evident that any of plant species does

not belongs any categories of concern such as Near Threatened, Vulnerable, Endangered,

Critically Endangered & Extinct in the wild category hence conservation related aspects are not

anticipated.

3.12.6. Faunal diversity & status in the study area

a. Avifauna:

The filed visits in and round the potential habitats within the core and buffer study area resulted

in recording 30 bird species comprising of aquatic & terrestrial habitat dwelling belonging to 27

genera & 22 families. The recorded bird species were resident & commonest for the study region

in consideration and had a very wide range of presence & abundance across the Nashik District.

b. Reptiles: Solitary individuals of Brahminy skink, Forest calotes and Oriental garden

lizard were observed amongst the bushes during the study.




c. Mammals:

Apart from the Indian Palm Squirrel none other mammals were observed during the study.

The inventory of birds & reptiles along with IUCN WPA (1972) assessment is given in Tables 4

& 5 of Annexure 3.1 respectively.

3.12.7 Secondary Data

There was tremendous paucity of published literature for the study area & surrounding region.

The only source of secondary data was the information gathered from the interactions held with

the locals. On the basis of description & information of provided by locals presence of wild

fauna such as Wild boar, Indian Crested Porcupine, Spotted deer, Barking deer, Black Naped

Hare, Bonnet macaque, Southern plains gray langur, Indian Cobra, Russell‟s viper, Saw-scaled

viper & Indian rat snake could be concluded from the study area. The inventory of the of the

same along with IUCN & Wildlife Protection Act (WPA) 1972 assessment is given in Table 6 of

Annexure 3.1.

3.12.8 Status Evaluation

Of the recorded 30 bird species the IUCN assessment of 29 species is as Least Concern ver 3.1

and 1 species was Yet to be assessed whereas as per the WPA (1972) 17 species are listed as

Schedule -IV & 1 species as Schedule - V and remaining 12 bird species were not listed in any

Schedule.

Of the other observed fauna only Indian Palm Squirrel, Brahminy Skink and Forest Calotes were

assessed as Least Concern ver 3.1 and were not listed in any Schedule of WPA (1972).

The IUCN and WPA (1972) assessment of the 7 mammals & 4 reptiles as known from the

secondary sources revealed that none belonged to any categories of concern and is not listed as

Schedule - I species hence conservation related are not anticipated.




3.12.9 Interpretation of primary and secondary data

The proposed project activity does not involves any sort of habitat loss also of the recorded 89

plant species, 34 faunal species from primary data and 11 faunal species from secondary data

none belongs to any categories of concern as per IUCN assessment and nor is listed Schedule - I

(fauna) as the WPA (1972).

Of the recorded plant and animal species none was rare, endemic & did not belong any

categories of concerns moreover the recorded plant & animal species were extremely common

for the study area and had a very wide range of presence & abundance across the entire Nashik

district.

3.12.10 Applicability of forest & wild life related clearances

The proposed project is located in an industrial belt and for the proposed expansion activity does

not involve use of any forest land in whatsoever manner also not of the Protected Area‟s exists

within 5 km radial distance from the project site hence forestry & wild life related clearances are

not applicable.

3.13. Socio economic status of the study area

3.13.1. Part A- Introduction

Social Impact Assessment (SIA) is an integral part of project planning and policy evaluation and

part of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) due the importance that social considerations

must be included in the decision process.

3.13.2. Purpose of the present study

To carry out Social Impact Assessment (SIA) Study of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. in village

Wadivarhe, district Nashik, Maharashtra.

3.13.3. Aim of the study

This study aims to assess the scenario of socio-economic aspects near to the project area due to

project of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd.

3.13.4. Objectives of the study 1. To determine the socio-economic and demographic profile of the areas included in the study area.




2. To determine the people‟s satisfaction towards accessibility of public resources within the study

area.

3. To study the impact of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. activities within the study area.

4. To investigate the people‟s attitude towards Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. within the study area.

5. To prepare the suggestions and positive plan for mitigation

3.13.5 Part B- Methodology

The study will focus on how the socio-economic environment has been impacted by the Delta Finochem

Pvt. Ltd. activities when they were functioning and at present. Sample constituted of 50 participants those

working as proponent‟s managers, supervisors, technicians, drivers, labourers, officials from the

Panchayat office and people in the vicinity.

A cross-sectional survey research design was adopted for the socio-economic impact assessment study.

By assuring confidentiality a verbal consent with the respondents were sorted for general interaction.

During general interaction the main focus was to collect information based on the assessment tool

developed for data collection. Ground validation of secondary data was done by collecting information

from the Tehsil Panchayat office of Igatpuri. Population data has been collected for Villages Wadivare,

Muarambi, and Gonde Dumala as per Census 2011.

3.13.6. Part 3 Results and Discussion

The objective was achieved analyzing the data collected through the assessment tool mentioned in method

section above. To avoid repetition and to maintain simplicity the findings of the actual survey are

presented in tabular form.

Table No. 3.32: Descriptive Statistics indicating mean and standard deviation (N=50)

Variables Minimum Maximum Mean Std. Deviation Age 19 66 32 11 Accessibility & satisfaction 13 27 18 06 Impact 14 32 19 7 Attitude towards Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd 21 37 28 8

Correlation analysis & interpretation:

The data collected by the assessment tool had three variables namely; accessibility of public

resources and its satisfaction, impact of industrial activity of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd and

attitude towards Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. The data of 50 participants was put for correlation




analysis. The data was found to be normally distributed hence; the data fulfils the assumptions of

parametric statistics. Based on this information Pearson product-moment correlation was

conducted.

It is found that accessibility of public resources and its satisfaction is significantly correlated in

positive direction with impact of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd activity (r = .78; p = .02). This

indicates that accessibility of public resources will lead to low impact of industry activities and

vice versa. Accessibility of public resources and its satisfaction is also found to be significantly

correlated with attitude towards Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry activity (r = -.42; p = .08) but

in negative direction. This indicates that accessibility due to accessibility of public resources

there is positive inclination for Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry activity in the study area.

Further, it is also found that impact of industrial activity is significantly correlated with attitude

towards industrial activity (r = -.51; p = .02). This indicates that due to low impact there is

positive attitude towards among the participants in the study area (Table 3.33).

Table No. 3.33: Indicating Pearson’s correlation among variables (N=50)1

Accessibility & satisfaction Impact Attitude towards Delta

Finochem Pvt. Ltd.

Accessibility & Satisfaction 1 - - Impact .78** 1 - Attitude towards proposed expansion activity of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd.

-.42* -.51 1

** Correlation is significant at the 0.02 level. * Correlation is significant at the 0.08 level.

Primary data from nearby PHC within study area

Primary data of nearby residents visiting PHC is collected during monitoring period for

respiratory track related dieses.

1 Please refer the scoring system and interpretation section given in appendix.




Table 3.34: Residents visiting PHC during October-December 2017

October 2017 Disease Male Female Total

Avg. 13.9 13.0 15.78 URTI 2.80% 3.30% 3.86 LRTI 2.60% 3.60% 4.12 Cough 4.45% 3.70% 3.59 Sputum 4.05% 3.40% 4.21

November 2017 Avg. 9.9 11.9 13.88 URTI 2.95% 3.35% 3.94 LRTI 2.45% 3.00% 3..49 Cough 1.70% 2.65% 2.99 Sputum 2.8% 2.9% 3.46

December 2017 Avg. 10.1 10.6 12.61 URTI 1.70% 2.70% 3.04 LRTI 2.80% 3.04% 3.96 Cough 2.65% 1.70% 2.23 Sputum 2.9% 2.8% 3.38

URTI- Upper Respiratory Tract Infection; LRTI- Lower Respiratory Tract Infection

Interpretation:

The above table 3.34 mentions that the average percentage of villages visiting the near by PHC

centre in the month of October- December 2017.

It can be seen that the female category is slightly higher than male i.e. female (13.9 %) and male

(13.0%), Out of the total 15.78%. The average study of 20 days on the sample size (538)

villagers was conducted. The URTI in male is 2.80% and female is 3.30%. the total was 3.86%

for admission PHC for 20 days in the total sample 122 villagers. The LRTI in male is 2.60% and

female is 3.60%. Total was 4.12% for admission in PHC for 20 days in the total sample 124

villagers. The cough in male is 4.45% and female 2.70%. The total was 3.59% for admission in

PHC FOR 20 days in the total sample 143 villagers. The Sputum in male is 4.05% and female

3.40%. The total was 4.21% for admission in PHC FOR 20 days in the total sample 149

villagers.




For month of November 2017 it can be seen that the female category is higher than male i.e.

female (11.9%) and male (9.9%). Out of the total 13.88%. The average study of 20 days on the

sample size (436) villagers. The URTI in male 2.95% and female 3.35% the total was 3.94% for

admission PHC for 20 days in the total sample 126 villagers. The LRTI in male is 2.45% and

female is 3.00% total was 3.49% for admission in PHC for 20 days in the total sample 109

villagers. The cough in male is 1.7% and female 2.65%. The total was 2.99% for admission in

PHC FOR 20 days in the total sample 87 villagers. The Sputum in male is 2.8% and female

2.9%. The total was 3.46% for admission in PHC for 20 days in the total sample 114 villagers.

The average percentage of villages visiting the nearby DHC centre in the month of December

2017 is also described in the last section of table. We can see that the female category is higher

than male i.e. female (10.6%) and male (10.1%). Out of the total 12.61%. The average study of

20 days on the sample size (413) villagers. The URTI in male 1.7% and female 2.7% the total

was 3.04 % for admission PHC for 20 days in the total sample 88 villagers. The LRTI in male

is 2.8% and female is 3.4% total was 3.96% for admission in PHC for 20 days in the total sample

124 villagers. The cough in male is 2.65% and female 1.7%. The total was 2.23% for admission

in PHC FOR 20 days in the total sample 87 villagers. The Sputum in male is 2.9% and female

2.8%. The total was 3.38% for admission in PHC FOR 20 days in the total sample 114 villagers.

Conclusion:

Socio-Economy study area covers three tehsils. Out of total villages covered, 67% were from

Igatpuri (25 villages) followed by 30% from Nasik and only one from Trimbakeshwar

district. Patient registration at ZP-PHC account for diverse age group proportions of male and

female. Out of all self-reported diseases, respiratory account for higher number of hospital visits.

The said data collected during winter of 2017 i.e. October – December. Atmospheric boundary

level being at lowest point; pollutants gets trapped and will have very little dispersion. In-turn it

contributes for higher respiratory tract infections, which is well correlated with the PHC data. In

addition to this, detailed physical and/or clinical examination by on-duty doctor will highlight the

cause, severity and prevalence of a particular respiratory disease.




This finding indicates that the sample is somewhere satisfied with the accessibility of public

recourses and the activity of the industry Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. will not hamper or impact in

any way to them. Hence, the attitude towards industrial activity is also found to be favourable.

3.13.7. Part 4 Mitigations and Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

The third and the last objective are driven by the findings of the first and second objective. The

objective is to prepare the suggestions and positive plan for mitigation of the Delta Finochem

Pvt. Ltd. Based on the findings it is indicated that there is no major considerable impact on the

socio-economic environment. The individual profiles of the participants in the study do indicate

some variations. However, the overall impression is indicative of positive picture as far as socio-

economic impact is considered. Still it is expected that the industry owner/s should engage in

social welfare, appropriate industrial activities and precautionary measures to avoid any kind of

impact on the socio-cultural and economic milieu.

Suggestions and positive plan for Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd

It is suggested that the industry meticulously follow the guidelines by the various pollution

control boards as applicable.

The industry shall work to minimize their impact on Air, Water, Noise and Soil environment as

much as possible by implementing suitable pollution prevention technologies and other methods.

Over and above, any issues generated in the community due to Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry

activity needs to be actively attended and intervened by the proponent. It is also expected that the

regulatory agencies in these regard should keep vigilance and monitoring to keep a check on the

industrial activity.

References:

1. Economic Survey of Maharashtra 2012-13, Directorate of Economics and Statistics,

Planning Department 52st issue, Government of Maharashtra

Appendix- A

Tool for assessment of socio-economic impact of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd




Method for conducting the administration of the interview schedule:

The following tool can be administered in group or individual setting. If the informant is literate he can self-administer the tool. However, it is advisable that the items should be read and explained with all possible clarifications to the informant so that the response can be beyond the given scale (key). Hence, the information generated can also be treated as an interview.

Instructions to be followed or explained during conduction:

Below are some statements and questions which intend to explore your opinion about the industries in your locality. A key is provided to you have to writing a number for your opinion according to the key below. Key

5= strongly satisfied

4= satisfied

3= moderately satisfied

2= dissatisfied

1= strongly dissatisfied Section I. Accessibility of public resources & its satisfaction

Section II. Impact of project of Delta finochem Pvt. Ltd.

Key

5= strongly agree

4= agree

3= moderately agree

2= disagree

1= strongly disagree

Sr. No. Items Response 1 Are you satisfied with the educational facilities in your locality? 2 Are you satisfied with the health facilities in your locality? 3 Are you satisfied with the water facilities in your locality? 4 Are you satisfied with the transport facilities in your locality?

5 Are you satisfied with the local government functioning & support in your locality?




Section III. Attitude towards Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd

Instructions: Below are some statements and questions which intend to explore your opinion

about the industries in your locality. A key is provided to you from strongly agree to strongly

disagree with the statements and questions; you have to writing a number for your opinion

according to the key below.

Sr. No. Items Response

1 Do you think dust due to Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd industry is impacting your locality?

2 Do you think noise due to Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd industry is impacting in any manner you could make out?

3 Do you think due to Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry transport/traffic has any impact?

4 Do you think due to Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd industry physical health will be impacted?

5 Do you think due to Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry mental health will be impacted?

6 Do you think community environment due to Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd industry is negatively impacting?

7 Do you think sources of livelihood due to Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd industry will be impacted?

8 Do you think Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd industry is negatively impacting development of your locality?

9 Do you think Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry is impacting farming/agriculture of your locality?

10 Do you think Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry is impacting trees/plants/forest of your locality?

11 Do you think Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry is impacting air quality of your locality?

12 Do you think Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd industry is impacting water consumption of your locality?

13 Do you think Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry like boiler, etc impacts the locality?




Key

1= strongly agree

2= agree

3= moderately agree

4= disagree

5= strongly disagree

Sr. No. Statements and questions (items) Response

1 Are you aware of the Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry in your locality? 2 Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry is a necessary activity for development.

3 Do you believe that in general Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd industry always have negative impacts on the environment?

4* Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Industry has a negative impact on children. 5* Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry has a negative impact on women. 6* Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Industry has a negative impact on elderly population.

7 Utilization of the natural resources should be balanced according to development requirements or vice-versa.

8 Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Industry must be restricted to certain period in the year. 9 Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Industry must be restricted to certain time in the day.

10 Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry generates employment to the local population. 11* The owners are coercive and problematic.

12 Do you think that the Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry owners must be following rules and regulations?

13* Migrated laborers are a problem to the locality.

14 Do you believe that in general there are some socio-economic benefits from Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. industry

Scoring system and interpretation:

Sum all the responses given by the informant to obtain a single raw score for each section

i.e. one and two independently. For third section first reverse score the seven items indicated by

an asterisk (*) then sum all scores. Higher the score on satisfaction for public resources indicate

satisfaction, high score on impact of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Indicate low impact and high

score on attitude towards Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd indicate negative attitude respectively.




Compute mean and standard deviation, if required compute other statistical procedures. Further,

individual cases and group data may be interpreted on the basis of these computations.

Table for calculation:

Section Area Score of item Total Mean SD

I Accessibility of public resources & its satisfaction

1+2+3+4+5

II Impact of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. activities

1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9+10+11+12+13

III Attitude towards Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd

1+2+3+4*+5*+6*+7+8+9+10+11*+12+13*+14

(*) = reverse score these items

Environmental Impact Assessment Report For Expansion of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Located at Gut No. 350/1, 350/2 & 350/3, Village Wadivarhe, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra.

SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/DFPL/003/2017-18/00 Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impact & Mitigation Measures


Chapter 4 – Anticipated Environmental Impact & Mitigation Measures

This chapter deals with the environmental impacts due to various activities carried out at the

project site, which could affect the various biotic and abiotic factors of the surrounding

environment and suggesting mitigation measures to minimize the impact as far as possible.

For understanding the impact and its severity on the environment it becomes necessary to

identify all the probable sources of pollutants, type of releases and characteristics of the

pollutants, quantification of the pollutants. Accordingly, Pollution Control Equipment and

mitigation measures are suggested to minimize the impacts of the project activity on the

environment.

The impacts were identified under Chapter 2 because of establishment and expansion of the

project. In this chapter, those impacts have been further analysed and measures have been

suggested to mitigate the adverse impacts on the environment. The impacts have been

assessed based on the impact evaluation matrix.

Classifying the sources, estimating the quantity of pollutant, impact of pollution & mitigating

them is the most important component in the Environmental Impact Assessment process.

This chapter quantifies the environmental impacts of project related activities on various

receptors of environment.

The predictions estimated are superimposed on the baseline value for achieving the resultant

value which signifies the overall impact. It also suggests the various mitigation measures

which can be advocated to minimize the adverse impacts of the project activity.

As per the interpretation of impact evaluation matrix, environmental components which will

be affected the most due to the project activity are air and water. Hence, these components

are considered with preference while providing mitigation measures. Also, performance of

existing treatment facilities is evaluated for adequacy.

4.1 Air Environment 4.1.1 Construction Phase: 4.1.1.1 Identification of Source




Construction activities are envisaged in the expansion stage of the project. Installation of

manufacturing unit, boiler, reactor, up gradation of ETP and its related activity like

foundation work will be done during construction phase of the company. During these

construction activities like site clearance, stockpiling & material handling dust nuisance are

the major sources of air pollution. SO2 & NOx will be emitted from the diesel powered

mechanical equipment. However, the number of such equipments will be limited. It is

therefore not expected to cause an exceedance to the NAAQ limit.

4.1.1.2 Predicted Impact Dust emissions generally differ from day to day, depending on the level of activity, the

specific operation and the prevailing meteorological conditions. Therefore for predicting the

quantitative value of TSPM that would be generated due to the construction activity an

emission factor from AP-42 Section 13.2.3.1 (U. S. EPA, 1995) has been used. The emission

factor is E = 1.2 tons/acre/month of activity. The mentioned value is most applicable to

construction operations with a) medium activity level, b) moderate silt contents and 3) semi-

arid climate.

The total area under construction activity will be around 15000 sq. m. The construction work

would be carried out for building production unit, stores, utility building, office building, tank

farm, up gradation of ETP etc., the estimated time for completion of work would be around

10 months. The estimated value will be conservatively high for TSPM for worst case

scenario. The emission would be around 4.44 tons/month of the activity. But the emission

would be reduced to around 90 to 95 % as control measures will be adopted. There would be

max 50-60 temporary workers appointed for construction activity who may get affected by

the dust pollution. Workers getting exposed to the dust generated due to the construction

activity can suffer from respiratory problems and prolonged exposure to dusty environment

can lead to malfunctioning of lungs.

4.1.1.3 Mitigation Measures Control measures like temporary wind barrier, proper traffic management during loading and

unloading of the construction materials, regular sprinkling of water on the working site,

Avoiding Cement dust emission, Managing stockpiles (sand, gravel) by using water sprays




(when emptying cement bags into mixer) will be implemented to ensure minimum dust

generation.

4.1.2 Operational phase:

4.1.2.1 Identification of Sources For operational phase of the project, stack attached to the existing boiler of 1.1 TPH capacity

and proposed boiler of 3.5 TPH steam generation capacity is identified as point source of

emissions. The primary fuel that would be used for boiler operation will be FO. The sulfur

content in FO is 4.5 %.

Company has one existing D.G set of 550 kVA which is provided a stack of 10 m height. An

additional D.G. set of the same capacity of 550 KVA will be installed to cater the power

requirement during power failure scenario for the project, since the D.G set will be

operational only during the power failure; hence it is not considered for air dispersion

modeling.

Gases and vapors from manufacturing process are identified as second source of emission,

which will be passed through existing 2 acidic & 1 alkali scrubbers having 25 cum/hr

circulation capacity. Two additional acidic scrubber of 25 cum/hr circulation capacity each

will be installed to mitigate the process emissions from expansion activity. The scrubbed

gases from manufacturing process will be released through stack of 11 meter height above

ground level.

One of the major sources of fugitive emission generation can be due to the handling, storage

and transportation activity of raw materials. All raw materials & fuel will be stored in tanks,

drums & carboys. The sources of VOC emissions from the project would be the storage area

due to handling & operating the solvent drums, loading unloading of solvents etc. The vehicle

used for transporting the raw materials & finished products also contributes to the dust

generation & emissions of gases like NOx due to fossil fuel burning.

4.1.2.2 Prediction of Impacts For the quantitative impact analysis on the air quality due to the expansion activity, air

dispersion modeling is performed. The criteria pollutants like PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX & CO

generated from operation of steam boiler were considered for air modeling. D.G set is not

considered for impact prediction as it will be used only during the power failure.




AERMOD 8.2 developed by USEPA and authorized by CPCB is used for air modeling

simulation which is based on the steady state Gaussian plume equation.

4.1.2.2.1 Model Options Used for Computation The plume rise is estimated by Briggs formulae, but the final rise is always

limited to that of the mixing layer;

Stack tip down-wash is not considered;

Point Source Modeling is considered;

Calms processing routine is used by default;

Wind profile exponents is used by default;

Flat and elevated terrain is used for computations;

It is assumed that the pollutants do not undergo any physico-chemical

transformation and that there is no pollutant removal by dry deposition;

Washout by rain is not considered; and

Cartesian co-ordinate system has been used for computations.

Uniform polar receptor grid is used. The grid consists of 180 receptors each

assumed to be at ground level.

4.1.2.2.2 Modeling Procedure The prediction of the Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) due to activity has been

computed by AERMOD version 8.2 as per CPCB guidelines. While performing the model

the rural dispersion and regulatory defaults options were selected as per guidelines on air

quality models (PROBES/70/1997-1998).

4.1.2.2.3 Meteorological Data Processing The surface synoptic meteorological data of Nashik District for the year 2015-2016 were

obtained from the Indian Meteorological Department, Mumbai. The meteorological

observation station of IMD for Nashik District is located at Nashik. The quality assurance

process was undertaken as required by the EPA (EPA-454/R-99-005) to identify and fill the

missing data for preparation of hourly surface meteorological data. The surface and profile

met data were prepared for use in AERMOD using the AERMET meteorological data

preprocessor of Lakes Environmental. Processing the surface file indicated more than 90 %




data availability. Onsite meteorological data collected for three months were used to process

the AERMET file. Meteorological inputs required are hourly wind speed and direction,

ambient temperature, pressure, precipitation, cloud cover, stability class and mixing height.

The atmospheric inversion level at Nashik during post monsoon period for 12 hours from

6:00 hour to 20:00 hour is represented in the below table No 4.1. The data has been compiled

from IMD manual.

Table 4.1: Atmospheric inversion level at Igatpuri, Nashik, Maharashtra.

Sr. No Time Mixing Height, Meter 1 6.00 90-110 2 7.00 100-110 3 8.00 275-350 4 9.00 815-770 5 10.00 935-1220 6 11.00 1100-1300 7 12.00 1375-1500 8 13.00 1550-1880 9 14.00 1750-2050 10 15.00 1550-1850 11 16.00 1360-1700 12 17.00 1250-1500 13 18.00 1200-1475 14 19.00 1120-1350 15 20.00 975-1525

Source: Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height & Assimilative capacity of Atmosphere in India by IMD (2008)

4.1.2.2.4 Model Input Data The emission factor used in the air dispersion modeling for estimating the pollutants from the

boiler operation is calculated using the document (EPA) AP-42 chapter no. 1 External

Combustion Sources, Section 1.3 for Fuel Oil Combustion. The table no. 4.2 represents the

input data required for describing the sources in the model.




Table No. 4.2: Model Input Parameters for Boiler Stack Modeling Sr. No Parameters Values 1. Boiler 1.1 TPH * 1 Nos. (Existing unit will be standby)

3.5 TPH * 1 Nos. (Proposed unit will be primary)

2. Fuel Used Furnace Oil 1.1 TPH 3.5 TPH 3. Stack Height (m) 26 m 30 m 4. Stack exit velocity of gas (m/s) 8 6.5 5. Exit Temp OC 123 150 6. Stack inside diameter (m) 0.38 0.4 7. Gas quantity (m3/hr) 2456 2940.53 8. Emission Rate (g/s)

PM10 : 0.015 g/sec PM2.5: 0.011 g/sec SO2: 1.584 g/sec NOx: 0.123 g/sec CO: 0.011 g/sec

The total employees including Technical staff, Administration staff, security and others in the

factory premises will be around 280 Nos. after expansion activity who may be affected due to

the unscientific operation of boilers. Mostly the health effects associated with particulate

matter are respiratory, pulmonary injury, lung cancer etc. Exposure to SO2 and NOx also

lead to respiratory problems. Carbon monoxide decreases the oxygen carrying capacity of

blood by reducing the hemoglobin. Since the company is handling some highly volatile

solvents the VOC emission can have an adverse effect on the workers health if present in

higher concentration. The health effects related to VOC emission are eye, nose and throat

irritation, headaches, loss of coordination and nausea, damage to liver, kidney and central

nervous system etc. The air emissions in long course of time may affect the immediate

surrounding vegetation stature physically (leaf senescence, hampered growth etc.) &

biologically thus may affect the overall surrounding ecology. The incremental values at

various monitoring stations were predicted and integrated with the baseline value for PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOx & CO is tabulated in the below table no 4.3. The output image of the

dispersion modeling describing the incremental predictive values for the selected pollutants is

attached as Annexure: 4.1




Table No. 4.3: Interpretation of the Incremental Values

Sr. No. Sampling Location Code & Name PM10 (µg/m3) PM2.5 (µg/m3) SO2 (µg/m3) NOx (µg/m3) CO (mg/m3)

BV IV RV BV IV RV BV IV RV BV IV RV BV IV RV

1 *A1 At Project Site 86.1 0.005 86.105 48.2 0.003 48.203 18.2 0.4 18.24 32.1 0.005 32.105 2.3 0.0000005 2.3000005

2 A2 Wadivarhe 75.9 0.008 75.908 38.0 0.005 38.005 13.3 0.4 13.7 25.9 0.005 25.905 1.2 0.0000002 1.2000002 3 A3 Gondedumala 78.8 0.003 78.803 38.9 0.002 38.902 15.9 0.4 16.3 27.9 0.003 27.903 1.9 0.0000001 1.9000001 4 A4 Sanjegaon 67.9 0.01 67.91 33.0 0.009 33.009 12.0 0.4 12.4 22.9 0.01 22.91 0.8 0.0000005 0.8000005 5 A5 Gadgasangvi 67.3 0.1 67.4 31.6 0.03 31.63 12.6 1 13.6 24.9 0.1 25.0 0.9 0.000007 0.900007

6 A6 Belgaon 76.8 0.005 76.805 36.4 0.005 36.405 11.9 0.4 12.3 27.9 0.005 27.905 1.9 0.0000005 1.9000005

7 A7 Murambi 75.9 0.01 75.91 37.4 0.005 37.405 12.9 0.6 13.5 26.9 0.01 26.91 1.6 0.000001 1.600001

8 A8 Rajur Bhaula 74.3 0.01 74.31 36.4 0.07 36.47 15.4 0.4 15.8 27.9 0.008 27.908 1.7 0.0000007 1.700007

NAAQS Standards 100 (24 hourly) 60 (24 hourly ) 80 (24 hourly ) 80 (24 hourly ) 4 (1 hourly)

BV: Baseline Value IV: Incremental Value based on AERMOD v8.2 studies RV: Resultant Value. All values are in µg/m3 except CO which is expressed as mg/m3




4.1.3. Interpretation

The incremental value of the specific pollutant at the particular monitoring station is added to

the baseline value of that specific pollutant measured during the monitoring period of the

project. The resultant value thus calculated used for predicting the impacts of the expansion

project on the air environment in the study area. The resultant value for all the locations are

well within the prescribed limit of NAAQS, Since FO will be utilized as source of fuel, due

to the expansion project activity significant adverse impact is not envisaged.

4.2 Impact of transport of raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment.

In most cases, transport of raw materials, general supplies and final products causes an

increase in traffic around the facility. Nearly 4 trucks per day would be used for

transportation of raw materials and final product. Transportation and environment are

paradoxical in nature. Transportation conveys substantial socio-economic benefits, but at the

same time transportation is impacting environmental systems.

4.2.1 Planning Transport development: The transportation of the raw materials and final product will be done mostly by road

followed by shipping for the materials which are to be exported or imported. Road

transportation would be the most feasible option available for the project proponent as it will

be the least expensive in terms of investment, maintenance and security.

4.2.2 Construction of transport infrastructures: The project is located approximately 500 m from Mumbai-Nashik expressway hence the

existing transport infrastructures such as expressway & roads connecting Wadivarhe and

express way will be utilized.

4.2.3 Maintenance and operation of transport infrastructures: Maintenance & operation of the transport infrastructure would be carried out by the Local

Administration. Facilities like street lighting, traffic management in the peak hours and

maintenance of the road will be taken care by the Local Administration.




4.2.4 Use of transport infrastructures and vehicle maintenance:

The transportation of raw hazardous, flammable and toxic materials (Raw materials &

Products) would be done according to the rule of Central Motor Vehicle Rule, (CMVR) 1989.

Transportation of material carrying vehicles will mainly take place through Mumbai-Nashik

expressway & further access up to project site is achieved by the connecting road which

connects the Mumbai-Nashik expressway.

4.2.5 Mitigation Measures The prominent pollutants like PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx & CO will be generated due to the fuel

combustion for operation of boilers. The boiler will be operated for 24 hours of day. The

mitigation measure that will be adopted is providing an appropriate stack height for

dispersion of pollutants. Also, additional scrubbers along with appropriate stack height shall

be provided to control process emissions. The stack height calculation for existing stack and

proposed stack is shown below,

Existing stack height

The stack height is calculated by using the formula:

H=14 (Q) 0.3

Where,

H = Stack height

Q = Emission rate for SO2 (Kg/hr)

Now,

FO consumption = 19 MT/month (Density of FO: 0.95)

= 731 kg/day (considering 26 days operation)

= 36.55 kg/hr (Considering 20 Hrs of Boiler Operation)

The Sulphur content of FO is 4.5%

Hence 36.55 kg FO will contain 1.64 kg Sulphur

Now stoichiometric conversion of Sulphur to SO2= 1.64 * 2 = 3.28

H = 14*(3.28)0.3

= 20.01 m. (Reference CPCB Guidelines)




Since existing stack height is 26 m. it can be concluded that the stack height provided is

adequate to effectively disperse polluting agents into air.

Proposed stack height

The stack height is calculated by using the formula:

H = 14 (Q) 0.3

Where,

H = Stack height

Q = Emission rate for SO2 (Kg/hr)

Now,

FO consumption = 40 MT/month (Density of FO: 0.95)

= 1.538 MT/day

= 76.9 kg/hr (Considering 20 Hrs of Boiler Operation)

The Sulphur content of FO is 4.5%

Hence 76.9 kg FO will contain 3.46 kg Sulphur

Now stoichiometric conversion of Sulphur to SO2= 3.46* 2 = 6.91

H= 14*(6.91)0.3

= 25.01 m. (Reference CPCB Guidelines)

For dispersion of air pollutants company will provide stack of 30 meter high, which is

adequate stack height as per above calculation.

For dealing with process emissions like acid fumes and other evaporation losses from process

activity the manufacturing unit has 2 acidic and one alkali scrubber of 25 cum/hr is presently

provided. Two additional acidic scrubbers of 25 cum/hr will be provided in proposed project

to absorb fumes. Scrubbed gases will be absorbed and neutralized by the scrubbing media.

The acidic scrubber effluent will be treated in ETP for further treatment. Certain measures

can be established to reduce the VOC emission in the plant premises, design changes,

operation and maintenance controls as leak prevention etc. Control measures for dust

emission control.




Fig. 4.1: Alkali scrubber schematic diagram

The following measures are adopted for controlling the

fugitive dust emission in the plan premises,

The roads within the premises shall be sprinkled

with water at a regular interval to avoid the dust

generation.

To be ensured that all transportation vehicles carry

a valid PUC (Pollution under Control) Certificate.

Proper servicing & maintenance of vehicles is

being carried out.

Adequate green belt covering area shall be

provided. Green belt act as surface for settling of

dust particle and thus will reduce the particulate

matter in air.

Ambient air quality shall be regularly monitored to ensure the air pollution devices are

working efficiently.

From the above, it can be concluded that after the operation of the expansion project and

implementation of mitigation measures in an appropriate manner, the Ambient Air Quality

will not exceed NAAQ Standards.




Existing APC (Scrubber) Performance efficiency:










4.2.6. Impact Matrix

Environmental components

Aspects Receptors Anticipated Impacts Mitigation measures Scoring the anticipated impact

No Yes 1 2 3 4 Insigni

ficant Significant

Severely Significant

Ambient Air1,2 1. Emissions such as (PM10, PM2.5, Sox, NOx & CO) from boiler, thermic fluid heater & D.G set operations. 2. Process emissions (Acid mist & Hcl) 3. Fugitive emissions

1. Soils in the study area.

If gaseous emissions get deposited on the prevailing soils in prominent wind direction within the study area, then such soils may get contaminated there by affecting the soil quality & may also have indirect adverse effect on the biotic environment

1. Appropriate stack height as per CPCB guidelines is provided to exiting boiler and for proposed boiler stack same practice will be followed, which will help in dispersion of pollutants at proper height hence the impact will be substantially reduced. 2. Two acidic scrubbers & one alkali scrubber of 25 cum/hr. is presently provided to mitigate process emissions, two additional acidic

--

--

--

2. Water bodies in the study area

The prevailing surface water bodies in the study area if comes in contact with such air emissions , the water bodies may get polluted & may have adverse effect on the biotic environment associated with such water bodies.

--

-- --

3. If gaseous emissions get -- -- --




(VOCs) 4. Vehicular emission

Agricultural fields in the study area

deposited on the prevailing agricultural fields in prominent wind direction within the study area, then productivity of such soils may be adversely affected.

scrubbers of 25 cum/hr. capacity will be installed to effectively scrub the gases from the manufacturing process. 3. Chemicals are charged by automated system. Raw materials are stored in closed & cool area to reduce emissions. 4. The roads within the premises are paved to avoid the dust generation from vehicular activity. 5. It will be ensured that all the transportation vehicles will have a valid PUC (Pollution Under Control) Certificate.

4. Biotic environment

In any case if the identified prevailing potential habitats within the study area get exposed to such air emissions then the prevailing potential habitats may be adversely affected thereby affecting the overall ecology of the study area in consideration.

--

-- --

5. Human habitation within the study area

Minor impact on human health like short term headache, dizziness, breathing issues etc.

--

-- --

6. Monuments and archeological sites

Deposition of Particulate matter on the surface, acid leaching of rocks & structure due to SO2, NOx & acid mist and minor impact on people visiting

-- --

-- --




the site.

1 Ambient air quality monitoring carried by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. at Project Site, and in 10 km radial study area in Wadivarhe, Gonde dhumala, Sanjegaon, Gadgasangvi, Belgaon, Murambi, Rajur Bhaula 2 work place monitoring at project site carried by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. at project site

Probability of impact occurrence

Scenarios Chance of Occurrence Scoring Air emissions coming in contact with the soils

in the study area Air emissions coming in contact with the

prevailing surface water bodies in the study area Air emissions coming in contact with the

agricultural fields in the study area Prevailing habitats within the study area coming

in contact with air emissions Human habitations within the study area coming

in contact with the air emissions Air emissions coming in contact with the

monuments & archeological sites within the study area

>90 % Chance of Occurrence

50-90 % chance of Occurrence

20 - 50 % chance of Occurrence

<10 % chance of Occurrence

4

3

2

1

Impact severity score




Scenario Scoring for chance of occurrence

Scoring for impact

Overall score for severity of impact

Air emissions coming in contact with the soils in the study area 3 2 6 Air emissions coming in contact with the prevailing surface water bodies in the study area

3 2 6

Air emissions coming in contact with the agricultural fields in the study area 3 2 6 Prevailing habitats within the study area coming in contact with air emissions 3 2 6 Human habitations within the study area coming in contact with the air emissions 2 2 4 Air emissions coming in contact with the monuments & archeological sites within the study area

1 2 2

Note: The scoring for chance of occurrence & the scoring for impact has been given taking into the terrain conditions of the study area, project activities specific mitigation measures & subject understanding by the functional area expert.

Score Type of Risk 1-4 Negligible 5-8 Less Severe

9-12 Highly Severe 13-16 Extremely Severe




Interpretation:

Taking into consideration the terrain conditions of the study area, prominent wind direction

and the project activity specific mitigation measures, the maximum score for overall severity

of the anticipated impacts is 6 and the risk type assessed is as less severe.

4.3 Water Environment

4.3.1 Construction Phase 4.3.1.1 Probable Source The expansion activity will be executed on plot purchased by the company located at

Wadivarhe village, Igatpuri, Nashik. Currently, company is using their existing infrastructure

for manufacturing activity and raw material & products storage. Construction of new

production building, warehouse, tank farm, development of greenbelt, development of road,

parking zone and up gradation of ETP etc. are major activities envisaged for construction

phase. This activity will involve consumption of high amount of water. The required water

supply will be done by water tankers from private water suppliers and by utilizing stored

water from Rain water harvesting system. Beside that water will be consumed by the workers

at a site. Around 50 workers will be deployed for construction work at a time. According to

the NBC (National Building Code of India) 45 lit /d/per person is considered for water

consumption as domestic part i.e., 2.25 CMD.

4.3.1.2 Impact predicted Runoff from construction area may contain increased loads of suspended solids (SS) and

contaminants. The sewage wastewater is characterized by high level of biochemical oxygen

demand, ammonia & E-coli counts. Therefore exposure of such runoffs to the water bodies

will have a significant negative impact on the water quality.

4.3.1.3 Proposed Mitigation Construction runoff and drainage: Soak pit will be provided for absorbing construction

runoff water. Proper site management is essential to minimize the surface water runoff & soil

erosion. Good housekeeping should be practiced like handling & disposing of solid waste i.e.

debris & rubbish to enter from the drainage system.




Sewage effluents generated from the construction workforce: The existing hygiene

facilities in the company will be utilized by the temporary construction workforce. Mobile

toilet units will be provided if required. The sewage generated will be treated in septic tank

and the clarified stream of septic tank will be treated in aeration tank of ETP.

4.3.2 Operational Phase 4.3.2.1 Probable Source The proposed expansion activity for manufacturing of API and API intermediates involves

generation of effluent from its manufacturing process. The other envisaged sources of

effluent are domestic, scrubber and utilities effluent. Water requirement of the project will be

fulfilled by private water suppliers available in the surrounding area.

Overall effluent from the expansion activity will be segregated into LCOD/HTDS &

LCOD/LTDS effluent based on their characteristics. The effluent from manufacturing

processes, scrubbers & effluent from utilities, domestic activities will be treated as

LCOD/LTDS effluent. RO Reject will be treated as LCOD/HTDS. Water balance for existing

activity is listed in table no 4.4 (a) and for expansion activity it is depicted in table no 4.4

(b).




Table No. 4.4 (a): Existing Water Balance (CMD)

Parameter CTO Input Losses Effluent Remarks domestic process Domestic 10 4.5 0.5 4.0 -- Process 20 15.0 5.0 -- 10.0 Cooling tower 14

2.0 1.2 -- 0.8 Boiler 9.0 0.5 -- 0.5 8 CMD water recycle Gardening 2 2.0 2.0 -- -- Total 46 32.5 9.2 4.0 11.3

1. As per valid CTO, it is permitted to uptake 46 CMD fresh water. Presently only 32.5 CMD water is being utilized.

Table No. 4.4 (b): Total Water Balance after Expansion for dry season (CMD)

Parameter Input Losses Effluent Recycled water

Boiler Condensate recovery

Treated effluent for CT make-up

Water recirculation within process

Domesti

c Process

Domestic 12.0 2.0 10.0 -- -- -- -- Process 56.0 10.0 -- 46.0 -- -- -- Cooling tower

367 (First cycle consumption) 71 -- 9.2 -- 62.6 286.8

Boiler 84.0 4.5 -- 8.4 71.1 -- -- Gardening 40.0 40.0 -- --

Total 559* 127.5 10 63.6 420.5 *Note: It is initial consumption; after that 138.5 CMD shall be consumed.




Effluent Streams

During operational phase of the company total effluent generation will be around 10 CMD

sewage + 63.6 CMD industrial effluent = 73.6 CMD. The effluent streams from the overall

process will be classified as below:

1) HCOD/HTDS stream: Process mother liquor from manufacturing process containing

2% solvents w/w and > 2 % salt concentration w/w is considered HCOD/HTDS

stream. RO reject stream containing > 7 % w/w salt is considered as HTDS stream.

2) LCOD/LTDS Stream: All other process effluent including washings, scrubber effluent

and utilities blowdown will be classified as LCOD/LTDS effluent.

3) LCOD/LTDS effluent streams from process, utilities, MEE condensate, sewage will

be treated in conventional ETP of the company consisting of primary, secondary and

tertiary treatment facility. Existing ETP capacity is 15 CMD which will be increased

by capacity of 135 CMD and total ETP capacity will be 150 CMD.

In the secondary treatment of ETP, LCOD effluent will be mixed with MEE

condensate and domestic sewage and treated biologically to reduce COD within

permissible limit.

4) The domestic effluent will be treated in septic tank and overflow from septic tank will

be transferred to aeration tank of the ETP where it will be mixed with other effluent

and treated biologically.

5) Treated effluent from ETP is further purified by two stage RO unit of 75 CMD

capacity. Two stage RO unit will be employed to achieve 80% water recovery from

treated effluent. The RO condensate will be reused for cooling tower and reject will

be sent to evaporator unit of MEE.

6) MEE salts and residue is presently disposed to CHWTSD Facility, Ranjangaon, the

same practice will be followed in the expansion phase.




Reuse & Recycle

1) The plant is run as Zero Liquid Discharge plant. The effluent is treated, purified and

recycled back to the industrial processes which reduce the daily fresh water

consumption of the company.

2) During the wet season 10 KL of fresh water from two rain water harvesting tanks of

10 KL capacity will be reuse for Boiler and/or Cooling tower makeup.

3) 71.1 CMD boiler condensate will be reused again for steam generation which would

reduce water consumption from second cycle.

4) During wet season, water consumption for gardening will be NIL. While, by recycling

the condensate from boiler & utilization of harvested rain water, the total fresh water

requirement will further get reduced.




In dry season, total water requirement after recycling will be 559-71.1-286.8-62.6 = 138.5 CMD

Figure No. 4.2: Total water balance for Dry Season

62.6 CMD to cooling tower

Water Consumption: 559

CMD

Domestic: 12 CMD

Process: 56 CMD

Boiler: 84 CMD

Cooling Tower: 367 CMD

Gardening: 40 CMD

Losses: 2 CMD

10 CMD Sewage

Losses: 10

Effluent: 46 CMD

Losses: 4.5 CMD

Blowdown: 8.4 CMD

Condensate Recycle: 71.1

CMD Losses: 71 CMD

Blow down: 9.2 CMD

Losses: 40 CMD

10 CMD Domestic sewage + 36 CMD Process effluent + 8.4 CMD boiler blowdown+

9.2 CMD CT blowdown 63.3 CMD Total effluent +

16.93 CMD MEE condensate

Total 80.53 CMD effluent to ETP (8-10% Loss in ETP operation)

Water within process: 286.8 CMD

72.4 CMD to RO (2% process loss) 71 CMD


10 CMD HTDS/HCOD

effluent +

8.4 CMD reject Total 18.4 to

MEE

1.47 T to CHWTSDF

16.93 CMD to aeration

tank

Septic tank 10 CMD

HTDS/HCOD 10 CMD effluent to

MEE

LTDS/LCOD 36 CMD effluent

to ETP




In wet season, total water requirement after recycling will be 559-71.1-286.8-62.6-10 = 128.5 CMD Figure No.4.3: Total water balance for wet Season


Water Consumption: 559

CMD

Domestic: 12 CMD

Process: 56 CMD

Boiler: 84 CMD

Cooling Tower: 367 CMD

Losses: 2 CMD

10 CMD Sewage

Losses: 10

Effluent: 46 CMD

Losses: 4.5 CMD

Blowdown: 8.4 CMD

Condensate Recycle: 71.1

CMD Losses: 71 CMD

Blow down: 9.2 CMD

10 CMD Domestic sewage + 36 CMD Process effluent + 8.4 CMD boiler blowdown+

9.2 CMD CT blowdown 63.3 CMD Total effluent +

16.93 CMD MEE condensate

Total 80.53 CMD effluent to ETP (8-10% Loss in ETP operation)

Water within Cooling Tower: 286.8 CMD

72.4 CMD to RO (2% process loss) 71 CMD


10 CMD+ 8.4 CMD

reject Total 18.4 to

MEE

1.47 T to CHWTSD

F

16.93 CMD to aeration tank

Septic tank 10 CMD

HTDS/HCOD 10 CMD

effluent to MEE

LTDS/LCOD 36 CMD

effluent to MEE

10 CMD from RWH




4.3.2.2 Impact predicted The wastewater generated from the project activity if discharged to surrounding environment

without prior in-situ treatment, it can pose long term damage to surrounding environment.

Also if the untreated waste water is by passed to the drains it will result in the contamination

or polluting the water body at final discharge point. The prolonged unscientific discharge of

the untreated waste water would lead to the contamination of the nearby surface water bodies,

soil in the near vicinity, ultimately resulting in polluting the underground water table reserve

through percolation from soil. The release of untreated effluent will ultimately affect the

overall ecology & agricultural productivity in the surrounding area.

Table No. 4.5: Characteristics of the Process Effluent Process effluent Sr. Parameter Before treatment After treatment 1 pH 4.5 7.9 2 COD 7426 126 3 BOD 3days @ 27 ℃ 2174 23 4 TDS 10246 145 5 TSS 345 7 6 Oil and grease 7.2 <1 7 Sulphates 2521 10.2 8 Chlorides 1042 16.6

Unit is mg/l except pH

The domestic effluent is presently treated in septic tank followed by soak pit. In expansion

project septic tank overflow will be connected to aeration tank of ETP. This will help to

maintain the microbial culture of the aeration tank and also aid in diluting the effluent. The

trend is followed as per the Guidelines for Water Quality Management by CPCB, 2008.

4.3.2.3 Proposed Mitigation

The effluent loads generated are segregated into two broad streams, treatment scheme according to streams is as follows:

1) HCOD/HTDS stream: Process effluent stream will be first sent to stripper column to

remove solvents and other low boiling organic material from effluent. It will then

mixed with RO reject stream and treated in evaporator, where effluent stream

becomes concentrated in solid content. This concentrated stream will be then passed

through ATFD to completely remove solids from stream. The MEE condensate will




be used for cooling tower water purpose. If the quality of MEE condensate is

unsuitable for recycle, then it will be forwarded to secondary treatment i.e. aeration

tank of ETP for further treatment.

2) LCOD /LTDS effluent streams from process, utilities, MEE condensate, sewage will

be treated in conventional ETP of the company consisting of primary, secondary and

tertiary treatment facility. Existing ETP capacity is 15 CMD which will be increased

to the capacity of 135 CMD and total ETP capacity will be 150 CMD.

In the secondary treatment of ETP, LCOD effluent will be mixed with MEE

condensate, domestic sewage and treated biologically to reduce COD within

permissible limit.

3) The domestic effluent will be treated in septic tank and overflow from septic tank will

be transferred to aeration tank of the ETP where it will be mixed with other effluent

and treated biologically.

4) Treated effluent from ETP is further purified by two stage RO unit of 75 CMD

capacity. Two stage RO unit will be employed to achieve 80% water recovery from

treated effluent. The RO permeate will be reused for cooling tower and reject will be

sent to evaporator unit of MEE.

5) Also, online continuous effluent monitoring system will be installed as per MoEFCC

directive to monitor ZLD practice in the industry.

MEE salts and residue is presently disposed to CHWTSDF Facility, Ranjangaon, the same

practice will be followed in the expansion phase.

4.3.2.3.1 Flow Chart & Design Specification of the Effluent treatment plant for High &

Low streams of effluent.

The flow chart of ETP is presented in Fig. 4.4 and the specifications of proposed ETP are

given in Table 4.6.




Table No. 4.6: Specifications of proposed ETP for treatment of effluent

Sr. No

Particular Proposed Qty MOC Existing capacity in m3

Proposed capacity in m3

1 O & G chamber 01 RCC 3 9 2 Air stripping unit 01 RCC 3 9 3 Equalization tank 01 RCC 30 90 4 Settling tank 02 RCC 5 15 5 Aeration tank 02 RCC 20 75 6 Primary clarifier 01 RCC 5 15 7 Secondary clarifier 01 RCC 5 15 8 Pressure Sand Filter 01 MSFRP 0.2 0.6 9 Activated carbon filter 01 MSFRP 0.4 1.2

Table No. 4.7: MEE & RO specifications

Sr. No UNIT DESCRIPTION CAPACITY (m3) QTY MOC MEE

1. MEE feed tank 20 1 no RCC 2. MEE condensate tank 20 1 no RCC 3. Calendria-1 750 kg/hr 1 no M.S. 4. Calendria-2 750 kg/hr 1 no M.S.

Sr. no Two stage RO 75 cum/day @ 75% Recovery fully automatic unit 1 Input Effluent to RO System ETP Treated effluent @ pH of 6.5 – 7.5 max. 2 Input Effluent Capacity 75 cum/day




Figure No. 4.4: Flow chart of the Effluent Treatment Plant for HCOD/TDS & LCOD/TDS effluent.

4.3.3 Water quality modeling The existing production unit as well as expansion unit will be run as zero liquid discharge

unit. As it is evident that the wastewater generated from expansion activity will not be

discharged into any river/water channel/surface water body, the water quality modeling is not

mandatory for this project as per the standard TOR prescribed by MoEF & CC.

Raw Effluent

PSF and ACF

Aeration Tank

Primary Treatment & Settling

To Industrial use

RO permeate

Two stage RO Plant

Sewage from septic

tank

RO reject

To Stripper MEE +ATFD

Clarifier

MEE Residue to

CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon

Treated effluent

LCOD/LTDS Effluent

HCOD/HTDS Effluent

To MEE unit

HCOD/HTDS Effluent to

stripper

Boiler & CT blowdown to evaporator (LCOD/HTDS)

MEE condensate

ETP Sludge to

CHWTSDF




4.3.4 Impact Matrix:

Environmental

components Aspects Receptors Anticipated Impacts Mitigation

measures

Scoring the anticipated impact

No Yes

1 2 3 4

Insign

ificant

Significant

Severely

Significant

# Surface & * Ground water in the study area

Unforeseen/deliberate release of treated effluent from industrial operations such as: 1. Process effluent 2. Boiler & cooling tower blow down 3. Scrubber blow down 4. Domestic

1. Soils in the study area

If at all theses treated effluents in

whatsoever manner comes in contact

with the prevailing soils in the study

area, then such soils may get polluted

which may further lead to

contamination of ground water

through percolation thereby having

potentiality to indirectly affect the

agricultural activity & biotic

environment

1. Delta

Finochem Pvt.

Ltd. for its

existing

operations also

being a zero

liquid discharge

unit does not

discharge any

kind of treated

or untreated

effluent in

whatsoever

--

--

--


If the treated effluent in whatsoever

manner comes in contact with the

prevailing surface & ground water

--

-- --




effluent bodies in the study area then such

water bodies may get contaminated &

thereby may affect the biotic

environment.

manner in the

surrounding

area and same

practice will be

followed even

after achieving

the proposed

expansion

activity hence

contamination

of soils &

agricultural

fields &

humans coming

in contact with

the same are not

envisaged.

3. Agricultural fields in the study area

If these treated effluents in any way

come in contact with the agricultural

fields in the study area, then

productivity of such agricultural fields

may be adversely affected.

--

-- --


In any case if the identified prevailing

potential habitats within the study

area get exposed to such effluent

releases then such habitats may be

adversely affected thereby resulting in

adversely affecting overall ecology of

the study area in consideration.

--

-- --


Adverse health impacts due to contact with polluted water bodies.

--

-- --

# Surface water monitoring done by SEEPL at 8 different locations within 10 km study area around project * Ground water monitoring done by SEEPL at 8 different locations within 10 km study area around project





Scenarios Chance of Occurrence Scoring Treated effluent comes in contact with the soils

in the study area Treated effluents comes in contact with the

water prevailing surface water bodies & ground water in the study area

Treated effluents comes in contact with the agricultural fields in the study area

Prevailing habitats within the study area coming in contact with treated effluents

Human habitations within the study area coming in contact treated effluent





4

3

2

1

Impact severity score Scenario Scoring for

chance of occurrence

Scoring for impact

Overall score for severity of

impact Treated effluents comes in contact with the soils in the study area 2 2 4 Treated effluents comes in contact with the water prevailing surface water bodies & ground water in the study area

2 2 4

Treated effluents comes in contact with the agricultural fields in the study area 2 2 4 Prevailing habitats within the study area coming in contact with treated effluents 2 2 4 Human habitations within the study area coming in contact treated effluent 2 2 4 Note: The scoring for chance of occurrence & the scoring for impact has been given taking into the terrain conditions of the study area, project activities specific mitigation measures & subject understanding by the functional area expert.




Score Type of Risk 1-4 Negligible 5-8 Less Severe

9-12 Highly Severe 13-16 Extremely Severe

Assessment of probable impacts of waste water generated due to project specific activities:

Taking into consideration the terrain conditions of the study area and the project activities specific mitigation measures, the maximum score for

overall severity of the anticipated impacts is 4 and the risk type assessed is as less severe.




4.4 Noise Environment

4.4.1 Construction Phase

4.4.1.1 Probable Sources

The dominant source of noise from the construction equipments is the engine, usually a

diesel, without sufficient muffling. The activities like pile driving or pavement breaking are

other dominant source of noise generated during construction which is envisaged for the said

project as there will be civil or foundation work. Consideration of probable sources, for the

current scenario can be in two modes, stationary and mobile. Stationary equipment operates

in one location for one or more days at a time with either a fixed power operation (pumps,

generators). Mobile equipment moves around the construction site with power applied in

cyclic fashion such as trucks moving to and fro from the site. The time varying noise level

which are converted into a single number for stationary & mobile sources are taken from the

EPA report which are depicted in the below table.

Table No.4.8: Noise Level generation from Construction Equipments

Sr. No Equipment Typical Noise level in dB(A) 50 ft from source 1 Truck 88 2 Loader 85 3 Shovel 82

(Source: U.S Environmental Protection Agency, “Noise from Construction Equipment & Operations, Building Equipment and Home Appliance”, NTID300.1, December 31, 1971)

4.4.1.2 Impact Prediction Construction activities are characterized by variation in power expended by equipment, with

resulting variation in noise levels with time. Variation in the power is expressed in terms of

the usage factor of the equipment, the percentage of time during the workday that the

equipment is operating at full power. Time varying noise levels are converted to a single

number for each piece of equipment during the operation. Besides having daily variation in

activities, major construction project are accomplished in several different phases. Each

phase has a specific equipment mix depending on the work to be accomplished during that

phase.

Each phase has its own noise characteristics some have higher continuous noise level than

others; some have high impact noise levels. The purpose of the assessment is to determine the




combined noise level generated from different equipments & its drop in dB (A) level as it

propagates.

Custic 3.2 developed by Canarina Environment software is used for noise pollution modeling

simulation. The noise dispersion is a complex physical phenomenon that involves turbulences

& non linear dynamics of the irreversible processes which is simplified in a simple equation.

4.4.1.2.1 Model Options Used for Computation

Flat terrain is assumed

Point Source emission is computed

Atmospheric sound attenuation is considered

Barrier are not used for computation for worst case scenario

Solid angle of the propagation is contemplated as 2 pi

Temporal average is not considered

Simulation calculation is done at surface height

The isolines are used as output interfase

Classic custic model (Linear sound propagation equation) is used for simulation

4.4.1.2.2 Modeling Procedure The propagation of the noise generated due to expansion has been made by CUSTIC version

3.2. The step wise method subjected in the user manual is followed for performing the model.

4.4.1.2.3 Model Input Data Table No. 4.9: Noise Model Input Data

Sr. No Parameters Values 1 Number of Sources 3 Nos. 2 Number of calculation points in the x-axis X 80 Nos. 3 Solid angle 2π 4 Relative Humidity 60 % 5 Air Temperature 30 OC 6 Attenuation coefficient 0.94 dB(A)/100m

4.4.1.2.4 Interpretation The noise level gets dissipated as it travels the distance. The drop down in the decibels is




calculated by the modeling software. The Noise level at the plant boundary during the

construction phase in the north direction will be 32.07 dB (A). Towards the east boundary it

will be 38.5 dB (A). The propagating noise dissipates up to 32.72 (A) & 40.64 dB (A) levels

respectively in the south & west directions of the project plot. The drop down in the level of

noise as it travels away from the project site is tabulated in the below table,

Table No.4.10: Drop down of Noise level in Construction Phase

Sr. No Noise level dB (A) Distance (m) 1 36.55 100 2 31.65 200 3 26.85 300 4 24.02 400 5 20.89 500

The noise contour plotted by the Custic 3.2 is graphically represented in Annexure: 4.2.

4.4.2 Operational Phase 4.4.2.1 Probable Sources Any industrial plant in general consists of various sources of noise in clusters or single. These

clusters/single sources may be housed in buildings of different dimensions made of different

materials or installed in open or under sheds. Generally the plant noise sources include Air

Compressors, Feed Pumps, Condensate Pumps, Recycle Pumps, Boiler ID Fans, air blowers,

cooling towers etc.

Table 4.11: Noise level values for Operational Phase

Sr. No Description of Location Noise Level in dB(A)

1 Near Main Gate (Vehicular movement)

63

2 Boiler Area 69 3 ETP Area 65 4 Process Area 68 5 D.G. Set 70

Note: All above values are measured by monitoring team of Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 4.4.2.2 Impact Prediction The purpose of the assessment is to determine the combined noise level generated from

different equipments & its drop in dB (A) level as it propagates.




Custic 3.2 developed by Canarina Environment software is used for noise pollution modeling

simulation. The noise dispersion is a complex physical phenomenon that involves turbulences

& non linear dynamics of the irreversible processes which is simplified in a simple equation.

4.4.2.1.1 Model Options Used for Computation Flat terrain is assumed

Point Source emission is computed

Atmospheric sound attenuation is considered

Barrier are not used for computation for worst case scenario

Solid angle of the propagation is contemplated as 2 pi

Temporal average is not considered

Simulation calculation is done at surface height

The isolines are used as output interphase

Classic custic model (Linear sound propagation equation) is used for simulation

4.4.2.1.2 Modeling Procedure The propagation of the noise generated due to proposed expansion has been made by

CUSTIC version 3.2. The step wise method subjected in the user manual is followed for

performing the model.

4.4.2.1.3 Model Input Data

Sr. No

Parameters Values

1 Number of Sources 5 Nos. 2 Number of calculation points in the x-axis X 80 Nos. 3 Solid angle 2 pi 4 Relative Humidity 60 % 5 Air Temperature 30 OC 6 Attenuation coefficient 0.94 dB(A)/100m

4.4.2.2 Interpretation The noise level gets dissipated as it travels the distance. The drop down in the decibels is

calculated by the modeling software. The Noise level at the plant boundary during the

operational phase in the north direction will be 34.52 dB (A). Towards the east boundary it




will be 45.23 dB (A). The propagating noise dissipates up to 37.5 (A) & 38.86 dB (A) levels

respectively in the south & west directions of the project plot. The drop down in the level of

noise as it travels away from the project site is tabulated in the below table,

Table No.4.12: Drop down of Noise level in operational Phase

Sr. No

Noise level dB (A) Distance (m)

1 47.08 100 2 39.47 200 3 33.25 300 4 29.93 400 5 26.33 500

The noise contour plotted by the Custic 3.2 is graphically represented in Annexure: 4.2.

The nearest habitation is around 15 meter away at east direction from the project boundary.

The proponent have planned 10 m wide thick plantation around the boundary of the plant,

therefore it is concluded that the impact of noise level on the community from the expansion

project would be insignificant.

Vibration:

As the project is an expansion project – construction of buildings, installation of equipments

and machinery (new reactors, condensers, pumps etc.) are proposed. The vibration is

envisaged due to above mentioned activities, it could result in damage to infrastructure &

health of the worker. To overcome such impacts, the grouting of these instruments shall be

made free from vibration by providing shock absorbing pads and firmly mounted on the

surface. Routine maintenance shall be practiced.

4.4.2.3 Proposed Mitigation

To reduce the Noise level in the company premises following mitigation is/will be provided.

Thick green belt or shelter belt will act as a barrier for preventing the noise propagation

out of the factory premises. To curb the noise levels in addition to existing green belt

within production unit, company will develop 10 m wide green belt around boundary of

the project site. Company has already developed the requisite amount of green belt equal




to 5273.18 sq. m. and 10265.55 sq. m. green belt will be developed with the completion

of proposed project.

Isolation of the high noise generating equipments.

Workers should work in shifts to avoid the long durations of exposure to high noise level.

Implementation of noise absorbing sheets on the walls of building/facilities hosting high

noise generating equipments/machinery.

Acoustic enclosures to be provided to DG set Compressor& high noise generating

equipments.

Anti vibration pads to be installed for high NV generating machines. Enclosure wherever

necessary.

Regular/routine maintenance of various equipments should be carried out.

Regular Oiling and greasing for equipments should be done.

The proposed equipments would be provided with proper enclosure, anti vibration pads,

acoustic enclosure wherever required.




4.4.3 Impact Matrix: Environmental

components Aspects Receptors Anticipated

Impacts Mitigation measures Scoring the anticipated impact

No Yes

1 2 3 4

Insignifi

cant

Signi

ficant

Severely

Significa

nt

Noise and vibrations

Noise and vibrations form the industrial operations such as: 1. Manufacturing process 2. Operation of utilities such as boiler/thermic fluid heater, D.G set, effluent

1. Human habitations @

Minor impact on human health like temporary hearing loss, temporary headache, temporary psychological disturbance etc. Minor impact on quality of life e.g. disturbance issues in the immediate

1. It will be ensured that noise generating machines/equipments will be placed within enclosed area & even noise generating operations will also be carried out in enclosed areas only. 2. Noise damping pads, shock absorbing pads will be provided to all noise & vibrations generating equipments/machineries. 3. Adequate PPE‟s will be provided to workers working

--

--

--




treatment plant 3. Transportation activity

surroundings of the travelling route.

within the factory premises.


As per the

model

computations it

is anticipated

that noise during

the operational

phase of the

project will not

propagate up to

important/potent

ial habitats

within the study

area hence no

impact is

envisaged on the

surrounding

biotic

environment due

-- -- --




to noise and

vibrations

@ Noise monitoring done by SEEPL at different locations within project site, Wadivare, Gondedhumala, Sanjegaon, Gadgasangvi, Belgaon, Murambi, Rajur Bhaula Probability of impact occurrence

Scenarios Chance of Occurrence Scoring Human habitations coming in contact with the

noise and vibrations generated from the project activities

The noise & vibrations generated from the project activities reaching up to prevailing important/potential habitats within the study area





4

3

2

1



Scoring for impact

Overall score for severity of

impact Human habitations coming in contact with the noise and vibrations generated from the project activities

4 2 8

The noise & vibrations generated from the project activities reaching up to prevailing important/potential habitats within the study area 1 1 1 Note: The scoring for chance of occurrence & the scoring for impact has been given taking into the terrain conditions of the study area, project activities specific mitigation measures & subject understanding by the functional area expert.




Score Type of Risk

1-4 Negligible

5-8 Less Severe

9-12 Highly Severe

13-16 Extremely Severe

Assessment of probable impacts of noise & vibrations generated due to project specific activities:

Taking into consideration the terrain conditions of the study area such as location of human habitations & prevailing important/potential habitats

and the project activities specific mitigation measures, the maximum score for overall severity of the anticipated impact is 8 and the risk type

assessed is as less severe.




4.5 Details of hazardous and non-hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. 4.5.1 Construction phase The activities which may lead to pollution/contamination of soils during the construction

phase are the ground related activities such as land cutting/filling/excavation & civil works

involving mixing of concrete for pilings, base developments, construction of structures etc.

Generally the wastes generated from constructed from activities are as under:

Solid wastes - These wastes generally include construction related wastes such as left over

concrete, wooden flanks, iron rods, cardboard boxes, empty containers, excavated earth,

domestic waste generated from labor colony & other construction wastes will generated.

Depending upon the nature of waste these are further classified as:

Solid hazardous wastes:

These wastes generally include empty containers used for storage of fuel/varnishes/coatings

& any other chemical materials, oil contaminated cotton rags/clothes generated from

machine/equipment maintenance activities.

Apart from these hazardous waste is also generated in liquid form as used oil from

maintenance of machines/equipments.

Solid non hazardous wastes:

These wastes generally include left over concrete, wooden flanks, iron rods, cardboard boxes,

domestic waste generated from labor colony & excavated earth.

Liquid wastes - These wastes generally comprise of domestic sewage generated from labor

colony and runoff water generated during concrete handling activities & from water

sprinkling activities post construction.

Scenario of construction related waste generation due to project specific activities

The project in consideration is an expansion activity for production capacity enhancement for

which an additional plot of 60,400 sq. m. will be procured which will have a built up area of

15,000 sq. m.

The proposed construction activities to achieve the above mentioned built up area of such

magnitude that it will not require housing of labor colony hence domestic & liquid wastes

from this source are not anticipated.




For development of this said built up area of 15,000 sq. m., there will be ground related

activities such as excavation/digging, concrete handling etc. on completion of construction

activities it is anticipated that construction related wastes such as left over concrete, wooden

flanks, iron rods, cardboard boxes excavated earth & other construction wastes will

generated.

Since the quantities of construction related wastes depend on the quantity of input materials

& several other factors which makes is difficult to predict the predict the precise quantities of

such anticipated wastes hence a thumb rule of 35 kg/m2 of waste generation as per

Technology Information Forecasting and Assessment Council (TIFAC) is considered.

Accordingly for a built up area of 15,000 sq. m. the anticipated construction waste for the

proposed activity will be 525 T.

Anticipated impacts on various environmental components due to the waste generated

from project related construction activities

The constructed related wastes if not handled in a scientific manner and if disposed

of haphazardly may lead to lower aesthetic value of the area in concern.

The solid non hazardous & hazardous wastes if in any way find its way to the soils in

the study area then the soil quality of such area may be adversely affected which may

to pre cursing effects thereby adversely affecting biotic environment of the area

concerned.

The liquid wastes generated during the construction phase if in any way find its way

to the soils, water bodies in the study area then such receptors may be adversely

affected which in turn may lead to pre cursing effects thereby adversely affecting

biotic environment of the area concerned.

Precautionary management measures to be employed during construction phase

Following precautionary management/ mitigation measures to be employed during pre & post

construction activities:

The entire quantum of top soil excavated up to 20 cm depth will be securely stored in

designated place and the same should be used for green belt development activities.




The wastes generated during the construction phase will be segregated such as

disposable inert waste (left over construction materials - stones, concrete, aggregates

and debris etc.) and will be used as filling material for internal road development.

The inert recyclable wastes such as iron roads, wooden flanks, cardboards, plastic

materials will be segregated and sold to recyclers.

The hazardous wastes such as used oil/containers contaminated with chemical

materials, oil contaminated cotton rags/clothes generated from machine/equipment

maintenance activities will be securely stored in dedicated waste storage area and

will be disposed off to Maharashtra Enviro Power Ltd. (MEPL) - CHWTSDF

(Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility). The

membership letter is attached as Annexure 4.3.

Provisions will be made to divert the runoff water generated during construction &

pre construction activity to the existing storm water drain management system.

Assessment of probable impacts due to waste generation during construction phase

Taking into consideration the above mentioned precautionary management/ mitigative

measures to be provided by the project proponent it can be asserted that solid or liquid wastes

generated during the construction activity in whatsoever manner will not be directly subjected

to soil & water bodies in the study area hence no impact is envisaged on environment due to

construction related wastes generation and management activities.

4.5.2 Operational phase Any industry during operational phase will have multiple sources of waste generation such

as:

Offices & Canteens

Unpacking of raw materials

Manufacturing processes

From operation of utilities

Treatment process

Packaging of finished products

Maintenance activities




The wastes generated from the above mentioned sources on the basis of nature & chemical

properties can be broadly categorized as Solid non hazardous waste & Solid hazardous waste.

Scenario of waste generation during operational phase due to project specific activities

The non hazardous & hazardous solid wastes which will be generated due the project specific

activities/operations will be as described here under:

Solid non hazardous waste:

The solid non hazardous waste such as papers & other office wastes will be generated

from office work area and it is anticipated that total man power of the industry after

the expansion activity will be 280 no. for which canteen facility is not provisioned

hence canteen & kitchen waste is not anticipated.

The inert industrial scrap materials such as metal wastes, plastic/glass materials will

be generated from regular industrial operations, maintenance activities.

Solid hazardous waste:

Hazardous waste such as chemical contaminated containers (discarded containers)

from raw materials handling activity will be generated.

The proposed expansion activity for manufacturing of Active Pharmaceutical

Ingredients (APIs) & Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients - Intermediates (APIs

Intermediates) involves various chemical operations such as addition, substitution,

neutralization, amination, halogenation & organic reactions which will generate spent

solvents as hazardous wastes and physical process such as separation, filtration,

centrifugation & drying which will generate distillation residue as hazardous waste.

Hazardous waste such as sludge generated from effluent treatment process & residue

from Evaporator operations will be generated.

Precautionary management/mitigative measures to be employed for handling of solid

(hazardous & non hazardous) wastes during operational phase

Industry will provide/adopt following precautionary/mitigative measures for handling of solid

(hazardous & non hazardous) wastes during operational phase:

The inert recyclable waste such as metal wastes, plastic/glass materials will be sold

to recyclers whereas the office waste will be disposed of through local waste

disposal system.




The hazardous wastes from manufacturing process such as spent solvents &

distillation residue will be collected & stored in dedicated hazardous waste storage

area and either will be sold to sold to MPCB authorized recyclers or will be sent to

MEPL - CHWTSDF at Ranjangaon for further processing.

The other hazardous wastes such as chemical contaminated containers (discarded

containers), ETP sludge, MEE residue will be collected & stored in dedicated

hazardous waste storage area & will be disposed of to MEPL - CHWTSDF at

Ranjangaon.

The project proponent has been made aware with the Hazardous & Other Wastes

(Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 and has been

advised to abide by the same.

The project proponent will scrupulously ensure that the waste hazardous waste

transported from the industry is reaching only at the designated place viz. MEPL -

CHWTSDF at Ranjangaon.

Assessment of probable impacts due to waste generation during operational phase

Taking into consideration the above mentioned precautionary management/mitigative

measures to be provided/adopted by the project proponent it can be asserted that solid (non

hazardous & hazardous) wastes generated during the operational phase in whatsoever manner

will not be directly subjected to soils & water bodies in the study area hence no impact is

envisaged on environment due to operational phase related wastes generation and

management activities.

The list of hazardous waste along with name, quantities, category of waste as per Hazardous

& Other Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 &

respective mode of management is given in the following table. (Storage plan, area required

for storage)




Table No. 4.13: Waste generation and disposal method

Sr. No

Particulars Category Existing Total after expansion Mode of management

1 Waste oil 5.1 -- 1 MT/A Sale to authorized recyclers

/Disposal to CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon

2 Distillation

residue 20.3 1000 kg/ M

10 MT/month

Disposal to MEPL - CHWTSDF at Ranjangaon/ sale to MPCB

authorized recyclers/Co-processing

3 Spent

solvents 20.2 10000 L/month

50,000 L/mont

h

Disposal to MEPL - CHWTSDF at Ranjangaon / sale to MPCB

authorized recyclers/Co-processing

4 Discarded containers 33.1 300 nos./

month 900

nos./month CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon/ Sale to

authorized recyclers

5 ETP sludge 35.3 580 kg/annum

30 MT/A Disposal to MEPL -CHWTSDF at Ranjangaon

6 Evaporator

residue 37.3 -- 1.5 MT/d Disposal to MEPL - CHWTSDF at Ranjangaon

7 Spent carbon 36.2 -- 1000 kg/A Disposal to CHWTSDF,

Ranjangaon/ Co-processing

The details of solid non hazardous waste are given in following table.

Particulars Existing After expansion Mode of management

Office waste

and scrap

material

5 kg/d 8 kg/d Office waste will be disposed of by

local waste disposal system & scrap

materials will be sold to MPCB

approved recycler

Details of e-waste Waste

(Vide E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 ) Particulars E Waste

Category Existing

Proposed

Total Method of

Disposal




i Personal Computers (Central Processing Unit with input and output devices)

ITEW2 -- 40 kg/A 40 kg/A Sale to MPCB authorised recycler/returned to manufacturer/supplier

ii Personal Computing: Laptop Computers (Central Processing Unit with input and output devices)

ITEW3 -- 20 kg/A 20 kg/A

iii Printers including cartridges ITEW6 -- 20 kg/A 20 kg/A iv Telephones ITEW12 -- 5 kg/A 5 kg/A Details of biomedical Waste

(vide Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001) Particulars BMW

Category Existing



Yellow -- 8 kg/A

8 kg/A Disposal to CBMWTF/MPCB authorised processor for Nashik region-M/s. Bio‐clean System (India) Ltd., Sr. No. 34, Burudgaon, Tq. & Dist. Ahmednagar‐414001


Yellow -- 6 kg/A

6 kg/A





authorised party

Action plan for utilization of MEE/ Dryer salts handling:

MEE Salts generated from MEE do not possess specific characteristics as such, hence it is

difficult to utilize these salts as a resource. It is estimated that 1.5 T per day MEE salts will be

produced after expansion. It is categorized as hazardous waste (Concentration or evaporation

residues from Hazardous waste treatment processes, e.g. pre-processing, incineration and

concentration) under sr. no. 37.3 under „Schedule I‟ of “Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management

and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016”.




The Maharashtra Enviro Power Limited (MEPL) -CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon has been granted

Consent To Operate for collection, transportation, storage, treatment and disposal facility

under Section 21 of the Air Prevention and Control of Pollution Act, 1981, Section 21 Air

(Prevention and Control of Pollution Act 1981 and Authorization under Rule 5 of the

Hazardous Wastes Management, Handling & Tranboundary Movement Rules 2008 under

Environment Protection Act 1986 by MPCB for Secure Landfill of Hazardous waste to the

tune of 60,000 MT/A valid up to 31/10/2020 hence the MEE salts/residue generated by

effluent treatment process of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. can be legally disposed to The

Maharashtra Enviro Power Limited (MEPL) -CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon

The CHWTSDF membership is attached as Annexure - 4.3 and the consent granted by MPCB

to The Maharashtra Enviro Power Limited (MEPL) -CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon is attached below.







4.6 Soil environment

The soils in the study area can be adversely affected during the activities associated with

construction and/or operational phase of the project as detailed here under:

4.6.1 Anticipated impacts during construction phase

The activities which may lead to adverse impacts on the soils within the study area during the

construction phase are generally associated with disposals, releases, spillages & leakages

resulting from any unforeseen event during handling of construction materials.

Releases:

Releases during any construction activity can occur from following activities:

Liquid wastes are anticipated in the form of runoff waters generated during construction &

post construction activities such runoff water during concrete handling activities & from

water sprinkling activities post construction and domestic waste water generated in the form

of domestic sewage from labor colony.

Disposals:

Construction activities often result in rendering large quantities of wastes solid wastes

(hazardous & nonhazardous) such as empty containers used for storage of

fuel/varnishes/coatings & any other chemical materials, oil contaminated cotton rags/clothes

generated from machine/equipment maintenance activities, left over concrete, wooden flanks,

iron rods, cardboard boxes, domestic waste generated from labor colony & excavated earth

which needs to disposed/handled scientifically.

Spillages & leakages resulting from any unforeseen event during handling of

construction materials:

During any construction activity there is always a risk of soil contamination within & outside

the project plot due unforeseen event such as spillage/leakage of concrete or any other

hazardous materials in any area other than the intended.

Such spillage/leakage within the project plot and study area may adversely affect the soil

quality rendering the subjected soil quality to be unfit for any commercial use & may also

lead to adverse effects on the biotic environment of the area concerned.




Scenario of project activities specific waste generations during construction activities: The proposed expansion activity envisages construction of Office block, Tank farm,

Production blocks, Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) hence emissions related to transportation,

operations of fuel based machineries/equipments and handling of construction materials &

construction activities are anticipated to occur.

Also as mentioned in above section (Disposal) the solid (hazardous & non hazardous) as

excepted for construction activities will be generated for the project in consideration except

for domestic waste from labour colony since the magnitude of construction is as such that

requirement of labour colony is anticipated.

Since labour colony is not anticipated the liquid wastes such as domestic sewage will also not be generated however surface runoff from construction activities will be generated.

Precautionary management/mitigative measures to be employed during construction

phase for waste management:

Project proponent will ensure that any spillages/leakages of construction materials

happen due to unforeseen events, such incidents will be dealt as per on site & off site

emergency plans & also that the concerned work force is made aware of the same

along with providing adequate training to the workforce.

The entire quantum of top soil excavated up to 20 cm depth will be securely stored in

designated place and the same should be used for green belt development activities.

The wastes generated during the construction phase will be segregated such as

disposable inert waste (left over construction materials - stones, concrete, aggregates,

debris) and will be used as filling material for internal road development.

The inert recyclable wastes such as iron roads, wooden flanks, cardboards, plastic

materials will be segregated and sold to recyclers.

The hazardous wastes such as used oil/containers contaminated with chemical

materials, oil contaminated cotton rags/clothes generated from machine/equipment

maintenance activities will be securely stored in dedicated waste storage area and

will be disposed off to MEPL - CHWTSDF.

Provisions will be made to divert the runoff water generated during construction &

pre construction activity to the existing storm water drain management system.




Assessment of probable impacts on soil quality within study area due to waste

generation & its management during the construction phase


measures to be provided/adopted by the project proponent during construction phase it can be

asserted that soils within the study area will not be subjected to any sort of direct emissions,

releases & disposals hence it is anticipated that the soil quality within the project plot & study

area will largely remain unaffected.

4.6.2 Impacts during operational phase The possible adverse impacts on soil within and beyond the project plot area during the

operational phase can be as under.

1) Pollution/Contamination of soils if the treated/untreated effluent in any way finds its way

to ground through unforeseen disposal/spillage/leakage is not envisaged in the study area

since the project in consideration is a ZLD (Zero Liquid Discharge) project which envisages

complete reuse of the entire quantum of treated effluent. However the contamination of soil

within the project plot cannot be ruled out due to such events.

2) Accidental spillage of chemicals (raw material/product) & hazardous waste during

storage, handling, gland leakage of pumps and flange leakage in pipelines within the project

plot.

3) Accidental spillage of chemicals (raw materials/products) & hazardous waste during

transportation to & form the project site.

4) Deposition of particulate matter from stack/chimney on the soils located in the windward

direction from the project site.

Precautionary management/mitigative measures to be adopted for prevention of soil contamination

In order to avoid risk of soil contamination within the project plot due to unforeseen

leakage the project proponent is robustly advised to concrete pave the entire ETP area

also the total quantity of effluent generation after expansion will be 74 CMD & ETP

of 150 CMD capacity sine ETP with spare capacity is provisioned accidental

disposal/spillage of effluents with the project plot is not anticipated. Also project




proponent to ensure safe working & periodic maintenance of ETP by establishing

written SOPs (Standard Operating Procedures) & training the ETP operating staff

with the same.

All raw materials & products should be stored in dedicated closed

warehouses/storage areas with leak proof flooring & walls. Production area should be

covered with “Acid/Alkali” proof bricks with adequate drainage system connected to

ETP.

The transportation of chemicals (raw materials/products) & hazardous waste will be

mainly done by trucks/tempos however the unforeseen events of accidental spillage

are not predictable which makes it difficult to install pre event control measures.

However for such instances the project proponent is robustly advised to develop &

deploy Offsite Emergency Contingency Plan & develop related Standard Operating

Procedures & provide training about the same to concerned personnel to tackle any

such unforeseen event.

Hazardous waste will be stored in dedicated hazardous waste storage area made of

thick concrete paved flooring with HDPE lining & in any case hazardous waste

should not be stored more than 90 days & to be disposed off to CHWTSDF. Other

industrial waste such as plastic waste, packing material, cleaned empty

drums/carboys/containers will be stored in a dedicated waste storage area & such

waste will be returned to supplier/sold to authorized recycler.

For proper dispersion of pollutants in atmosphere, stack with appropriate height will

be provided as per the CPCB guidelines.


generations (solid & liquid) & its management during the operational phase


measures to be provided/adopted by the project proponent during operational phase for

management of solid & liquid wastes it can be asserted that soils within the project plot &

study area will not be subjected to any sort of direct emissions, releases & disposals hence it

is anticipated that the soil quality within the project plot & study area will largely remain

unaffected.




Overall it can be said that as the project plot is located well within the precincts of an area

which prevails industrial type of use, there is no possibility of any adverse impact on the

agricultural soils beyond this area.




4.6.1 Impact matrix:

Environmental

components

Aspects Receptors Anticipated

Impacts

Mitigation measures Scoring the anticipated impact

No Yes

1 2 3 4

Insignifi

cant

Signi

ficant

Severely

Significa

nt

Soil$ 1. Deposition of air emissions on the prevailing soils in the study area. 2. Unforeseen or deliberate release of effluent. 3. Accidental spillage of chemicals (raw materials/produ

1. Soils in the study area

If at all air

emissions in

any form get

deposited on

the prevailing

soils in

prominent

wind direction

within the

study area,

1. Appropriate stack height

will be provided as per CPCB

guidelines so that the

pollutants will disperse

effectively in the atmosphere

at proper height which will

reduce the impact

substantially.

2. The effluent will be treated

within in house ETP,

--

--

--




cts) & hazardous wastes.

then such soils

may get

contaminated

there by

affecting the

soil fertility &

may also have

indirect

adverse effect

on the biotic

environment.

Hazardous wastes will be

stored in dedicated &

demarcated impermeable

waste storage area.

3. Standard Operating

Procedures (SOP‟s) will be

developed & deployed as a

part of Onsite & Offsite

Emergency Contingency Plan

to tackle unforeseen events of

accidental spillage of

hazardous chemicals &

wastes.

4. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd.

during its existing operations

does not discharge any kind

of treated or untreated effluent

in whatsoever manner


The prevailing

surface water

bodies in the

study area may

get polluted

due to surface

runoff from the

contaminated

--

-- --




soils and

percolation

activity may

result in

polluting the

ground water.

3. Agricultural fields in the study area

If deposition of

air

emissions/unfo

reseen or

deliberate

release of

treated

effluents/accid

ental spillage

of hazardous

wastes,

chemicals on

the agricultural

--

-- --




fields occurs

then

productivity of

such

agricultural

fields may be

adversely

affected.


The areas with

contaminated

soils in the

study area may

render them as

unfit for

growth of

natural

vegetation and

may also be un

favored by

--

-- --




faunal species

which may

result in

affecting the

overall biotic

environment

near such

contaminated

areas.


Adverse health impacts due to contact with contaminated soils, loss of property, loss of source of income

--

-- --

$ Soil monitoring done by SEEPL within study area at Project Site, Wadivarhe, Gondedumala, Sanjegaon, Gadgasangvi, Belgaon, Murambi, Rajur Bhaula





Scenarios Chance of Occurrence Scoring Deposition of air emissions on the prevailing soils in

the study area. The noise & vibrations generated from the project activities reaching up to prevailing important/potential habitats within the study area

Unforeseen or deliberate release of effluent. Accidental spillage of chemicals (raw

materials/products) & hazardous wastes.





4

3

2

1



Scoring for impact

Overall score for severity of impact

Deposition of air emissions on the prevailing soils in the study area. The noise & vibrations generated from the project activities reaching up to prevailing important/potential habitats within the study area

3 2 6

Unforeseen or deliberate release of effluent 1 2 2 Accidental spillage of chemicals (raw materials/products) & hazardous wastes 2 2 4 Note: The scoring for chance of occurrence & the scoring for impact has been given taking into the terrain conditions of the study area, project activities specific mitigation measures & subject understanding by the functional area expert.




Score Type of Risk

1-4 Negligible

5-8 Less Severe

9-12 Highly Severe

13-16 Extremely Severe


generations (solid & liquid) & its management during the operational phase

Taking into consideration management/mitigative measures to be provided/ adopted by the

project proponent during operational phase for management of solid & liquid wastes the

maximum score for overall severity of the anticipated impacts is 6 & the risk type assessed is

a less severe.

4.7 Biotic environment Nevertheless the impacts associated with any kind of proposed activity on the environment

cannot be completely nullified however the severity of such impacts can be minimized to a

great extent by advocating suitable mitigation measures.

4.7.1 Construction phase

Generally the construction activities involve earth work related activities such as ground

preparation/clearing which are often associated with loss of vegetation/habitat.

Evaluation of vegetation felling/clearing activity

The project in consideration is an existing operational manufacturing unit in a plot area

admeasuring 20,200 sq. m and for the proposed production capacity enhancement activity an

additional area of 60,400 sq. m adjoining to the existing project plot has been procured which

was barren land free from any sort of vegetation. Hence vegetation felling/clearing activities

are not anticipated.

Evaluation of habitat loss




The project plot in consideration was devoid of any vegetation was not inhabited by any

faunal species hence habitat loss is not anticipated.

Disturbances to surrounding biotic environment due to construction related

activities

Generally the noise and vibrations generated from the construction machineries for a

prolonged period may adversely affect the surrounding biotic environment animals in

particular.

It is anticipated that the set up of proposed manufacturing plant will involve construction of

Office block, Tank farm, Production blocks & ETP for construction of these structures heavy

machinery work will be involved due to which noise and vibrations will be generated.

Now considering the fact that these construction activities will be confined to project plot and

that to in an area which is already surrounded by industrial activities and project plot being

located well within the precincts of an area which already prevails industrial type of land use

there are no chances of noise & vibrations to escape the limits of the said area and cause

disturbances in the far located dense vegetated hills & hillocks in the study area, hence no

adverse impacts are envisaged due to this activity.

Evaluation of habitat degradation in the study area due to unscientific management of construction wastes (liquid & solid)

Generally the solid wastes generated during civil construction work are excavated soil/earth,

leftover construction materials (stone, cement, concrete etc.), debris, wooden flanks, metal

rods, cardboards and other inert materials.

The liquid wastes generated during civil construction work are generally surface runoff water

which may generate from activities like concrete mixing, water sprinkling, & other

construction related activities.

Now if such liquid and solid wastes are disposed/let off haphazardly anywhere within the

study area, such activity may lead to degradation of such area which may adversely affect the

biotic environment of the study area in consideration.




Precautionary measures to be adopted during the construction phase

1) Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. will ensure that the inert recyclable waste (wooden flanks, metal

rods, cardboards etc.) generated during construction phase will be sold to recycler and

debris/left over construction material (stone, cement, concrete etc.) will be used for filling

within the internal roads in the project plot and the excavated soil will be stored in

dedicated/demarcated area which will be subsequently used for green belt development

within the project plot. Hence any sort of solid waste disposal outside the project premises

during the construction phase will not occur.

2) Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. will ensure that the liquid wastewater generated during the

construction phase will be channelized appropriately and routed through surface water

drainage system which will be connected to storm water drainage system, thus ensuring that

no liquid waste will be disposed out of the project site.

Impact identification & assessment

Taking into consideration the above mentioned precautionary measures to be adopted by Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. the impacts identified and their assessment would be as under:

1) Since the project plot was devoid of tree and presence/activity of any faunal species was

not observed on the project plot habitat loss related aspects are not anticipated.

3) Considering the fact that the project site being located well within the precincts of an area

which already prevails industrial type of land use, the noise & vibrations to be generated from

the project of this magnitude will not escape the limits of this said industrial area hence the

biotic environment outside the limits of this industrial area is unlikely to affected due to noise

and vibrations generated from the construction activity.

4) The solid and liquid wastes generated during the construction phase will not be disposed of

haphazardly in whatsoever manner there by ruling out the possibility of land/habitat

degradation by the same.

Considering the above mentioned impact assessment it can be concluded that surrounding biotic environment will not be affected due to construction related activities.

4.7.2 Anticipated impacts during operational phase (without & with mitigation

measures)




Generally the activities which may have adverse impact on the biotic environment during the

project operational phase may be due to unforeseen / deliberate release of treated/untreated

effluent, disposal of hazardous waste on the ground or in the water bodies in the study area.

However the proposed project has made following provisions for the effluent & hazardous

waste management.

1) The proposed project will be ZLD unit, hazardous waste will be sent to MEPL -

CHWTSDF at Ranjangaon for further treatment/processing/disposal.

The only direct possible impacts from the proposed project activities may be due to following

activities:

1) Air emissions from burning of fuel for operation of utilities like Boiler, D.G set &

manufacturing process related emissions if at all escapes the industrial area.

Precautionary measures to be adopted during the operational phase

1) It will be ZLD unit and also it will be ensured that the hazardous waste is not disposed of

at any other place except the designated CHWTSDF.

2) In order to minimize the air emissions at the source itself provision of APCD‟s (Air

Pollution Control Devices) such as 5 nos. of scrubber (existing & proposed) are made for

manufacturing process related emissions & adequate stack height for existing & proposed

boiler stacks will be provided as per CPCB guidelines.

3) As a precautionary measure industry should ensure that at no point of time during the

operational phase of the project the concentrations of air emissions should not exceed the

prescribed levels.

3) In order to arrest the fugitive emissions within the plant premises & to minimize the noise

intensity propagating out of the factory premises, thick green belt comprising of native

species as mentioned in Table No 10.8 of Chapter 10 are suggested for future green belt

development.

Impact assessment

The proposed project activity does not pose any threat to any species of conservation

importance also does not involve any sort of liquid or solid discharge/disposal on the ground

or in the water bodies within the study area & project plot being located well within the




precincts of an area which already prevails industrial type of use no adverse impacts are

anticipated on the surrounding biotic environment.

4.8 Land Use & Land Cover Generally the developmental activities such as construction & development of

Building/Township/Industrial Estate/Special Economic Zones which involve comparatively

larger areas tend to change the prevailing land use & land cover aspects directly.

Also the influx of people associated with such project activities has the potentiality of

changing surrounding land use & land cover aspects by way of new settlements/setups & thus

promoting various other infrastructural activities there by inducing land use/land cover

changes indirectly. Land conversion to non-agricultural land has been carried out and the

respective document is attached in Annexure 2.1.

The project in consideration is a brown field project having a plot area admeasuring

20,200.00 sq. m. having a built up area of 15,000.00 sq. m. and for proposed expansion

additional plot area admeasuring 60,400.00 sq. m. will be procured which will have a built up

area of 15,000.00 sq. m. now this said built up area will be coming in an area which has been

already put to industrial type of land use hence execution of the proposed project will only

further add up to the industrial type of land use thus no new land use classes will be created

& will not alter the prevailing land cover aspects in any way.

4.9 Socio economic environment It is envisaged that the proposed expansion activity will help to some improvements in the

locale specific socio-economic aspects in the project affected area. Since the proposed

activity will be carried out within the existing plant area, hence no impact on external human

settlements is envisaged also project will not have any major impact on the local level

population growth, total 100 no. people will be employed for the project. Hence increase in

the population and related strain on infrastructure of the study area is not envisaged. Better

literacy rates are possible due to assumed better economic conditions of the people in the

project concerned area. This will be a positive impact due to the expansion activity.




4.10 Odour 4.10.1 Identification of source Odour sources can be continuous or intermittent, point sources (for example chimneys, stacks

or building vent/exhaust pipes), area sources (for example stockpiles, ponds or open-topped

tanks) or volume sources (for example, a building with many openings from which odour

escapes). Main reason of chemical odour is fugitive emission of chemical from storage vessel

or in process of chemical transferring operation.

M/s. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. use 126 different raw materials for production some of the raw

materials are odour producing and some are odourless. Following table describes major

compounds producing odour in the factory premises

The sources within the site boundary and any nearby sources beyond the boundary they could

contribute to cumulative odour impacts. It is important to include fugitive sources as these

often make an important contribution to the odour impacts. In the operational phase the

component which will contribute to the odour generations are working of waste water

treatment plant, raw materials and chemicals handling in the industry, working emission of

the solvents storage tanks etc. Sources which will lead to the generation of odour are leakage

of solvent/chemical from the storage drums/pipeline/reactors, domestic waste, handling of

raw materials, also handling of sludge and reaction waste etc.

often lead to odour emission. Good housekeeping may eliminate the problems.

Action plan for Odor Control

Sr. No. Description Location Odor Type Mitigation

1 Ammonia cylinder

cylinder Ammonical

1. Closed filling land transferring system,

2. breather valve connected to

2 Liquor ammonia Tank farm ammonical

3 Ethanol warehouse sweet

4 Acetone Tank farm Mild fruity smell

5 Methyl Isobutyl Ketone Ware house Fruity smell




Sr. No. Description Location Odor Type Mitigation

6 Methanol Tank farm Mild Repulsive type

scrubber, 3. Adsorption by

Activated Carbon,

7 Cyclo Hexyl

Carbonyl Chloride

Ware house Repulsive type

8 Acetic acid Ware house Strong repulsive type

9 Hydrogen sulfide Cylinder area Strong rotten

egg smell 10 Tri butyl amine Cylinder area Ammonical

11 Phenyl Chloro Format Ware house Repulsive type

4.10.2 Impact prediction Exposure to odors could result in health effects ranging from none, to mild discomfort, to

more serious symptoms. Some chemicals with strong odor may cause eye, nose, throat or

lung irritation. Strong odors may cause some people to feel a burning sensation that leads to

coughing, wheezing or other breathing problems. Workers/People coming in contact who

smell strong odors may get headaches or feel dizzy or nauseous. If an odor lasts a long time

or keeps occurring, it also could affect mood, anxiety and stress level.

Quantification:

The impacts of odor would be on the workforce working in the process area viz. 30 people

and in warehouse area 10 people along with 10-15 people near tank farm area.

4.10.3 Mitigation measures Mitigation measures that can be implemented for controlling the odour are given below, Provision of Air Handling Unit: The company have provided AHUs for process area. This

also helps to eliminate odour from outside air coming to the process area.

Storage conditions of volatile organic compounds with odour will also significantly

contribute to odour. In normal circumstances it is best to keep the odour emanating

materials under closed conditions. Also providing adequate exhaust in the area can

control odour.




Activated carbon removes organic compounds from liquids and gases by a process known

as "adsorption." The two common materials utilized in the production of Activated

Carbons are bituminous coal and Coconut shell. The tremendous surface area of activated

charcoal quickly adsorbs unpleasant odor or scent & actually eliminates them

permanently. Provision of activated carbon units in workplace and odour producing area

will greatly improve working conditions.

Supervision and maintenance: Equipment are very well maintained and the company has

strong Asset Integrity plan philosophy and plan. A well documented Preventive, and

predictive maintenance plan is prepared for all equipment, machines, and assets. Good

Housekeeping: Decay Evaporation of odorants from stored decaying material may often

lead to odour emission. Good housekeeping may eliminate the problems.

Provision of Containment: The preventive measures or changed process parameters are

not enough to avoid annoying emissions of odorous compounds from a plant, it must be

placed in a building equipped with ventilation and, where required, air cleaning

equipment. It may be necessary to have non-opening windows and automatic gate and

door closing devices, and to provide a negative pressure in the building. Odour nuisances

can be prevented either by cleaning of exhaust air or by dilution in outlets.

Increasing Air Exchange: The exchange of air surrounding an odorous process is large the

emitted odorants will be diluted. But if the odour comes from evaporated material, the

emission may increase. In normal circumstances it is best to reduce the amount of air

which gets in contact with odorous materials. In this way odour control equipment will be

required.


Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives


Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives

5.1 Introduction

Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. is a privately owned and professionally managed company, accredited

by WHO-cGMP & ISO 9001:2008. Even though the company website shows year of

establishment 1994 the company started its activities in the month of March 1978. The company

achieved present shape and size in the year 1994. Delta Finochem is a leading manufacturer of

Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (Generics), Drug Intermediates, Quaternary Ammonium

Compounds, Quaternary Phosphonium compounds.

M/s. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. is presently operating manufacturing setup successfully at Gut

No. 350/2, village Wadivarhe, Taluka Igatpuri, Dist. Nasik, State Maharashtra. The site is in

operation since 1994.

Existing site is conveniently located near to Mumbai-Agra National Highway (NH-3; also known

as Mumbai-Nashik Expressway); which is less than 500 meters away from project site. Nearest

railway station from project site is Nasik road, which is 24 km away from project site. Site is also

proximate to source of water, additional water requirement for the proposed project shall be

fulfilled by tankers, in addition to that, proponent has applied to Irrigation department for the

permission to draw water from Mukane dam, which is at a distance of 2 km.

5.2 Analysis of alternative site Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. operates existing plant with their highly skilled employees. Skilled

manpower is very essential for the sake of achieving minimal errors, avoiding plant breakdowns,

which would add value to the products and hence, production capacity would be maintained.

Proposed expansion project shall utilize existing infrastructure, equipment, skilled man power for

manufacturing with proposed capacity. Also, up-gradation of existing treatment facilities is

involved in the proposed project. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. prefers employment from surrounding

area, same policy shall be followed to fulfill additional employee requirement of 100 people.

The proposed capacity enhancement project of Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. is a brown field project.

Proponent have purchased two adjacent plots namely Gut No. 350/1 and 350/3 for the proposed

http://deltafinochem.in/chemical-compounds-sub-products.php?id=8








expansion of the manufacturing unit. Hence for the proposed expansion project, no other

new/alternative site was considered.

5.3 Analysis of alternative technology An independent R &D center of M/s. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. is situated at Satpur MIDC,

Nashik. The manufacturing unit accepts and adopts technology and new invention provided by

their own R & D center.

COMPANY’S PROCESS IS BASED ON BELOW FOUR THINGS

01. INNOVATIVE

02. ENVIRONMENT-FRIENDLY

03. SAFE

04. COST-EFFECTIVE

R & D Focus

Research is a critical area for us at Delta Finochem, because it is the foundation upon which our

strategy of multiple markets, new products and delivering quality products to customers stands.

Delta Finochem is a technology driven company and apart from developing the new

technologies, the R&D efforts are also aimed at continuously upgrading the existing

manufacturing techniques to improve the process, yield and quality. Here we have experienced

that the technology is updating every single minute as the deceases are changing their shapes and

sizes every minute. The germs are getting used – to available drugs made with available

technology hence it is need of time to upgrade every manufactured drug. Delta Finochem is keen

on the issue and is very alert at every point of time.

R & D Activities

Our R&D activities can be categorized into:

Process improvement

Pilot studies of new and upgraded molecules for clients

Process optimization and improvement

Research for in-house applications (production of APIs/intermediates and chemicals)




And to find and develop such processes which will yield minimum wastage so far as

water and other raw material is concerned.

Delta Finochem performs a wide array of named reactions. The R & D activities result into

substantial cost reduction of the chemistry in question and allow easy scale-up. The research

teams are further supported by our exhaustive library, made up of text books, journals,

encyclopedias. These learned scientists work on synthetic routes, physico-chemical

characteristics, MSDSs, analytical techniques and also take pain to find out the processes which

can generate minimum waste.

Reducing cycle time and batch times

Delta Finochem Pvt Ltd., has successfully adopted such system that it reduces its production

time and batch cycle time from time to time. This helps the company to save input like power

and meet customer requirements in time. Batch optimization is every day exercise. The material

which becomes waste is reused and recycled by the Company. Solvents and other raw material is

used to such an extent that the final waste which remains at the end is totally defunct and

harmless.

Reducing resources used in the process

Continuous improvement is an essential element in a modern quality system and it aims at

improving efficiency by optimizing a process and eliminating wasted efforts in production. In the

current system continuous improvement is difficult, but not impossible. Reducing variability

provides a "win-win" opportunity from both public health and industry perspectives, therefore,

continuous improvement needs to be facilitated for which Delta Finochem is all the times on its

heel.

Delta Finochem Pvt Ltd is also focusing on resource and environment management through its

system and improvement programs and objectives. It has got effectively operational ETP plant

with all the technical available facilities. Recently, it has succeeded in getting less and less

impurities in waste water.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report For Expansion of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Located At Gut No. 350/1, 350/2 & 350/3 village Wadivarhe, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra. SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/DFPL/003/2017-18/00

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Program


Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Program 6.1 Introduction Environmental monitoring program is an essential tool for sustainable development and also to

assess the developed management plans. An environmental monitoring program provides a

delivery mechanism to address the adverse environmental impacts of a project during its

execution, to enhance project benefits, and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted

for all project works. An environmental monitoring program is important as it provides useful

information and helps to:

Assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation, and thus,

provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures.

Monitoring & tracking the effectiveness of Environment Management Plan &

implementation of mitigation measures planned.

Define the responsibilities of the project proponents, contractors and environmental monitors

and provides means of effectively communicating environmental issues among them.

Define monitoring mechanism and identify monitoring parameters.

Evaluate the performance and effectiveness of mitigation measures proposed in the

Environment Management Plan (EMP) and suggest improvements in management plan, if

required.

Identify training requirement at various levels.

Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to Plan

additional mitigation measures

6.2 Monitoring points /locations and components

Environmental monitoring plan shall be decided considered the environmental impact likely to

occur due to operation of the project as the main scope of monitoring program is to track timely

and regularly change in the environmental condition and to take timely action to protect the

environment.




6.3 Post project monitoring parameters & frequency:

The environmental monitoring will be carried out in accordance with EC granted and Consent to Operate & authorization under

various environmental regulations. The broad monitoring program is presented below in Table 6.1.

Table No. 6.1 Post project monitoring parameters, frequency & cost

Sr. no

Particulars Pollutant Pollutant Characteristics Frequency Period No. of samples

Cost per

sample

Estimated cost

(Quarterly)

Estimated cost

(Annual) OPERATION PHASE

1. Ambient air Air Emission

CO, SO2, NO2, PM10, PM2.5, O3, Lead, NH3, Benzene, BaP,

Arsenic, Nickel etc.


Quarterly 3 8950 26850 107400

2. Diesel generators,

Boiler

Stack emissions

SOx, NOx and PM Intermittent / Periodic

Quarterly 2 10550 21100 84400

3. Scrubbers Stack emissions

Acid mist, Ammonia Intermittent / Periodic

Quarterly 1 2650 2650 10600

3. Boiler Area, ETP, Work Place Area

Noise Noise Level dB (A) Intermittent / Periodic

Quarterly 4 3500 14000 56000

4. Effluent treatment

plant

All parameters

pH, O & G, TDS, TSS, COD, BOD, Sulphates and Chlorides


Weekly 1 15190 182280 729120

5. Hazardous Wastes

E.T.P sludge

residue, MEE

residue,

H.W. characteristics As per the requirement

of CHWTSDF providers

Once in a Year

3 11400 34200 34200




Distillation residue

and Spent solvents

6. Work Place Air pollutants,

Heavy metals

Volatile Organic Compounds:- Respirable Particulate Matter, Suspended Particulate Matter,

Methanol, Toluene, Ethyl Alcohol, Methyl Isobutyl ketone,

Xylene and Ethyl Acetate


Monthly 1 3400 10200 40800

Total 250580 10,62,520

The monitoring will be carried out with the help of NABL accredited laboratory.




6.4 Monitoring methodologies:

Monitoring of environmental samples shall be done as per the guidelines provided by MoEF &

CC/CPCB/SPCB. The method followed shall be recommended / standard method

approved/recommended by MoEF & CC/CPCB.

6.5 Documentation and reporting

The records of the monitoring program shall be maintained on regular basis for all aspects of the

monitoring. Separate records for water, wastewater, solid, air, emission, soil shall be prepared

and preserved regularly. Immediately upon the completion of monitoring as per the planned

schedule, report shall be done & necessary documents shall be forwarded to Mr. Sandip

Deshmukh (Managing Director). Methodology of monitoring (sampling & analysis) shall be

prepared as separate documents as SOP (Standard Operating Procedure) wherever required. The

records showing results/outcome of the monitoring programs shall be prepared as per the

requirement of the schedule mentioned above. Regularly these documents & records shall be

reviewed for necessary improvement of the monitoring plan/mitigation measures/environmental

technologies as well as for necessary actions of environmental management cell.

6.6 Budget & procurement schedule

On regular basis, Environment Management Cell shall inspect the necessity & availability of the

materials, technologies, services & maintenance works. The Cell shall made appropriate budget

for the purpose. Regular record review for change in financial requirement of environment

management shall be done and appropriate budgetary provisions shall be made. Along with other

budgets, budget for environmental management shall be prepared and revised regularly up on

requirement. The budget shall include provisions for:

Environmental Monitoring Program Operation & Maintenance of environmental Technologies/Equipments Laboratory works for Environmental management activities Emergency Purchase of necessary material, equipments, tools, services, protective

equipment. Greenbelt development Social & Environmental Welfare & Awareness programs/training & Health related

issues.




Annual Environmental Audit

The amount of 10,00,000 is allotted for Environmental monitoring and Management and also 10,00,000 are allotted for installation of continuous effluent monitoring system.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Expansion of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Located at Gut No. 350/1, 350/2 & 350/3, Village Wadivarhe, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra. SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/DFPL/003/2017-18/00

Chapter 7: Additional Studies


Chapter 7 – Additional Studies

7.1 Public Hearing Public Consultation refers to the process by which the concerns of locals likely to be

affected/all the stakeholders who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts due to the

project activity are ascertained with a view to taking into account all the material concerns in

the proposed expansion project or activity design as appropriate. The draft EIA report for

expansion project was submitted to MoEF & District Collector for conducting public hearing

and recommendations of public hearing are compiled in the final EIA report. Minutes of the

public hearing dated 17/05/2018 are attached as an Annexure 7.5.

Public Hearing Proceedings:

Sr. No.

Questions / queries raised by local residents during the said hearing.

Answer / reply given by the project proponent during Public Hearing

Directions / Suggestions given by the committee

Response to the Public Hearing Proceedings by Project Proponent

01 Ms. Priti Shejwal, Sarpanch, Wadivarhe Grampanchayat, Tal Igatpuri, Dist Nashik has expressed that, power point presentation given by M/s. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. about their future plan is very good. In reality, M/s. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. has given 80% employment priority to the residents of our Wadivarhe village. The said company has given too much co-operation for the development of our village. The said company has taken initiatives to provide eco friendly environment in our school. I would like to give my best wishes for the future development of the industry

-- Same practice of providing major employment to local people shall be followed. The company shall be continuing to take efforts regarding environmental protection.




in all over India and hoping co-operation as earlier from M/s. Delta Finochem Wadivarhe in future also.

02 Mrs. Kalpana Thoke, Teacher, Madhyamik Vidyalay Wadivarhe, Tal – Igatpuri, Dist Nashik has pointed out that, till date M/s. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd., village - Wadivarhe has helped us too much. The said company has not only constructed wall compound of our school but also donated bicycles to the girl students of our school who are coming from the tribal areas, which helped in increase of daily attendance of girl students in our school. This also helped to avoid disturbance of the journey of the students. The company is trying to give facilities available for students in urban areas, to the students of our rural areas. We are expecting the same co-operation in future also from M/s. Delta Finochem Pvt Ltd, Wadivarhe.

-- The company shall be continuing it‟s Corporate Environment Responsibility activities such as development of educational facilities to deserving people as that of before.

03 Mr. Raosaheb Katore, Member of Grampanchayat, Wadivarhe, Tal Igatpuri, Dist Nashik has informed that, at present about 17 to 18 Companies are in operation in the vicinity of our village Wadivarhe. These companies have given only 10 to 15% employments to the local residents. M/s. Delta Finochem Pvt Ltd is the only one company in our village who has given 80 to 90%

-- The company shall be continuing the CER activities for the betterment of people residing in nearby villages, especially educational facilities shall be focused.




employment to our local boys. The said industry has not only dredged the Bandhara at Vilholi under CSR activity, but also I would like to point out that, this company has done various activities in the interest of the general public. i. e. the said company has constructed wall compound to the High school, on the 4.5 acres area and beautification of the school area and covered the roof of the school rooms with tin sheets. The said company has made a provision of Bore well in the locality. The said company is having only one plant in our vicinity but doing too many activities for the betterment of the people in our area. At present, the said company is source of living of 100 families and no doubt, after expansion, the said company will become source of living of 150 families. I would like to give my best wishes for the expansion of this project.

04 Mr. Madhukar Shinde, Teacher, Madhyamik Vidyalay Wadivarhe, Tal – Igatpuri, Dist Nashik has expressed that, I welcome the Residential Deputy Collector and Addl. District Magistrate, Nashik and Officers from the Environment department who are present in this Public Hearing. The aim of the today‟s program is to make Pollution free Maharashtra. The said

-- Environmental protection measures shall be followed by the company as before. Also, CER activities as per CER plan in EIA report shall be continued in future.




company is taking due care for the betterment of the environment. The said company is progressing well along with the development of the surrounding area. After expansion of the unit not only our village will be benefited but also, the surrounding area will also be benefited.

05. Adv. Kishor Ubale, Grampanchayat member, Village – Mukane, Tal Igatpuri Dist Nashik has raised the point that, one river is passing from our village. Some days ago, the Effluent was discharged in the said river and due to which health hazards was caused to the local residents. I would like to request the said company, to treat the generated effluent properly and demands for eco friendly activity for the village Mukane.

The chairman of the Public hearing panel and Addl. District Magistrate, Nashik, has informed that, complaint about the waste water discharge was received to the District administration and in response of that, show cause notice was issued immediately and the legal action is in progress.

The said show cause notice was issued to „Thyssen Krupp Ltd.‟, Gonde, Dist: Nashik. The existing project of Delta Finochem is ZLD project. The industry does not have any kind of discharge point from ETP. No effluent in whatsoever manner is discharged outside premise of the industry. Moreover, The distance from industry to river is around 4 km aerially, it is practically impossible to discharge effluent directly/indirectly to the river.




06. Mr. Mahesh Gaikwad, Principal of the school, Village – Nandgaon BK, Tal –Igatpuri Dist - Nashik has informed that, he is working as a Headmaster at Nandgaon BK, 8-10 km away from the said company, about 7-8 residents of his village are currently working in the said company. The said company is regularly giving financial assistance to his school since 2013. The said company has digged hollows by JCB for tree plantation. The said company has donated E-Learning set to his school in the year of 2016-17. In the same year, the said company has donated School bags and shoes to the students of the school. I would like to give my best wishes for the future expansion of the said company.

The Chairman of the Public hearing panel and Addl. District Magistrate, Nashik, has informed that, I am very happy after experiencing first time that, the villagers and Sarpancha‟s are praising any industry in the public hearing. I feel better to listen that 80% workers are from the local village. On behalf of the Chairman of the Public Hearing Panel, I would like to inform the company authorities that, Plantation program is not only government‟s program but it is a public movement. Though plantation program is implemented by the government, but every citizen should participate in the said plantation program as his own and should act for plantation and conservation. By considering future expansion of the said unit, industry should undertake tree plantation program on the eve of World Environment Day i.e. 05th June 2018. I know that, Industry has its own limits, till digging of hollow‟s and plantation, but after plantation, the concerned local body, should take responsibility for conservation of the plants.

Support to school and educational facilities shall be continued by the company as Corporate Environment Responsibility plan presented in EIA report.

07. Mr. Uttam Govardhane, Worker of Delta Finochem

-- The company shall be




Pvt. Ltd. has expressed that, I am the resident of village Sanjegaon, which is 10 kms away from this company. I have been working since 2005 in this company when only 10-12 workers were employed. Now, it is surprise to know that in a very short span of time, the number of workers from 10-12 increased up to 200. In the 200 workers, near about 80% workers are local residents. My best wishes are always as usual for the expansion of this company. In the said company 200 workers are working and about 1000 population is depending upon the source of income from this company. I would like to give my best wishes for expansion of the company along with increase of workers from 200 to 500 in a short span of time.

following the previous practice of providing most of the employment to local people and hence supporting financial conditions of families in surrounding project area.

08. Mr. Sachin Katore, Resident of Wadivarhe, Tal Igatpuri Dist Nashik has expressed that, his father passed away in the early age, company has given him an opportunity for self employment. Now he is providing canteen services to this company and thereby making livelihood of his family.

-- The growth of the company would result in the generation of direct as well as indirect employment. This and other such self employment opportunities would be created such as Transportation, Restaurants etc.




7.2 Risk Assessment

7.2.1 Introduction

As indicated in the earlier chapter the expansion project facilitates to manufacture API and

Intermediate chemicals poses various types of hazards due to storage, handling &

transportation of various chemicals, which are indicated in Chapter no. 2.

In order to study the risks envisaged by the activities, the following methodology was

adopted.

7.2.1.1 The factory would be manufacturing different products under the category of API &

Intermediate chemicals accounting to a production of 13619.3 MT/A & By-product

generation with rate of 1860 MT/A. However, HAZOP studies have been carried out for

some hazardous operations and process.

7.2.1.2 A detailed scrutiny of all the raw materials and products was done which would be

stored on the site. The detailed list of raw materials is tabulated below in Table no – 7.1.

7.2.1.3 Plot layouts showing locations of tanks, fire hydrant tanks & other safety features are

depicted in the plot layout discussed in the onsite emergency plan.

7.2.1.4 MSDSs:

Brief MSDSs of all the above chemicals and other raw materials which would be used in the

manufacturing processes of products are used as reference for preparation of Quantitative risk

assessment & HAZOP study.

7.2.2 A Quantitative Risk Assessment based on the software ALOHA – Arial Locations of

Hazardous Atmospheres was carried out. The criteria failure scenarios considered for

ALOHA depend on the type of storage whether above ground/ underground, physical state of

the chemical stored, chemical properties of the chemical. The summary of the ALOHA

footprints are attached as Annexure 7.1

Table 7.1: Details of Raw Materials/Bi products/ Products Stored in Tank

Sr. no

Name of Raw Material

Storage Tank Dimensions of Tank

Maximum Storage

Quantity at any given

time as per CS

Dyke Dimension




1 Methanol 1 ⌀ 1.8 m X 6.35 m Length 16000 L 34 Sq.m. X 1.0 m

2 Toluene 1 ⌀ 1.8 m X 6.35 m Length 16000 L 34 Sq.m. X 1.0 m

3 MDC

(Dimethyl chloride)

1 ⌀ 1.8 m X 6.35 m Length 16000 L 34 Sq.m. X 1.0 m

4 Iso Propyl Alcohol 1 ⌀ 2.46 m X 4.2 m

height 20000 L 23.5 Sq.m. X 1.0 m

5 Acetone 1 ⌀ 2.40 m X 3.82 m height 15000 L 20 Sq.m. X 0.85

m

6 Ethyl Acetate 1 ⌀ 2.02 m X 4.0 m height 12000 L 16.0 Sq.m. X 0.85

m

7 Liquefied AMMONIA 1 ⌀ 2.46 m X 4.2 m

height 20000 L 25 sqm. X 1 m

8 Aq. Ammonia solution (25% ) 1 ⌀ 2.46 m X 4.2 m

height 20000 L 25 sqm. X 1 m

Table No 7.2: Gases storage details

Sr. No.

Name of Raw Material

Number of

cylinder

Dimensions of cylinders

Cylinder pressure

bar

Volume of gas in lit

Storage qty. at

any given time

1 Ammonia gas 60 dia.370 mm Length 1015 mm 7 kg/cm2 50 lit 60

2 Hydrogen chloride gas (HCl gas) 24 dia.232 mm

Length 1450 mm 156 Kgf/ cm2 50 lit 24

3 Hydrogen 2 Out side dia. 235 mm Length 1450 mm

140 kg/cm2

5900 L 2

Table No 7.3: ALOHA Footprints

Substance Scenario. Effects considered

LOC Distance, m

Toluene Spill of entire chemical

Toxic area of vapor cloud

AEGL-3 3700 ppm 10 AEGL-2 560 ppm 23




contained in tank-

evaporating puddle

AEGL-1 67 ppm 86

Flammable area of vapor cloud-

non burning liquid pool

60% LEL 6600 ppm <10 10% LEL 1100 ppm 18

Blast area of vapour cloud

explosion

Destruction of building

8.0 psi LOC never exceeded

Serious injury likely

3.5 psi <10

Shatter glass

1.0 psi <10

Burning Puddle

/ Pool Fire

Thermal radiation from

pool fire- burning puddle

Red 10 kW/sq.m. <10 Orange 5 kW/sq. m. 15 Yellow 2 kW/sq. m. 25

Leak from hole

in horizontal cylindrical tank

Heavy Gas AEGL-3 3700 ppm 11 AEGL-2 560 ppm 35 AEGL-1 67 ppm 124

Flammable Area of Vapor Cloud

60% LEL 6600 ppm <10 10% LEL 1100 ppm 23

Overpressure (blast force) from vapor

cloud explosion

Red 8.0 psi LOC was never

exceeded Orange 3.5 psi <10 Yellow 1.0 psi 10

Thermal

radiation from pool fire

Red 10.0 kW/sq. m.

<10

Orange 5.0 kW/sq. m.

<10

Yellow 2.0 kW/sq. m.

<10

BLEVE of flammable liquid in

Horizontal cylindrical tank


fireball

Red 10.0 kW/sq. m.

301


425

Yellow 2.0 kW/sq. 664




m.

Methanol

Evaporating Puddle (Note:

chemical is flammable)

Toxic area of vapor cloud

AEGL-3 7200 17 AEGL-2 2100 47 AEGL-1 530 103

Flammable area of vapour cloud

60% LEL 43080 <10 10% LEL 7180 19


cloud explosion


8.0 psi No part of cloud is

above LEL Serious injury likely

3.5 psi

Shatter glass

1.0 psi

Burning puddle-

pool fire Thermal


Red 10.0 kW/sq. m.

<10


<10


<10

Leak from hole in horizontal cylindrical tank

Toxic area of vapour cloud

Red 7200 ppm 19 Orange 2100 ppm 40 Yellow 530 ppm 91


Red 43080 ppm = 60% LEL

<10

Yellow 7180 ppm = 10% LEL

19

Overpressure (blast force) from vapor cloud explosion

No explosion: no part of the cloud is above the LEL at any time

Leak from hole

in horizontal cylindrical tank-

Flammable


pool fire

Red 10.0 kW/sq. m.

<10


<10




chemical is burning as it escapes from

tank


<10

BLEVE of flammable liquid in

horizontal cylindrical tank


fireball

Red 10.0 kW/sq. m.

194


280


442

Acetone Evaporating

Puddle (Note: chemical is flammable)

Heavy Gas Red 5700 ppm 96

Orange 3200 ppm 127 Yellow 200 ppm 553


Red 15600 ppm 61 Yellow 2600 ppm 141


cloud explosion


exceeded Orange 3.5 psi 40 Yellow 1.0 psi 67

Burning Puddle

/ Pool Fire Thermal


Red 10.0 kW/sq. m.

28


41


65

Leak from hole

in vertical cylindrical tank-

Flammable chemical

escaping from tank (not burning)

Heavy Gas Red 5700 ppm 21 Orange 3200 ppm 29 Yellow 3200 ppm 129



Overpressure (blast force)


8.0 psi LOC was never




from vapor cloud explosion

exceeded Serious

injury likely 3.5 psi <10

Shatter glass

1.0 psi 19

Thermal


potentially lethal within

60 sec

10.0 kW/sq. m.

<10 m

2nd degree burns within

60 sec

5.0 kW/sq. m.

<10 m

pain within 60 sec

2.0 kW/sq. m.

<10 m

BLEVE of flammable

liquid in vertical cylindrical tank


fireball


60 sec

10.0 kW/sq. m.

230


60 sec

5.0 kW/sq. m.

329

pain within 60 sec

2.0 kW/sq. m.

515

Dimethyl Chloride



Heavy Gas Red 6900 ppm = AEGL-3 [60

min]

49

Orange 560 ppm = AEGL-2 [60

min]

164

Yellow 200 ppm = AEGL-1 [60

min]

288


Red

84000 ppm = 60% LEL

= Flame Pockets

18

Yellow

14000 ppm = 10% LEL

36


cloud explosion


exceeded Orange 3.5 psi 10




Yellow 1.0 psi 17


pool fire


60 sec

10.0 kW/sq. m.

<10


60 sec

5.0 kW/sq. m.

<10

pain within 60 sec

2.0 kW/sq. m.

<10

Leak from hole in horizontal

cylindrical tank

Flammable chemical



min]

34


min]

112


min]

200




cloud explosion


exceeded Yellow 1.0 psi 16

Thermal



60 sec

10.0 kW/sq. m.

<10


60 sec

5.0 kW/sq. m.

<10

pain within 60 sec

2.0 kW/sq. m.

<10


fireball


60 sec

10.0 kW/sq. m.

99


60 sec

5.0 kW/sq. m.

170

pain within 2.0 kW/sq. 285




60 sec m.

Iso propyl alcohol



Heavy Gas Red 12000 ppm = PAC-3

<10

Orange 2000 ppm = PAC-2

19

Yellow 400 ppm = PAC-1

47


Red

12000 ppm = 60% LEL

= Flame Pockets

<10


19


cloud explosion


exceeded Orange 3.5 psi <10

Yellow 1.0 psi <10

Burning Puddle / Pool Fire


pool fire


60 sec

10.0 kW/sq. m.

<10


60 sec

5.0 kW/sq. m.

10

pain within 60 sec

2.0 kW/sq. m.

17

Leak from hole

in vertical cylindrical tank

Flammable chemical



<10


20


48


Red 12000 ppm = 60% LEL = Flame

<10




Pockets

Yellow 2000 ppm = 10% LEL =

20


cloud explosion

Red 8.0 psi = destruction of buildings

LOC was never

exceeded Orange 3.5 psi =

serious injury likely

<10

Yellow 1.0 psi = shatters

glass

<10

Leak from hole


Flammable chemical is burning as it escapes from

tank


pool fire

Red 10.0 kW/(sq m) =


60 sec

<10

Orange 5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd

degree burns within 60

sec

<10

Yellow 2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60

sec

<10

BLEVE of flammable



fireball



60 sec

261



sec

372


sec

582




Ethyl Acetate




11


23


30


Red

13080 ppm = 60% LEL

= Flame Pockets

10

Yellow

2180 ppm = 10% LEL

22


cloud explosion


LOC was never



<10


glass

14

Thermal




60 sec

<10



sec

<10


sec

14

Leak from hole


Flammable

Heavy Gas Red 10000 ppm = AEGL-3 [60 min]

11


23




chemical escaping from

tank (not burning)

min] Yellow 1200 ppm =

AEGL-1 [60 min]

29


Red 13080 ppm = 60% LEL

= Flame Pockets

10


21


cloud explosion


LOC was never



<10


glass

14

Leak from hole in vertical

cylindrical tank Flammable chemical is burning as it escapes from

tank


pool fire



60 sec

<10



sec

<10


sec

<10

BLEVE of flammable



fireball



60 sec

201



288




sec Yellow 2.0 kW/(sq

m) = pain within 60

sec

454

Aqueous ammonia solution (25%)




min])

286

Orange (160 ppm = AEGL-2 [60

min])

815


min])

2.1


Red 90000 ppm = 60% LEL

= Flame Pockets

19


79


cloud explosion


LOC was never



LOC was never

exceeded Yellow 1.0 psi =

shatters glass

14

Ammonia

gas Direct Source- Entire gas is

leaked at once


min]

1.8 km


min

4.0 km


min])

8.0 km


Red 90000 ppm = 60% LEL

= Flame

448




Pockets Yellow 15000 ppm

= 10% LEL 860


cloud explosion


LOC was never



LOC was never

exceeded Yellow 1.0 psi =

shatters glass

383

Leak from hole


Flammable chemical



cloud explosion

No explosion: no part of

the cloud is above the

LEL at any time

Leak from hole



tank


jet fire



60 sec

<10



sec

<10


sec

<10

Hydrogen

chloride gas Leak from hole

in vertical cylindrical tank Non-flammable

Heavy Gas

Red 100 ppm = AEGL-3 [60

min]

22


48




chemical is escaping from

tank

min] Yellow 1.8 ppm =

AEGL-1 [60 min]

160

Release of entire gas

instantaneously


min]

1.7 km


min]

3.0 km

Yellow 1.8 ppm = AEGL-1 [60

min]

8.1 km

Hydrogen

Gas Direct Source Toxic area of

vapor cloud Red 400000 ppm

= PAC-3 133


166

Flammable Area of Vapor Cloud. Chemical is not

burning

Red 24000 ppm = 60% LEL

= Flame Pockets

489


941


cloud explosion


414

Orange 3.5 psi = serious

injury likely

419


glass

465

Leak from hole


Flammable chemical

escaping from tank (not


cloud explosion


200

Orange 3.5 psi = serious

injury likely

221


309




burning) glass

Leak from hole



tank


jet fire



60 sec

<10



sec

<10


sec

14

Interpretation:

Based on the unsafe distances identified by

the software output, the MCLS (maximum

credible loss scenario) for the factory works

out to about 8100 meter for entire release of

hydrogen chloride gas with 1.8 ppm

concentration in the atmosphere.

The scenario considered for assessing the

impact by quantitative risk assessment was

taken from CPR18 E.

The probability of occurrence of the scenario

is 5 × 10-6 y-1, which is very less. The Disaster

management plan highlights the suggestive

measures to be taken during the occurrence of

such an accident.




Table No. 7.4: Interpretation Table

Threat zone

Toxic Level of Concern Receptors Effects

Red - 1700 meters

AEGL-3 - 100 ppm susceptible individuals, could experience life-threatening health effects or death.

Workers working near in the premises, people residing and working surrounding the plant and agricultural area and biotic environment towards west

Environmental Effects :- This can cause life threatening effects on aquatic plant and animal life. The acidic fumes are corrosive in nature and can cause damage to metallic structures and buildings etc. The soil may become acidic in nature after deposition of hydrochloric acid and can facilitate soil erosion. Human Effects:- Hydrochloric acid is

corrosive to the eyes, skin, and mucous membranes. Acute inhalation exposure may cause coughing, hoarseness, inflammation and ulceration of the respiratory tract, chest pain, and pulmonary edema in humans.

Chronic occupational exposure to hydrochloric acid has been reported to cause gastritis, chronic bronchitis, dermatitis, and photosensitization in

Orange- 3000 meters

AEGL-2 - 22 ppm Susceptible individuals could experience irreversible or other serious, long-lasting adverse health effects or an impaired ability to escape.

Surrounding biotic environment towards west of the company. Traffic on Murambi-Avarli road

Yellow - 8100 m

AEGL-1 – 1.8 ppm Susceptible individuals could experience notable discomfort, irritation, or certain asymptomatic nonsensory effects. However, the effects are not disabling and are transient and reversible upon cessation of exposure.

Major receptors are people in Murambi and Modale village, and surrounding flora and fauna




workers. Prolonged exposure to low concentrations may also cause dental discoloration and erosion

Presently No information is available on the carcinogenic effects of hydrochloric acid in humans.

However to further reduce the occurrence of such accidents, following precautions would be

taken by M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd.

Recommendations suggested for HCL and other Corrosive Liquid storage tanks and

cylinders:

i) HCl storage tank breather valve is connected to scrubber to control HCl vapors in

atmosphere.

ii) Dedicated storage area is provided.

iii) HCl storage tank is covered with acid proof tiles, the dyke is coated with acid/alkali

proof paint and the flooring is also covered with acid/alkali proof tiles.

iv) Store away from the combustible materials.

v) Appropriate PPEs to be used during handling of solutions / chemicals.

vi) Keep containers in tightly closed and in cool, dry and well ventilated area.

vii) Keep in proper storage cabinets and shelving. Use lowest shelve possibly.

viii) Assure all bottles are properly labeled.

ix) Proper precautions to be taken during chemical preparation.

x) Wearing PPEs, Laboratory work surface should be cleaned at the end of each working

day.

xi) Dispose off contaminated material in accordance with hazardous waste disposal

guidelines.

xii) Decontaminate all the equipments before removing from designated area.




Recommendations for Flammable Liquids Storage:

i) Dedicated storage area to be provided.

ii) Keep containers tightly closed/sealed until ready for use.

iii) Keep containers in cooled and ventilated area.

iv) Avoid all possible source of ignition.

v) Keep away from heat and their sources.

vi) Use suitable PPE during handling of chemicals.

vii) Storage area should be away from incompatibilities such as oxidizing agents,

metals & acid.

viii) Avoid direct contact with body.

ix) Chemical spill kit to be maintained to avoid possible effects from spillage.

x) Chemical transfer line should be periodically inspected and well maintained to

avoid possibility for leakage of chemical.

xi) Periodic inspection of dykes to be done.

7.2.3 DOW Fire and Explosion Index

The DOW index is performed for all flammable chemicals which is to be stored in raw

material storage building for proposed expansion activity. Details of DOW index is given in

table below, The DOW summary sheet is displayed below in table no. 7.5. The DOW index

worksheet is attached as Annexure 7.2




Table No. 7.5: List of hazardous chemicals and its respective DOW F & E Index

Chemical Storage Considered N h N f N r

Material Factor,

MF

F1 (General Process Hazard)

F2 (Special Process Hazard)

F3 (Hazard Factor)

Fire & Explosion

Index

Degree of

Hazard

Tributyl bromide Drums 2 3 0 16 2.55 1.66 4.233 67.72 Moderate Acetonitril Drums 2 3 0 16 2.55 1.66 4.233 67.72 Moderate

N Butyl bromide Drums 2 3 0 16 2.55 1.72 2.38 63.64 Moderate Butanol Drums 1 3 0 16 2.55 1.46 3.73 59.6 Light Carbon Bags 1 3 0 16 2.3 1.71 3.93 62.9 Light Ethyl

Chloroformate Drums 4 3 1 16 2.55 2.06 5.25 84.04 Moderate

Ethanol Drums 2 3 0 16 2.55 1.66 4.23 67.7 Moderate Methyl isobutyl

ketone Drums 2 3 1 16 2.55 1.66 4.233 67.72 Moderate

Pentanol Carboy 1 3 0 16 2.55 1.46 3.72 59.56 Light Tetrahydrofuran Drums 2 3 1 16 2.55 1.66 4.23 67.72 Moderate Triethyl amine Drums 3 3 0 16 2.55 1.88 4.79 76.8 Moderate

FO Tank 1 2 0 10 1.95 1.9 3.705 37.05 Light




Storage recommendation for CCOE Area (PESO controlled area)

The Petroleum and Explosive Safety Organization standards are followed for storage of solvents/ flammable chemicals.

1. Earthing is provided to the storage area for dealing with the static charges that might generate

during the loading and unloading of the solvents.

2. Provision of sand buckets, foam monitor, fire extinguishers & hydrant line near PESO area

were made available.

3. Appropriate drainage with the slope of 2 % is provided to remove small and large spillage of

the chemicals.

4. Provision of spill kit is provided to deal with the minor spillage scenario.

5. Permission of Joint Chief Controller (explosives), West circle is obtained

6. Petroleum storage is constructed of non combustible materials. Non-bulk storage of „class A‟

petroleum is done in the separated building which complies license conditions.

7. The secondary containment is provided and is kept clean and free from any accumulation of

inflammable liquids.

8. The storage shed is ventilated near the ground level and also near the roof. The ventilators

are covered with two layers of fine copper or non corrodible metal wire gauge of mesh not

less than 11 meshes per linear cm.

9. No alterations are carried out without written permission of licensed authority.

10. The safety distance of 7.5 m is kept from the shed.

11. All the empty receptacles are kept securely closed unless they have been thoroughly cleaned.

12. The suitable extinguishers (DCP) are kept immediately outside the storage shed.

13. Access of un-authorized person to petroleum receptacles is restricted.

14. Daily inventory of petroleum is maintained.

Recommendation/Suggestions for non-PESO area

1. The raw materials are stored according to their compatibility with other raw materials.




2. Company has adequate written operating instruction and fully documented operating discipline for emergency shutdown, normal operating conditions, routine shutdown etc. which are important for maintaining satisfactory control of a unit.

3. The raw materials are stored in a dedicated area with minimum interference.

4. The provision of fire water supply is provided through the hydrant line passing from the raw material storage area.

5. Provision of hand Extinguishers are provided and found to be adequate with reference to the storage quantity of raw materials.

7.2.4 Toxicity (Mond’s) Index

Introduction

The principle and general approach used in the DOW method of hazard evaluation have been

further developed by ICI Mond Division, the revised Mond Fire, Explosive and Toxicity index is

a series of papers by Lewis (1979). The main developments made to the DOW Index in the

Mond Index are:

1. It covers a wider range of process and storage installation

2. It covers the processing of chemicals with explosive properties

3. A calculation procedure is included to allow for the off-setting effects of good design and

control and safety instrumentation

4. The procedure has been extended to cover plant layout

5. Separate indices are calculated to access the hazards of fire, internal explosion and aerial

explosion.

Some of the raw materials stored in the site are toxic in nature. Hence appropriate standard

operating procedures are established by the company for ensuring the safety of the workers

handling the raw materials on daily basis. Some selected toxic raw materials are used for

calculating the toxicity index using Mond's index. The Mond's index worksheet is attached as

Annexure 7.3




Table No. 7.6: Monds Toxicity index of toxic chemicals

Sr. No. Raw Materials Storage Quantity

No. of Drums/Tanks/bags

Nh Exposure limit, ppm

1 Ammonia gas 20 Kl 1 above ground tank

4 20

2 Liquor ammonia 20 Kl 2 above ground tanks

4 30

3 Sulphuric Acid 4 MT 67 3 0.25 ppm 4 Nitric acid 4 MT 89 3 15 5 Phosphoric acid 3 MT 11 3 2 6 Acetic acid 2 MT 58 3 10 ppm 7 Phosphorous

Oxychloride 3 MT 60 3 0.2

8 Phosphorous trichloride

3 MT 176 3 0.5

9 Piperazine 3 MT 60 4 5 mg/m3 10 Hydrochloric acid 2 MT 50 3 2 ppm 11 Thioglycolic Acid 3 MT 75 3 2 12 Thionyl chloride 3 MT 11 4 4.9 13 Thiourea 4 MT 15 3 -- 14 Tripropyl amine 3 MT 19 3 6.4 15 Triethyl amine 3 MT 20 3 1 16 Formaldehyde 2 MT 40 3 0.3 17 Chloroform 2 MT 7 4 0.5




Table no. 7.7: Calculated Mond’s Index and degree of Hazard for Hazardous chemicals.

Chemicals Storage Nh (NFPA

Index Number)

Th (Toxicity factor)

Ts (Correction

factor)

F1 General Process Hazard

F2 Special Process Hazard

Toxicity Index

Degree of Hazard

Ammonia gas Tank 4 325 125 2.55 2.0 10.18 High

Liquor ammonia Tank 4 325 125 2.55 1.8 9.93 High

Sulphuric Acid Drum 3 250 125 2.55 1.7 9.06 Moderate

Nitric acid Drum 3 250 125 2.55 1.7 9.06 Moderate

Phosphoric acid Drum 3 250 125 2.55 1.7 9.06 Moderate

Acetic acid Drum 3 250 125 2.55 1.86 9.26 Moderate

Phosphorous Oxychloride Drum 3 250 125 2.55 1.6 8.93 Moderate

Phosphorous trichloride Drum 3 250 125 2.55 1.6 8.93 Moderate

Piperazine Bags 4 325 125 2.55 2 10.18 High




Hydrochloric acid Drum 3 250 125 2.55 1.7 9.06 Moderate

Thioglycolic Acid Drum 3 250 125 2.55 1.6 8.93 Moderate

Thionyl chloride Drum 4 325 125 2.55 1.8 9.93 High

Thiourea Bags 3 250 125 2.55 1.6 8.93 Moderate

Tripropyl amine Drum 3 250 75 2.55 1.6 6.36 Moderate

Triethyl amine Drum 3 250 125 2.55 1.76 9.13 Moderate

Formaldehyde Drum 3 250 125 2.55 1.6 8.93 Moderate

Chloroform Drum 4 325 125 2.55 1.8 9.93 High




Toxicity (Mond) Index recommendations:

1. The raw materials are stored according to their compatibility.

2. Toxic materials are stored in cool place and kept away from heat.

3. Toxic material can cause breathing difficulty therefore storage area is well ventilated.

4. Good housekeeping practice is implemented in storage area.

5. Appropriate drainage with the slope of 2 % is provided to remove small and large spillage

of the chemicals.

6. The provision of fire water supply is provided through the hydrant line passing from the

raw material storage area

7. PPE‟s are used wherever necessary.

8. MSDS recommendations are strictly followed while chemical storage and handling.

Recommendations for ‘High’ Mond Index chemical storage:

1. The chemicals are isolated from another chemical in well-ventilated area and hazard

warning information is shown.

2. SOP is prepared for handling such chemicals and it should be strictly followed.

3. Spill kit is provided for storage to limit the spill of materials. Suitable Absorbent like

sodium bi carbonate is used to absorb the spill.

4. Proper training is provided to workers prior to handling and transporting chemicals.

5. PPE‟s like face shield, goggles, apron, gloves, gumboots are used while handling the

chemicals to avoid exposure to chemicals.




7.3 HAZOP Study

HAZOP study has been carried out for hazardous operations and process. For the preparation

of the HAZOP study P & IDs, Operating Procedures, Mass balances and MSDS were used.

The HAZOP study is attached as Annexure 7.4. The brief recommendations of the HAZOP

studies are highlighted below,

Impact due to process failure:

Some of the impacts on surrounding environment due to process failure are described below,

1. Spillage and loss of chemicals to environment would occure due to failure of RV or

pipe flanges. This may contaminate surrounding work place environment. The spillage

of chemical will results in more water consumption for washing and impart additional

load to ETP

2. Loss of steam from flange joints will result in more use of boiler thereby more use of

fuel which can increase the emission to air.

3. Steam losses may also result in longer batch time due to inadequate temperature in the

reactor which results in higher energy consumption.

4. More chemical flow to reactor may result in higher fugitive emissions which may

impart additional load on process scrubber and reduce its performance.

5. In chilling process failure of condenser and/or chiller may result in loss or organic

vapours to environment which may result in higher VOC concentration in surrounding

environment.

6. Solvent spillage during loading/unloading may result in soil contamination within

project area.

7. Failure of distillation column, recovery column, purification equipment would result in

more impure fractions, this may increase higher amount of solid waste due to failure of

equipment.

Table No.7.8: HAZOP Study Recommendations

Sr. No. Recommendation

01 A system should be developed to check regularly the integrity of the hose pipes, by visual inspection, every three months.




02 Explore the possibility of providing hydrocarbon leak detection system in the tanker unloading area

03 To provide spill control kit and also develop suitable procedure

04 After every 11 month electrical continuity to be inspected by external vendor

05 All employees should be provided with safety shoes

06 Organic vapor masks are to be used.

07 After every 11 month electrical continuity should be inspected by external partyof flexible earth cable and resistance of earth pit.

08 To provide the facility is as per the petroleum rules

09 After every six month gauges are to be calibrated as per SOP.

10 Spill control procedure to be developed for acid spillage.

11 Explore the possibility of the providing protective mesh to the glass equipment to minimize the possibility of injury to operator

12 It is good practice to provide jumpers.

13 As per the Indian Electricity Rule 61(2), all the electrical motors have got to be by two separate and distinct connections with the earth. It would be advisable to obtain a certificate from the approval electrical contractor confirming the same.

14 These operations fall under the purview of the provisions of the Schedule XII of MFR Rule 114. The legal provision should be strictly followed.

15 It is to be noted that operations of centrifuges are covered under the Schedule V of MFR Rule 57. The safety provisions should be followed strictly.




7.4 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of

environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in the

same order of priorities. For effective implementation of the DMP, it should be widely

circulated and personnel training through rehearsals/drills should be organized. Further, the

management should be able to demonstrate that its assessment of the consequences as good

supporting evidence. To tackle the consequences of a major emergency inside the factory or

immediate vicinity of the factory, a DMP has to be formulated and this planned emergency

document is called "Disaster Management Plan".

Objectives of Disaster Management Plan [DMP]

The objective of the Industrial Disaster Management Plan is to make use of the combined

resources of the plant and the outside services to achieve the following:

Effect the rescue and medical treatment of causalities

Safeguard other people

Minimize damage to property and the environment

Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control

Identify any dead

Provide for the needs of relatives

Provide authoritative information to the news media

Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area

Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the cause and

circumstances of the emergency. In effect, it is to optimize operational efficiency to

rescue rehabilitation and render medical help and to restore normalcy.

7.4.1 Onsite Emergency Plan

The Onsite emergency plan is prepared based on the guidelines mentioned under schedule 6 of

the rule 12 (1) of the Maharashtra factories (Control of industrial Major Accidents Hazards)

Rules 2003. On-Site emergency preparedness plan has the following objectives:

1. Safeguard lives and property at site and in its vicinity area.

2. Contain the incident and bring it under control; 3. Minimize damage to lives, property and environment;




4. Rescue and treat casualties; 5. To train the people to act efficiently and with confidence in an emergency. 6. Evacuate people to safe areas; 7. To minimize its occurrence. Although the company does not come under the Major Accident Hazard Unit, the format for

onsite emergency preparedness plan is taken to improve the standard of the document. The

company will contribute to the District Disaster management Plan in the following manner:

Public liability Insurance Act is for the purpose of providing immediate relief to the persons

affected by accident occurring while handling any hazardous substance. A list of hazardous

chemicals attracting public liability is attached as annexure 7.6

Company do attract the Public liability Insurance Act 1991 as the company is located outside

Notified industrial area & quantity of the stored raw materials are exceeding the threshold

limit as specified, by notification, of the Central Government. Company has been insured

under Public Liability (Act) Insurance, the copy of Policy documents are attached in

Annexure 1.1.

7.4.1.1 Name & Address of the person furnishing the Information. Name: Mr. Pagar Designation: Head EHS Address: Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd., gut no. 350/1, 350/2, 350/3, Wadivarhe, Igatpuri Taluka, Nashik, MH




7.4.1.2 Key personnel of the organization and responsibility assigned to them in case of an emergency.

Figure No. 7.1: Key personnel of the organization and responsibility assigned

The responsibilities of key personnel in the organization structure are highlighted below:

1) Site Main Controller

During the onsite emergency situation the Site Main Controller shall,

Activate the Emergency Control Centre & personnel

Relieve the Site Incident Controller of overall responsibility during off shift hours

Take stock of situation with SIC & direct operations to control the emergency.

Ensure that all the key persons are called on site. Delegate any extra duty to any person

depending upon the situation and his judgment.

SITE COTROLLER

(Mr. G. B. KADAM)

MANAGER INCIDENT

CONTROLLER

(Mr. V. S. SHETE)

(MANAGER-PRODUCTION PLANT CONTROLLER

(Mr. VILAS DIGHE)

MAINTENANCE

LIAISONING OFFICER

(Mr. SADANAND PATHAK)

(MANAGER H.R)

RESCUE TEAM

(Mr. MUKESH PAGAR)

(EHS EXECUTIVE)

COMMUNICATION

(Mr. DEVIDAS GHULE)

(IN CHARGE STORES)

FIRE FIGHTING / (SECURITY DEPT)

(SECURITY SUPERVISOR)

FIRST AID TEAM &

TRAINED FIRST AIDER

MEDICAL OFFICER

DR. SUBHASH APHALE

Reg. No. 36280, I-8890




Verify the head count & arrange for search / rescue

Instruct for shutting & evacuation if required.

Seek assistance from external agencies & Mutual aid

Withdraw the staff in case of the human life is in peril.

Liaison with statutory authorities

Arrange to call the experts/ the supplier.

Give All Clear siren when everything becomes normal.

Works as liaison officer between outside fire brigade & police advice on specialized

technical aspects of the materials involved and internal details of the factory.

Report the event to the nearest district police station, fire brigade, civil defense force,

district emergency officer, factory Inspectorate and other voluntary body to assist to

the task.

M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd has established an Emergency Control Centre at the cabin of the

Site Main Controller (Factory Manager). It has external telephone, telefax and telex facility &

contact number of the Incident Controller Officer, Senior Personnel etc.

2) Site Incident Controller

Assume the responsibility of the Site Main Controller till the arrival of the site main

controller.

Brief the Site Main Controller on arrival - during off shift hours.

Be over all in charge of the emergency situation and head of fire fighting team.

Arrive immediately to the site of emergency and issue instructions for speedy combat.

On arrival immediately assess the scale of emergency and decide if a major emergency

exists or is likely.

Report head count to Site Main Controller.

Activate the security head to report the emergency to Site Main Controller.

Activate the On site action plan depending on the type of emergency.

Direct all operations and call the external help from emergency control center.

Search for the injured and / or casualties.

Direct the shutdown and evacuation of the plant. Identify the areas likely to be affected

by the emergency.

Provide information to emergency services about the chemicals / incident




3) EHS Team.

In addition to his general duties of maintaining order of administration he shall discharge

following duties:

Execute all directions and instruction of site main controller regarding. Calling mutual aid members. Specialist from the supplying company. Lead the fire fighting & rescue operations

For efficient and successful operation of the plan statutory agencies listed below should be actively involved for guidance and help: -

Fire Brigade Police Authorities Collectorate / revenue officials Directorate of Industrial Safety and Health Maharashtra Pollution Control Board. District Health Authorities Non Government organization Local News Media. Local Leaders

Supervise the duties of Security Personnel.

Supervise rescue & medical operations

If injuries and casualties does occur then he shall obtain names and addresses of the

injured and dead.

Arrange for the medical aid. Talk to the hospital and doctors. Report about the type of

injury / burn injuries and or toxic effects.

Report to the hospital and make arrangement for likely more cases of injuries.

In consultation with the site main controller he shall identify the antidote or any special

medical procedure and report the same to hospitals.

4) Production Manager & Team

(In affected Plant Area)

Inform EHS Manager / Factory Manager / Plant / Dept Manager or his nominee / Site

Main Controller on the telephone immediately.




Assume the role of Site Incident Controller till his arrival.

Direct employees / contractor's workers / visitors at the assembly point.

Take head count of employees.

Deploy trained Emergency Response Team & direct.

Hold personnel at the Assembly point till „All Clear‟ signal is obtained.

Act as per instructions from Site Incident Controller / Site Main Controller.

Open plant drain valves to FWRB

Provide information to external agency about the chemical involved to control

emergency/ treating injured employees.

(Non –affected Plant Area)

Ensure that all employees including contractor‟s workers / visitors assemble at the

Assembly Point and take roll call of employees.

Take Head Count & report to SMC at ECC

Switch off all critical operations.

Be Alert for evacuation & evacuate on instructions from SMC

Keep ready - Emergency Response Team members

Provide necessary information and support to affected dept/plant to control emergency.

Hold personnel at Assembly Point till „All Clear‟ siren is raised

5) Security Personnel

In addition to the normal duties of maintaining security at the place of work they shall discharge following duties:

On hearing the fire alarm, proceed to the incident immediately.

Be in charge of Fire Fighting and rescue operations with the assistance of essential

workers and key personnel till the arrival of Fire Brigade and Police. (These operations

shall be under the direct supervision of Site Incident Controller)

Ask the ambulance to proceed to the scene of the incident in case of serious injury.

Remove obstruction from the road to help Fire brigade to proceed to the scene of fire.

Restrict entry of unauthorized and untrained persons from the scene of incident. Also

don't allow unauthorized persons / vehicles to enter the premises. Control traffic

movement for smooth & normal flow.




Initiate rescue operation if required.

Call for fire brigade & ambulance during off hours

Depending on seriousness arrange to inform police personnel if instructed by Factory

Manager.

7.4.1.3 General Instructions and Response during the Onsite Emergency Situation

1. Major Fire/ Explosion

Operate the nearest fire alarm or alert the personnel by raising an audible alarm or by shouting “Fire! Fire!!”

Inform the Manager Production / Shift Supervisor available who is in charge of the factory at that time about the

Place of Fire / Explosion Extent of Fire fighting Action taken by him The material involved No. of persons affected. Try to extinguish the fire with the help of fire extinguishers, if without risk. If he is

unable to extinguish the fire, he should see that the fire does not spread to nearby area.

2. Collapse of structure/ Serious Injury

Inform the Manager Production / Supervisor etc. Remove the injured person to a safe place. Take help of trained first-aiders.

3. Release of toxic and hazardous material

Inform the Manager Production / Supervisor or person available who is in-charge of the factory at that time about the

Place of Gas leak Extent of leakage Action taken by him The material involved No. of persons affected.

Table No 7.9: Emergency Do’s & Don’ts

EMERGENCY DO‘S DON'TS DO‘S ANY ONE NOTICING AN EMERGENCY : Actuate nearest fire alarm button and /or inform the supervisor. Get back to your

DO NOT panic and avoid running all over the place prevent others from doing so. DO NOT enter the site unless instructed if you are outside and emergency alarm is




normal workstation (if safe) or else report to the assembly point.

heard.

CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL : Stop work on hearing alarm and assemble at the ASSEMBLY POINT and be ready to evacuate.

DO NOT enter the site until it is cleared for the normal work by Incident Controller.

SECURITY : Keep the gate manned. Keep the road clear for movement of fire tenders. Control traffic at gates.

DO NOT allow unauthorized visitors to enter.

VISITORS : Leave the place and assemble at assembly point.

DO NOT enter the site if emergency alarm is heard.

ALL OTHER EMPLOYEES ON SITE : On hearing Emergency alarm Get back to work place (if safe) for head count and get instructions from supervisor. Be alert.

DO NOT panic/run DO NOT go to the scene of emergency unless specifically instructed by Incident Controller.

7.4.1.4. Establishment of the Safety Committee

M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. would be having around 120 Nos. of employees. Since the company deals with the dangerous operations as mentioned in the section 87 of the Factories Act 1948, it is mandatory for the company to establish a safety committee. The safety committee shall include a senior official, safety officer and representatives of workers & each department. The tenure of the safety committee would be for 2 years. The Roles and responsibility of the safety committee is listed below,

(a) Assisting and co-operating with the management in achieving the aims and objectives outlined in the 'Health and Safety Policy' of the occupier;

(b) Dealing with all matters concerning health, safety and environment and to arrive at practicable

Solutions to problems encountered;

(c) Creating safety awareness amongst all workers;

(d) Undertaking educational, training and promotional activities;

(e) Deliberating on reports of safety, environmental and occupational health surveys, emergency




Plans safety audits, risk assessment and implementation of the recommendations made in the reports;

(f) Carrying out health and safety surveys and identify causes of accidents;

(g) Looking into any complaint made on the likelihood of an imminent danger to the safety and health of the workers and suggest corrective measures; and

(h) Reviewing the implementation of the recommendations made by it.

7.4.1.5 Establishment of Mutual Aid Response Group

M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd is a member of safety professional active network formed by

companies in Wadivarhe for aid and assistance in the event of an emergency.

Table7.10. List of companies under mutual aid group

Sr. No.

Name Contact Person Contact Number

1. MARG, Igatpuri Mr. Shantaram Kajale

Mob. No.:-9975067087 Land Line :- 02553-304600

ext 618 Email id .:-

[email protected] 7.4.1.6 Outside Organization Involvement in assisting during the On-site emergency.

The Outside organization that would be involved during the On-site emergency would be fire, hospital and Police authority. This authority would be contacted when the resources provided within the factory will not fulfill the requirement.

7.4.1.7 Information on the preliminary hazard analysis.

A detailed Hazop Study for process operations & Risk Assessment has been prepared considering all possible and rare events for CCOE, Non CCOE, Raw Materials in the above section. Based on the study the maximum credible scenario has been identified for the particular scenario and recommendation to reduce the effect and its occurrence has been suggested/ recommended.

7.4.2 Details about Safety related features in Plant

a) Location of the Dangerous Substances

The dangerous substances are stored in a demarcated area in the plant premises. The raw materials are stored based on their compatibility with other raw materials. The raw materials whose quantities are large are stored in tanks with appropriate safety measures.

mailto:[email protected]




b) Seat of Key Personal

Table No. 7.11 List of Important Personnel

Name Designation Seat Location Contact No. Mr. Sadanand Pathak (Manager HR) Factory (02553) 661048

Mr. G. B. Kadam (Manager - Production) Factory (02553) 661050

Mr. V S Shete (Manager – Production) Factory (02553) 661016

Mr. Vilas Dighe (Maintenance) Factory (02553) 661020

Mr. Devidas Ghule (In Charge-Store) Factory (02553) 661018

Mr. Mukesh Pagar (EHS Executive) Factory (02553) 661044

c) Emergency Control Room

EMERGENCY CONTROL ROOM as marked on site plan will be focal point in case of an

emergency, from where the operations to handle the emergency are directed and co-ordinate

by Site Main Controller. The following information and equipment is provided at the

Emergency Control Centre (ECC):

Intercom, telephone

P and T telephone

Safe contained breathing apparatus

Fire suit/gas tight goggles/gloves/helmets

Hand tools, wind direction/velocities indicators

Public address megaphone, hand bell, telephone directories

(Internal, P and T) factory layout, site plan

Emergency lamps/torch lights/batteries

Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, plant control room, sources of safety

equipment, work road plan, assembly points, rescue location, vulnerable zones, and

escape routes

Hazard chart

Emergency shut-down procedures

Nominal roll of employees

List of key personnel, list of essential employees, list of Emergency Co-ordinators




Duties of key personnel

Addresses with telephone numbers of key personnel, emergency coordinator, and

essential employees.

Important addresses and telephone numbers including Government agencies,

neighboring industries and sources of help, outside experts, chemical fact sheets,

population details around the factory.

Description of Hazardous chemicals stored at plant site is tabulated in the below table.




Table No: 7.12: Detailed list of Hazardous Chemicals

SR

Common Name of Raw Material

Molecular Weight in

g/mol Physical State Odor Flash Point

(°C) Boiling Point

(°C) Melting Point (°C) Stability

1 1,3-Dibromopropane 201.89 Liquid NA 54 167 -34 stable

2 1,4-dibromobutane 215 Liquid NA 112 197 -20 stable 3 1-methyl pyrrole 81 Solid NA 13 112 -57 stable

4 2,4-

dichlorobenzoic acid

191 Solid NA NA 200 160 stable

5 Acetic Acid 60.052 g/mol Liquid.

Pungent, vinegar-like, sour (Strong.)

CLOSED CUP: 39°C. OPEN CUP:

43°C

118.1 16.6 Stable

6 Benzoyl Chloride 140.57 g/mol Liquid Pungent Closed cup :

720C 197.20C -10C stable

7 Bromine 159.808 g/mol Liquid.

Pungent. Suffocatin

g. (Strong.)

NA 58.78 -7.25 Stable

8 Hydrochloric acid Not applicable Liquid. NA Not

applicable.

The lowest known value is

100°C Not available Stability

9 Hydrogen 2.016 g/mol Gas at normal temperature and Odorless NA -252.76 -259.2 Stable




SR


Molecular Weight in


(°C) Boiling Point


pressure

10 Iso propyl alcohol 60.096 g/mol Liquid.

Pleasant. Odor

resembling that of a

mixture of ethanol

and acetone

CLOSED CUP

11.667°C- 12.778 °C

82.5 -88.5 Stable

11 Methanol 32.042 g/mol Liquid.

Alcohol like.

Pungent when crude.

CLOSED CUP: 12°C

OPEN CUP: 16°C

64.5 -97.8 Stable

12 Potassium carbonate

138.21 g/mole Solid Odorless NA Decomposes. 891°C (1635.8°F) stable

13 Potassium hydroxide 56.11 g/mole Solid Odorless. NA

Decomposition temperature:

1384°C (2523.2°F)

380°C (716°F) stable

14 Pyruvic aldehyde 88.06 g/mole Liquid Resembling Acetic acid.

Pungent. (Strong.)

CLOSED CUP: 83°C (181.4°F).

(Setaflash) 165°C (329°F) 12.8°C (55°F) stable




SR


Molecular Weight in


(°C) Boiling Point


15 Red phosphorus 30.974 g/mole Solid Garlic-like;

Acrid NA NA 416°C (780.8°F) Stable

16 Salicylamide 137.14 g/mole Solid NA NA Decomposes 140°C (284°F) Stable

17 Salicylic acid 138.12 g/mole Solid Odorless.

CLOSED CUP: 157°C

(314.6°F)

Decomposition temperature:

211°C (411.8°F) 159°C (318.2°F) Stable

18 Soda ash 105.99 g/mole Solid Odorless. NA NA 851°C (1563.8°F) Stable

19 Sodium Borohydride 37.84 g/mole Solid NA NA NA Decomposes Stable

20 Sodium Ethoxide 68.05 g/mole Solid NA NA NA 260°C (500°F) Stable

21 Sodium hydroxide 40 g/mole Solid Odorless. NA 1388°C (2530.4°F) 323°C (613.4°F) Stable

22 Sodium monochloroaectate

116.48 g/mole Solid. Odorless. CLOSED CUP:

270°C (518°F). NA Decomposes (170°C or 338°F) Stable

23 Sulphur 32.06 g/mole Solid Odorless CLOSED CUP:

207°C (404.6°F).

445°C (833°F) 112°C (233.6°F) - 120 C Stable




SR


Molecular Weight in


(°C) Boiling Point


24 Sulphuric Acid 98.072 g/mol

Liquid. (Thick oily liquid.)

Odorless, but has a choking

odor when hot.

NA 270 -35 Stable

25 Tetra Hydro Furan 72.11 g/mole Liquid Ethereal.

Fruity.

CLOSED CUP: -14.5°C (5.9°F).

65°C (149°F) @ 760 mm Hg -108.3°C (-162.9°F) Stable

26

Tetra Hydro Furly Alcohol 102.13 g/mol Liquid Mild

Closed cup : 1650C

Open cup : 750C 1780C <- 800C Stable

27 Theophylline 180.17 g/mole Solid Odorless. NA NA 274.5°C (526.1°F) Stable

28 Thiamine Hydrochloride

337.27 g/mole Solid NA NA NA Decomposes.

(248°C or 478.4°F) Stable

29 Thioglycolic Acid 92.11 g/mole Liquid. NA CLOSED CUP: 110°C (230°F) Decomposes -16.5°C (2.3°F) Stable

30 Thionyl chloride 118.98 g/mole

Liquid. (Fuming liquid.)

Suffocating

Not applicable. 76 °C -104.5°C stable




SR


Molecular Weight in


(°C) Boiling Point


31 Thiourea 76.12 g/mole Solid NA NA Decomposes 177°C (350.6°F) Stable

32 Toluene 92.141 g/mol Liquid.

Sweet, pungent, Benzene-

like.

CLOSED CUP:

4.4444°C OPEN CUP:

16°C

110.6 -95 Stable

33 Tri ethyl amine 101.1 g/mole

Liquid. (Oily liquid.)

Ammonical. (Strong.)

CLOSED CUP: -8.3°C

(17.1°F).

89.7°C (193.5°F) (-115°C (-175°F))

The product is

stable.

34 Tri N Butyl Amine 185.36 g/mol Liquid Ammonical 75 0 C 2080C < - 90 0C

None reasonbly

foreseeabl

e.

35 Triethylorthoformate 148.2 g / mol Liquid Pungent

CLOSED CUP: 30°C

(86°F).

143°C (289.4°F).

(-) 76°C [(-)104.8°F]. Stable

36 Tripynyl phosphine

262.28 g/mole Liquid NA

CLOSED CUP: 180°C

(356°F). NA 80.5°C (176.9°F) Stable

37 Tyramine 137.18 g / mol Solid NA NA NA 160-1620C Stable




Table No: 7.13 Threshold limits Hazardous Raw Material

SR

Common Name of Raw Material LEL UEL

Exposure Limit Nh Nf Nr

(TLV, ppm) 1 1,3-Dibromopropane NA NA NA 2 2 0 2 1,4-dibromobutane NA NA NA 2 1 0 3 1-methyl pyrrole NA NA NA NA NA NA

4 2,4-dichlorobenzoic acid NA NA NA NA NA NA

5 Acetic Acid 4% 19.90% NA 10 3 2

6 Benzoyl Chloride 1.20% 4.90%

OSHA Permissible Exposure

Limit (PEL): General Industry: 1 ppm,

5 mg/m.

2 2 0

7 Bromine NA NA NA 3 0 0

8 Hydrochloric acid

Hydrogen chloride STEL: 7.5 (mg/m3) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] STEL: 5 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV)

[United States] CEIL: 5 (ppm) from NIOSH

CEIL: 7.5 (mg/m3) from NIOSH CEIL: 5 (ppm)

from OSHA (PEL) [United States] CEIL: 7 (mg/m3) from OSHA

(PEL) [United States]3 Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure

limits.

2 0 1

9 Hydrogen 4.00% 75.00% 0 4 0 10 Iso propyl alcohol 2% 12.70% 400 1 3 0 11 Methanol 6% 36.50% 200 1 3 0

12 Potassium carbonate NA NA NA 2 0 1

13 Potassium hydroxide NA NA NA 3 0 2

14 Pyruvic aldehyde NA NA NA 3 2 0




SR



(TLV, ppm)

15 Red phosphorus NA NA NA 2 2 0

16 Salicylamide NA NA NA 2 1 0

17 Salicylic acid 1.10% NA NA 2 1 0

18 Soda ash NA NA NA 2 0 1

19 Sodium Borohydride NA NA NA 3 4 2

20 Sodium Ethoxide NA NA NA 2 2 1

21 Sodium hydroxide NA NA NA 3 0 2

22 Sodium monochloroaectate NA NA NA 3 1 0

23 Sulphur 0.17% 6.83% NA 2 2 0

24 Sulphuric Acid NA NA NA 1 25 Tetra Hydro Furan 2% 11.80% NA 2 3 0

26 Tetra Hydro Furly Alcohol 1.50% 9.70% NA 2 2 0

27 Theophylline NA NA NA 2 1 0

28 Thiamine Hydrochloride NA NA NA 2 1 0

29 Thioglycolic Acid 5.90% NA NA 3 1 0

30 Thionyl chloride NA NA

CEIL: 1 (ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] CEIL: 1 from

ACGIH (TLV) [United States] CEIL: 1 (ppm) from NIOSH [United States] TWA: 1 (ppm) [Denmark] STEL: 1

(ppm) [Belgium] STEL: 1 (ppm) [United

Kingdom (UK)] Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure

4 0 2




SR



(TLV, ppm) limits.

31 Thiourea NA NA NA 3 1 0

32 Toluene 1.10% 7.1% 200 2 3 0

33 Tri ethyl amine NA NA

TWA: 10 STEL: 15 (ppm) from ACGIH

(TLV) [1995] TWA: 41 STEL: 62 (mg/m3) from ACGIH [1995] Consult

local authorities for acceptable exposure

limits.

3 3 0

34 Tri N Butyl Amine NA NA NA 3 2 0

35 Triethylorthoformate NA NA NA 2 3 0

36 Tripynyl phosphine NA NA NA 2 1 0 37 Tyramine NA




Table No 7.14: Toxicological Data of the Raw Materials

SR Common Name of Raw Material

Chronic Effects on Humans

LD 50

LC50

1 1,3-Dibromopropane

NA NA NA

2 1,4-dibromobutane

NA NA NA

3 1-methyl pyrrole NA NA NA 4 2,4-

dichlorobenzoic acid

NA NA NA

5 Acetic Acid MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. May cause damage to the following organs: kidneys, mucous membranes, skin, teeth.

(LD50): 3310 mg/kg [Rat] Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 5620 1 hours [Mouse].

6 Benzoyl Chloride Causes damage to the following organs: lungs, mucous membranes.

NA 1870 for 1 hrs (Rat)

7 Bromine CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 4 (No evidence.) by NTP, None. by OSHA, None. by NIOSH. Causes damage to the following organs: mucous membranes. May cause damage to the following organs: kidneys, liver, cardiovascular system, central nervous system (CNS), thyroid.

(LD50): 2600 mg/kg [Rat]

750 for 1 hours [Mouse].






LD 50

LC50

8 Hydrochloric acid CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC [Hydrochloric acid]. May cause damage to the following organs: kidneys, liver, mucous membranes, upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes, Circulatory System, teeth.

3124 ppm, for 1 hours [Rat].

9 Hydrogen NA NA NA 10 Iso propyl alcohol CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified A4 (Not

classifiable for human or animal.) by ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC [Isopropyl alcohol]. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Classified Reproductive system/toxin/female, Development toxin [POSSIBLE] [Isopropyl alcohol]. Contains material which may cause damage to the following organs: kidneys, liver, skin, central nervous system (CNS).

5143 mg/kg (Mouse) NA

11 Methanol MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified POSSIBLE for human. Causes damage to the following organs: eyes. May cause damage to the following organs: blood, kidneys, liver, brain, peripheral nervous system, upper respiratory tract, skin, central nervous system (CNS), optic nerve

(LD50): 5628 mg/kg [Rat].

64000 4 hours [Rat].






LD 50

LC50

12 Potassium carbonate

Causes damage to the following organs: mucous membranes. May cause damage to the following organs: skin, eyes.

Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 1870 mg/kg [Rat].

NA

13 Potassium hydroxide

MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. May cause damage to the following organs: upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes.


NA

14 Pyruvic aldehyde NA NA NA

15 Red phosphorus NA NA NA

16 Salicylamide The substance is toxic to lungs, mucous membranes. Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 980 mg/kg [Rat]

NA

17 Salicylic acid MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Classified Reproductive system/toxin/female, Development toxin [POSSIBLE].

Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 480 mg/kg [Mouse].

Acute toxicity of the dust (LC50): 900 mg/m3 1 hours [Rat].

18 Soda ash May cause damage to the following organs: upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes


Acute toxicity of the dust (LC50): 1200 mg/m3 2 hours [Mouse].






LD 50

LC50

19 Sodium Borohydride

NA Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 160 mg/kg [Rat].

NA

20 Sodium Ethoxide NA NA NA

21 Sodium hydroxide

MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. May cause damage to the following organs: mucous membranes, upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes

NA NA

22 Sodium monochloroaectate


NA

23 Sulphur May cause damage to the following organs: upper respiratory tract, skin.

Lowest Published Lethal Dose: LDL [Rabbit] - Route: Oral; Dose: 175 mg/kg.

Ecotoxicity in water (LC50): 10000 ppm 96 hours [Fish (Mosquito fish)]

24 Sulphuric Acid CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 1 (Proven for human.) by IARC, + (Proven.) by OSHA. Classified A2 (Suspected for human.) by ACGIH. May cause damage to the following organs: kidneys, lungs, heart, cardiovascular system, upper respiratory tract, eyes, teeth.

2140 mg/kg [Rat.] 320 mg/m3 2 hours [Mouse].






LD 50

LC50

25 Tetra Hydro Furan

MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. May cause damage to the following organs: blood, kidneys, lungs, liver, upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes, central nervous system (CNS).


Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 24000 mg/m3 2 hours [Mouse].

26 Tetra Hydro Furly Alcohol

NA Toxicity to Animals: Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 800 mg/kg [Rabbit].

NA

27 Theophylline CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 3 (Equivocal evidence.) by NTP. 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. May cause damage to the following organs: kidneys, the nervous system, heart, Smooth Muscle.


NA

28 Thiamine Hydrochloride


NA






LD 50

LC50

29 Thioglycolic Acid NA Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 114 mg/kg [Rat].

NA

30 Thionyl chloride May cause damage to the following organs: upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes.

31 Thiourea The substance is toxic to lungs, mucous membranes. Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 125 mg/kg [Rat].

NA

32 Toluene CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: A4 (Not classifiable for human or animal.) by ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC. May cause damage to the following organs: blood, kidneys, the nervous system, liver, brain, central nervous system (CNS)

636 mg/kg [Rat] 440 24 hours [Mouse].

33 Tri ethyl amine The substance is toxic to kidneys, liver. 460 mg/kg [Rat.] NA

34 Tri N Butyl Amine

Harmful if swallowed. Fatal in contact with skin or if inhaled.

Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 114 mg/kg [Mouse].

Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 75 ppm 4 hour(s) [Rat].






LD 50

LC50

35 Triethylorthoformate

NA 7060 mg/kg (Rat) NA

36 Tripynyl phosphine

May cause damage to organs through prolonged or repeated exposure. - Nervous system


Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 1135 ppm 4 hour(s) [Rat].

37 Tyramine MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. Causes damage to the following organs: lungs

NA NA




Table No 7.15: Likely Dangers to the Plant

Sr. No.

Accident Scenario Causes Consequence Zone

1. Spill Hose failure during road tanker unloading to storage tank at tank farm. Spill of

: Methanol, Toluene etc.

- Hydrochloric

Acid 30% solution, sulfuric acid, phosphorus trichloride etc.

Local

2. Spill Pipe line /pump gland leakage, Gasket failure Spill of

- Toluene, hexane, etc.

– sulfuric acid,

acetic acid, acetyl chloride etc.

Local

3. Large spill Failure of bottom valve Catastrophic failure of storage tank

Local

4. Pressure development Pressure development , Uncontrolled reaction exothermic

Local

5. Fire Any spill of flammable chemical, e. g. solvent spill finding source catching fire on finding of ignition source.

Local

6. Electric fire At transformer area Local 7. Release of

Toxic / flammable Vapors

Distillation column, failure of cooling water supply, etc. at Condenser etc.

Lead to an off-site consequences

8. Fall of structure Earthquake, poor maintenance Local




7.4.3 Details of Safety Systems in the Plant Premises

The below section will explain about the safety features & measures adopted by M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd for dealing with the onsite emergency situation.

A) Alarm / Siren

There are totally 8 nos. of hooters located in the plant premises as marked in the layout plan. Every Saturday at 11:30 hours by giving an “All Clear” siren will be sounded for testing purpose. Emergency Alarm annountiator panel is located at gate office building as marked on the site plan.

On hearing alarm the incident controller will activate the action on Disaster control plan by giving proper instructions or predetermined signals. The alarm code used in the company is explained below,

ALARM CODE

Table No: 7.16 Alarm Code

Sr. No Situation Type of Siren/Alarm 1. Emergency at Site One Minute waxing and wailing siren 2. All Clear One Minute continuous siren 3. Evacuation Three minutes waxing and wailing siren

B) Assembly Points

Number of assemblies depending upon the plant location is identified wherein employees who are

not directly connected with the disaster management would be assembled for safety and rescue.

Emergency breathing apparatus, minimum facilities like water etc. would be organized. In view of

the size of plant, different locations are earmarked as assembly points. Two assembly points are

identified by the company i.e. one near the main gate of the company and other one is located

near open space provided. Depending upon the location of hazard, the assembly points are to be

used.

C) Mock Drills

The company organizes periodical mock drill / rehearsal every 6 months as per suggested format

by creating an emergency situation so as to verify preparedness and awareness as well as

shortcomings on the part of the person to overcome the same. Sufficient time is provided prior to




mock drill to the emergency services and public for proper response to exercise and provide

training also. Record the deficiencies of the system during the trial and take appropriate actions to

improve the efficiency of the plan in terms of preparedness and response.

D) Training

By imparting an effective training from time to time, the awareness is being kept alive all the time

to ensure safety awareness, preparedness for emergency situations, good housekeeping, discipline,

etc. Display of safety slogans, operative instructions and motivation for safety should be made the

part of the company‟s normal activities. All the persons earmarked for the emergency services are

trained to respond to the emergency. The company conducts internal & external training for

Environment Health & safety. The training is conducted at a documented frequency. The external

training is conducted six monthly and internal training is conducted every month.

Training is imparted to the employees by raising siren in specific pattern. Employees are given

training of escape routes, taking shelter, protecting from toxic effects. Employees are provided

with information related to fire hazards and first aid measures.

E) Emergency Power Supply

Plant facilities would be connected to Generator and is placed in an auto mode. Thus, water

pumps, plant‟s lighting and emergency control centre, administrative building and other auxiliary

services are connected to emergency power supply. In all the blocks, flame proof type emergency

lamps are provided.

F) Wind Sock

Wind sock is provided in the company. The workers are trained in the mock drill regarding the usage of the wind sock for identifying the directions for taking shelter or identifying the area of high toxicity in case of emergency.

G) Communication facilities available during Onsite emergency




Table No: 7.17 Communication facilities available during Onsite emergency

Name Designation Seat Location Contact No. Mr. Sadanand Pathak (Manager HR) Factory (02553) 661048 Mr. G. B. Kadam (Manager - Production) Factory (02553) 661050 Mr. V S Shete (Manager – Production) Factory (02553) 661016 Mr. Vilas Dighe (Maintenance) Factory (02553) 661020 Mr. Devidas Ghule (In Charge-Store) Factory (02553) 661018 Mr. Mukesh Pagar (EHS Executive) Factory (02553) 661044

G) Fire Fighting Facilities

Firefighting equipment suitable for emergency are maintained well in each section in the plant.

This would be developed according to the statutory requirements. However, fire hydrant line

covering major areas has been laid. Fire alarms have been located in the bulk storage areas. In

view of proposed expansion, additional fire water tank will be provided. Additional fire hydrant

points and fire extinguishers will be provided along proposed warehouse , tank farm and

production unit, ETP area. As per IS 2190:2010 and section 71-B of MFR 1963 the fire fighting

facility is adequate for proposed expansion. The below details highlight the firefighting facilities

at site.

Table No: 7.18 Fire Fighting Tank Details

7.4.4 List of proposed fire extinguishers & fire buckets provided

Table No: 7.19. List of fire extinguishers & fire buckets to be provided Ext. No. Type Capacity Location

1 DCP 5 kg Main gate enter ( Security Office)

Fire Fighting Tank Details Capacity of Fire Fighting tanks 400 cum. + 200 cum Type of tank Overhead/ Below head Below Head. Material of Construction RCC Pump Capacity of fire fighting tank 177 m3/hr No of assembly points 2 No of exit points for emergency evacuation Two nos in each building – 2*8= 16 Fire Hydrant system Available. No of proposed fire hydrant points in the premises

27




2 CO2 2 kg Meter Room 3 CO2 4.5 kg Near DG Set 4 CO2 4.5 kg Near Panel Room 5 ABC 6 kg Near loading platform in store entry 6 DCP 25 kg Near weighing balance store 7 DCP 5 kg Near F.G. Storage 8 ABC 9 kg Near Main entrance (west) Store 9 CO2 4.5 kg Near Dusting Room 10 DCP 5 kg Near QA office stair case 11 ABC 6 kg QA Document room 12 CO2 4.5 kg Near Vacuum Pump in A-Block 13 DCP 25 kg Ground Floor 'A' Block 14 ABC 6 kg Near AGLR 21 'A' Block 1st 15 CO2 22.5 kg Near AGLR 25 'A' Block 1st 16 ABC 6 kg Left side of sitting arrangement of supervisor 'A' Block 1st floor 17 DCP 25 kg Near sitting arrangement of supervisor 1st floor of 'A' Block 18 ABC 6 kg Near AGLR 17 'A' Block 2nd 19 DCP 25 kg Near AGLR 24 'A' Block 2nd 20 CO2 22.5 kg Near ASSR 14 'A' Block 2nd floor 21 DCP 10 kg Clean room (Day store room) 22 CO2 9.5 kg Clean room (Quarantine room door) 23 DCP 5 kg API store near cylinder 24 CO2 4.5 kg UPS Room 25 ABC 6 kg Near Entrance of „B‟ Block 26 ABC 6 kg Near BCNF 06 „B‟ Block 27 ABC 6 kg In front of BRVD 02 „B‟ Block 28 ABC 6 kg In front of BRVD 01 „B‟ Block 29 DCP 10 kg Near BCNF 03 „B‟ Block 30 ABC 9 kg Near BSSR 09 „B‟ Block 31 ABC 6 kg Near BSSR 03 „B‟ Block 32 DCP 10 kg Near BSSR 01 „B‟ Block 33 CO2 4.5 kg Panel room „B‟ Block back side 34 ABC 9 kg Near TNBA tank „B‟ Block back side 35 CO2 22.5 kg Entrance „B‟ Block 36 ABC 6 kg Near stair case „C‟ Block 37 ABC 9 kg Near weight balance „C‟ Block 38 CO2 22.5 kg Near supervisor table „C‟ Block 39 ABC 6 kg In front of CSSR-01 „C‟ Block 40 ABC 6 kg Pilot Plant 41 CO2 4.5 kg Near Electrical Panel „E‟ Block 42 ABC 6 kg Near Lift „E‟ Block 43 ABC 6 kg Near Loading Platform „E‟ Block




44 ABC 6 kg Solvent Reactor „E‟ Block 45 ABC 6 kg Recovery solvent storage area „E‟ Block 46 ABC 6 kg Near document room „F‟ Block 47 DCP 25 kg Near D.M. Plant „F‟ Block 48 ABC 9 kg In front of Electrical Panel „F‟ Block 49 ABC 6 kg Entrance of Engg. Store „F‟ Block 50 ABC 6 kg Engg. Store „F‟ Block 51 ABC 9 kg Near FAHU 08 „F‟ Block 52 CO2 4.5 kg Electrical Panel „F‟ Block 53 DCP 25 kg Loading Area „F‟ Block 54 ABC 6 kg Near Module \-I entrance „F‟ Block 55 ABC 9 kg Near FGLR-03 Module –I „F‟ Block 56 ABC 6 kg Jet Mill Module- II „F‟ Block 57 ABC 6 kg Entrance Module- III „F‟ Block 58 ABC 9 kg Near FGLR-04 Module- III „F‟ Block 59 ABC 9 kg Near FSSR-02 „F‟ Block 60 ABC 9 kg Near FSSR-01 „F‟ Block 61 DCP 10 kg ETP plant 62 ABC 6 kg Drum yard back side 63 CO2 4.5 kg Drum yard front side 64 DCP 25 kg IBR Boiler Room 65 DCP 10 kg IBR Boiler Room 66 CO2 4.5 kg Fire Hydrant Room 67 FOAM 50 lit Near tank farm MDC tank 68 FOAM 50 lit Near tank farm Methanol tank 69 FOAM 50 lit Near tank farm Toluene tank 70 ABC 6 kg Admin Office 71 CO2 2 kg Admin office entrance 72 CO2 4.5 kg Near GC room „QC‟ dept 73 CO2 4.5 kg Near HPLC room „QC‟ dept 74 CO2 2 kg Sampling Lab „QC‟ dept 75 CO2 2 kg Micro Lab 76 CO2 2 kg Stability Room 77 ABC 6 kg Storage room „QC‟ dept.

7.4.5 Location of Proposed Fire Hydrants

Table No: 7.20 Locations of Fire Hydrants Sr No Location

Office Building

1. Warehouse west




2. Warehouse south west

3. Warehouse south east

4. Warehouse north east

5. RM3 tankfarm west

6. RM3 tankfarm south

7. RM3 tankfarm east

8. RM3 tankfarm north

9 Near DG set shed

Production Plant.

10. Tankfarm north

11. Near ejector cooling site

12. Process plant south

13. Process plant north

14 Process plant east

15 RM1 tankfarm east

16 RM1 tankfarm north

17 Process plant gr. Floor north

18 Process plant gr. Floor south

19 Process plant 1st Floor north

20 Process plant 1st Floor south

21 Process plant 2nd Floor north

22 Process plant 2nd Floor south

23 Process plant 3rd Floor north

24 Process plant 3rd Floor south

25 Process plant gr. Floor south

26 Solvent distillation plant

27 Utility building north




7.4.6 Fire Water Tank Justification

A) The amount of water required for firefighting purpose can be estimated by the below formula:

Water required in liters per minutes = (A + B +C + D)/20

A) The total area in sq. m of all Floors including galleries in all building of the Factory

B) The total area in sq. m of all Floors and galleries including open spaces in which combustible materials

C) The total area in sq. m. of all Floors over 15 m. above ground level

D) The total area in sq. m. of all floors of buildings other than those of fire resisting construction of various floors is so certified by any fire association or fire insurance company

Water required in liters per minutes = (24500 +24500+ 12250+ 0)/20

= 3062.5 lit/min

= 3.06 m3/min

The quantity of firefighting tank is 600 m3. Therefore the capacity is justified. As the back-up water supply will last for 130 min.

Time (min) = [Total water in firefighting tank (m3)]/water required m3/min

= 600/3.06

= 196 min

= 196 /60

= 3.26 Hrs.

The pump capacity in the plant is 177 m3/hr, therefore according to the discharge capacity of the pump installed. The back-up time by which the tank will be empty is calculated below,

Time (min) = [Total water in firefighting tank (m3)]/discharge capacity (m3/hr)

= 600/177

= 3.38 hours

=203 mins




7.4.7 Medical Facilities

The total number of employees in M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd would be around 120 Nos.

According to the Factories Act 1948 & Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 an Occupational

Health Center of 15 sq. m. area should be provided in which a part time factory medical officer

shall visit the factory at least twice in a week. Also one qualified person on First Aid measures

will be on duty. First aid box will be provided in every department of the company. At present

there are two first aid box located as per the above table with 5 people trained in using it. Out of

which one person is always on site. Necessary specific medicines for emergency treatment of

burns patients and for those affected by toxicity would be maintained. Breathing apparatus and

other emergency medical equipment would be provided and maintained in the OHC.

Private medical practitioners & government hospital would be approached in case of emergency

& short supply in the plant. Names of medical personnel and medical facilities in the surrounding

area would be prepared and updated which can be identified in the security office and emergency

control center. The help of nearby industrial managements would be taken under mutual aid

response group agreement if required.

Keeping in view the nature of the emergency, two levels of co-ordination are proposed. In the

case of an On Site Emergency, resources within the organization would be mobilized as explained

in the above section and in the event of an extreme emergency; local authorities‟ help would be

sought.

In the event of an emergency developing into an offsite emergency, local authority and District

Emergency Authority (normally the Collector) would be appraised and under his supervision, the

Off Site Disaster Management Plan would be exercised. The detailed risk analysis has indicated

that the pool fire effects would be felt outside the factory. Therefore it is necessary to prepare an

offsite emergency plan.

For this purpose, the offsite emergency plan has been highlighted in the below section, for the

facilities that are available locally, i.e. medical, transport, personnel, rescue accommodation,

voluntary organizations etc. would be mustered. Necessary rehearsals and training in the form of

mock drills should be organized in consultation with the district emergency authority.

7.4.7.1 Location of First Aid Kit in the Plant Premises




Table No.7.21 First Aid Kit Location

SR.NO FIRST AID KIT LOCATION 1 Security gate 2 Process plant- A,B, C, E 3 Control room 4 QC 5 Maintenance 6 ETP

Type and no. of protective and rescue equipment on site

Sr. No. Type No Location

1 Self Contained Breathing Apparatus Set 01 Control room.

2 Self Contained Breathing Apparatus Set 02 Main gate

3 Self Contained Breathing Apparatus Set 03 MCC room

4 Self Contained Breathing Apparatus Set 04 Warehouse

7.5 Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan The off-site plan will be prepared with the help of the local district authorities. The proposed plan

will be based on the following guidelines.

7.5.1 Introduction

Off-site emergency plan follows the on-site emergency plan. When the consequences of an

emergency situation go beyond the plant boundaries, it becomes an off-site emergency. Off-site

emergency is essentially the responsibility of the public administration. However, the factory

management will provide the public administration with the technical information relating to the

nature, quantum and probable consequences on the neighboring population. The off-site plan in

detail will be based on those events, which are most likely to occur, but other less likely events,

which have severe consequence, will also be considered. Incidents, which have very severe

consequences yet have a small probability of occurrence, should also be considered during the

preparation of the plan. However, the key feature of a good off-site emergency plan is flexibility

in its application to emergencies other than those specifically included in the formation of the

plan.




The roles of the various parties who will be involved in the implementation of an off-site plan are

described below. Depending on local arrangements, the responsibility for the off-site plan should

either rest with the works management or, with the local authority. Either way, the plan should

identify an emergency coordinating officer, who would take the overall command of the off-site

activities. As with the on-site plan, an emergency control centre should be set up with whom the

emergency coordinating officer & emergency planning officer can operate. An early decision will

be required in many cases on the advice to be given to people living "within range" of the

accident; in particular, whether they should be evacuated or told to go indoor. In the latter case,

the decision can regularly be reviewed in the event of an escalation of the incident.

Consideration of evacuation may include the following factors:

In the case of a major fire but without explosion risk (e.g. an oil storage tank), only houses

close to the fire are likely to need evacuation, although a severe smoke hazard may require

this to be reviewed periodically

If a fire is escalating and in turn threatening a store of hazardous material, it might be

necessary to evacuate people nearby, but only if there is time; if insufficient time exists,

people should be advised to stay indoors and shield themselves from the fire For release or

potential release of toxic materials, limited evacuation may be appropriate downwind if

there is time. The decision would depend partly on the type of housing "at risk".

Conventional housing of solid construction with windows closed offers substantial

protection from the effects of a toxic cloud, while shanty house, which can exist close to

factories, offers little or no protection.




Figure No 7.2: Offsite Emergency Plan

7.5.2 Role of the Chief Inspector

Chief Inspectors are likely to want to satisfy themselves that the organization responsible for

producing the off-site plan has made adequate arrangements for handling emergencies of all types

including major emergencies. Chief Inspector may verify the documented procedures and

evidence of exercise undertaken to test the onsite & offsite plan. The copy of the information

furnished to the workers, local authority, general public & District Emergency Authority is

submitted to the Chief Inspector for review. If the Chief Inspector is not satisfied with the content,

he may direct the occupier to supply further information to the workers, authority, general public

& District Emergency Authority as deemed necessary.

7.5.3 Role of the Emergency Coordinating Officer

The various emergency services will be coordinated by an emergency coordinating officer (ECO),

who is designated by the District Collector. The ECO will liaise closely with the Site Controller.

Again, depending on local arrangements, for very severe incidents with major or prolonged off-

Site Controller

Emergency Co-ordinatingOfficer

Appointed by District Authority

Emergency Planning Officer

Appointed by Local Authority

Chief Inspector

Appointed by State Gov. Authority

General Public

Fire Authority

Heath Authority

Police Authority

State Pollution Control Board

Emergency Plan




site consequences, the external control should be passed on to a Emergency Planning Officer of

the local authority administrator.

7.5.4 Role of the Local Authority

The company will enter into an agreement with the Emergency Planning Officer (EPO) of the

area, within whose jurisdiction the factory is situated for the Emergency officer to take

appropriate steps to inform the general public outside the factory who likely to be affected by an

accident. The information in the prescribed format would be shared with the EPO by the site

controller. The duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authorities. The emergency

planning officer (EPO) appointed should carry out his duty in preparing for a whole range of

different emergencies within the local authority area. The EPO should liase with the site

controller for ensuring that the plan is continually updated.

It is the responsibility of the EPO to ensure that all those organizations, which will be involved

off site in, handling the emergency, know of their role and are able to accept it by having for

example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to cover their particular responsibilities.

Rehearsals for off-site plans are organized by the EPO.

7.5.5 Role of Fire Authorities

The control of a fire should normally be the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who

would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on arrival at the site. The

senior fire brigade officer should also have a similar responsibility for other events, such as

explosions and toxic release. Fire authorities in the region should be apprised about the location of

all stores of flammable materials, water and foam supply points, and fire-fighting equipment.

They should be involved in on-site emergency rehearsals both as participants and, on occasion, as

observers of exercises involving on-site personnel.

7.5.6 Role of Health Authorities

Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances, and similar other

persons/institutions should have a vital part to play following a major accident, and they should

form an integral part of the emergency plan. For major fires, injuries should be the result of the

effects of thermal radiation to a varying degree, and the knowledge and experience to handle this




in all but extreme cases may be generally available in most hospitals. For major toxic releases, the

effects vary according to the chemical in question, and the health authorities should be apprised

about the likely toxic releases from the plant, which will enable them to deal with the aftermath of

a toxic release with treatment appropriate to such casualties. Major off-site incidents are likely to

require medical equipment and facilities inadditional to those available locally, and a medical

"mutual aid" scheme should exist to enable the assistance of neighboring authorities to be

obtained in the event of an emergency.

7.5.7 Role of Police Authority

Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property and

controlling traffic movements. Their functions should include controlling bystanders, evacuating

the public, identifying the dead and dealing with casualties, and informing relatives of dead or

injured.

7.5.8 Role of Pollution Control Board

On receipt of information officer of the pollution control board shall proceed to the affected site.

Conduct investigation including collection of data. Ensure that the spills have been contained with

no further damage possible to humans and environment. Further to declare the area fit for re-entry

after the decontamination is completed. In case of an environmental disaster, the pollution control

board shall, based on the contaminant released in to the environment, carry out with the help of

the industry and other agencies, such investigations as may be necessary to establish the degree of

contamination. Arrange for suitable decontamination using resources available in the area as well

as with the board.

7.5.9 External agencies contact details involved during emergency

Table No. 7.22 External agencies contact details involved during emergency

Sr. Name Telephone Hospitals

1 Dr. ARVIND APTE 2571142 2 PARIJAT HOSPITAL, CIDCO 2392432 3 CIVIL HOSPITAL 2583095, 2572038 4 E.S.I HOSPITAL, SATPUR 2351114 , 2551045 5 BYTCO HOSPITAL 2465722, 2465357 6 LIFE LINE HOSPITAL 2501363, 2590191, 2597904




7 RAJEBAHADUR HOSPITAL 2503206 8 RISHIKESH HOSPITAL 2316619-20 9 SHREYASH HOSPITAL 323991

Police Station 1 WADIVARHE POLICE STATION 236533

Fire Station 1 Fire tender

101 / 2509766 / 2590871/ 2463985

Municipality 1 COLLECTOR OFFICE, NASHIK 0253-2578500 / 2578600

MPCB 1 R.O.MPCB, SATPUR, NASHIK 0253-2365150

7.6. Resettlement & Rehabilitation Details

The proposed activity will be carried out at the plot of the company located at Wadivarhe,

Igatpuri, Nashik. Hence rehabilitation & resettlement aspects are not applicable in this project.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report For Expansion of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Located At Gut No. 350/1, 350/ 2, 350/3, village Wadivarhe, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra. SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/DFPL/003/2017-18/00

Chapter 8: Project Benefits


Chapter 8 – Project Benefits

The proposed expansion project activity for manufacturing of API and intermediate chemicals

will be carried out at existing plot of the company located at Plot No. 350/1, 350/2, 350/3, village

Wadivarhe, Igatpuri Taluka, Dist: Nashik, State Maharashtra. Starting of proposed activity will

be beneficial to the people in surrounding area/region, as additional 100 numbers of employees

will be required. This may also improve the economic status of the local people.

It is anticipated that the proposed expansion activity will provide benefits to locals during both

construction & operational phase thereby helping in up-liftment of the locale specific

socioeconomic stature of the project affected area.

Overall benefits of the project are as follows: 1) The plant is located at Non agricultural land purchased by project proponent, therefore no

human displacement or clearance of vegetation is envisaged.

2) Employment opportunities will be generated for local people, since company intend to

employ additional man force for operation.

3) Under CER activities the company will focus on locale specific aspects such as education &

skill development, Health awareness to the people, water and sanitation and various social

activities. Presently company have contributed funds to prime ministers relief fund ,

distribution of education material in schools in wadivarhe village and undertaking lake

cleaning project to increase water holding capacity of lake. Post project CER plan is prepared

by proponent and the expenditure will be done accordingly.

4) Industry trust on employee’s strength so management of the industry always promotes and

maintains the safety conditions in and around the workers.

5) The project will have major impact on the resource conservation by way of solvent recovery,

water conservation and recycling of wastewater by ZLD implementation.

Thus a significant benefit to the socio-economic environment is likely to be created due to the

project.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report For Expansion of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Located At Gut No. 350/1, 350/2, 350/3, Village Wadivarhe, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra. SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/DFPL/003/2017-18/00

Chapter 9: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis


Chapter 9 – Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis Though, the Cost Benefit was not given as TOR however, in view of the economic benefits to

the industrial unit vis-à-vis environmental benefits accrued have been discussed in the following

paragraphs

9.1 Economic benefits to the industry due to various Environment protective measures:

9.1.1 Rain water harvesting: By the implementation of Rain water harvesting system with design storage capacity of 4.5

Lakh Liters, it is estimated that 3.5 lakh liter of fresh water would be conserved annually;

which approximately saves around INR 70,000 per annum.

Capital Cost (Rs.)

Quantity of harvested Rain water (liters)

Cost of fresh water (Rs./Liter)

Total cost of fresh water to be saved (Rs./annum)

7,00,000 3,50,000 0.07* 24,500 *Information received from Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd.

9.1.2 Solvent Recovery Plant: After the implementation of solvent recovery plant, 90-92 % solvent recovery is achieved;

resulting in around 40 % saving in the fresh solvent cost/consumption. Solvent recovery is

useful in economic as well as environmental aspects, as the reduction in fresh solvents

consumption, transportation etc. will be beneficial. In practice, INR 18 Lakh are saved

monthly. The details of solvent recovery scheme are illustrated in Chapter 10; Page No. 18.

Product Solvent Solvent Consumption (MT/M)

Solvent Recovery (MT/M)

Solvent Recovery (Kg/M)

Cost of Fresh Solvent/ Kg (Rs.)

Cost of Solvent If Purchased New (Rs/Month)

Cost Saving Due To Solvent Recovery (Rs / Month)

Praziquantel Methylene Dichloride 5.5 5.0 5000 30 150000 150000

Praziquantel Toluene 2.5 2.3 2300 30 69000 69000 Acebrofylline

Dimethyl Formamide 1.2 1.0 1000 35 35000 35000

Doxofylline Methanol 2.0 1.80 1800 23 41400 41400




Levosulpiride Methanol 3.0 2.70 2700 23 62100 62100

Ethionamide Tetrahydrofuran 7 5.50 5500 83 456500 456500

Fenofibrate Isopropanol 3.0 2.4 2400 62 148800 148800 Total 9,62,800 Solvent recovery plant running cost 4,50,000 Net cost saving 5,12,800

9.1.3 Solar water heater: Solar water heating system is installed to reduce heat requirements from boiler operations.

100 % of boiler water requirement is fulfilled by solar water heater. This measure is most

significant in increasing boiler efficiency, reducing fuel requirement & corresponding air

emissions, decreasing reaction cycle time and hence resulting in economic & environmental

benefits etc. Approximately, INR 1,40,000 are saved per month against fuel consumption.

Capital Cost of Solar water heating system

Quantity of fuel saved (L/M)

Cost of fuel per liter (Rs.)

Cost of fuel saved per month (Rs.)

14,00,000 3500 40 1,40,000

9.1.4 Recycling and reuse of water after Effluent treatment: By implementing full-fledged Effluent treatment system, Delta Finochem would possibly

recycle water quantity of around 133.7 m3 per day by reusing the water, recycled after the

treatment and condensate recovery. Hence, approximately INR 9400 will be saved per day as

fresh water cost.

9.2 Cost Benefit Analysis: Sr. No. Measures taken Capital investment* Annual saving (Rs./annum) 1 Rain water harvesting 7,00,000 24,500 2 Solvent recovery plant 30,50,000 61,53,600 3 Solar water heating

system 14,00,000 16,80,000 (in terms of fuel

saving for pre heating boiler feed water)

* Note: Information received from Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd.




9.3 Environmental benefits:

Apart from these economic benefits, Delta Finochem achieves environmental benefits

because of these measures. Rain water harvesting and full-fledged effluent treatment plant

helps in achieving reduction in water demand by efficient conservation and recycling

techniques, industry also achieves zero effluent discharge. Dedicated solvent recovery plant

is useful in reducing the fresh solvent consumption and associated effluent and emissions.

Solar water heater reduces fuel requirements; increased boiler efficiency would result in

reducing air emissions in environment. Hence, adopted measures are not only economically

viable but also beneficial to the environment of study area around Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report For Expansion of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Located at Gut No. 350/1,350/2 & 350/3, village Wadivarhe, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra. SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/DFPL/003/2017-18/00

Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan


Chapter 10 – Environmental Management Plan

10.1 Introduction Every industrial development is associated with the positive and negative impacts on

environmental components. Though the probable negative impacts cannot be nullified

completely the much required developmental activities cannot be impeded.

Environmental Impact Assessment helps in identifying potential environmental impacts of

aexpansion project activity. Based on the finding of the impact assessment, Environment

Management Plan is devised to minimize the adverse impacts and enumerate various steps to be

taken for improvement of the environment. Environmental Management Plan helps in

formulation, implementation and monitoring of environmental parameters during commissioning

of project. Environment Management Plan (EMP) is the tool to ensure a safe and clean

environment. A project may have identified proper mitigation measures but without a

management plan to execute it, the desired results may not be obtained. The Environment

Management Plan envisages proper implementation of mitigation measures to reduce the adverse

impacts arising out of the project activities.

Some of the major objectives of the EMP are:

Ensure the project implementation with minimal impacts on all environmental components

Minimize the impacts on socio- economic indicators of local and adjoining regions

Maintain the highest level of readiness for meeting the needs of any deviation in sustainability

practices

Systematic implementation with adequate manpower, budget and action plan for EMP

To demonstrate the effectiveness of EMP workability along with the project proponent’s

commitment.




10.2 Organizational Structure of Environmental Management

Figure No. 10.1: Schematic Representation of organizational structure of Environment Management

10.3 Budgets for Environmental Management / Environmental Pollution Control Measures

Table No. 10.1: Cost details for environmental management

Sr.

No.

Parameters Capital Cost

(Rs.)

Recurring Cost

per annum (Rs.)

1 Air Pollution Control 1,00,00,000 15,00,000

2 Water Pollution Control 4,00,00,000 35,00,000

3 Noise Pollution Control 2,00,000 30,000

4 Environment Monitoring and Management 07,00,000 10,00,000

5 Occupational Health 5,00,000 75,000

6 Green Belt 13,00,000 2,00,000

7 Solid Waste Management 5,00,000 2,00,000

8 Water conservation 8,00,000 50,000

Total cost (Rs.) 5,40,00,000 65,55,000




10.4 Details of EMP Budgetary Allocation The proposed budgetary allocation has been made with a view to install new pollution control

devices, online web camera, flow meter and to carry out post project monitoring and

management of overall environment during the operational phase etc, as committed in Public

hearing. The basis and estimated costing of the EMP budget is as depicted in the following table.

Table No.10.2: Justification of EMP budgetary allocation

Sr. no

Component

Particulars Estimated Cost (INR, in lakhs)

Budgetary Allocation Capital Investment (INR, in lakhs)

Budgetary Allocation Recurring Expenditure (INR, in lakhs)

1 Air Installation of new stack for boiler, additional process scrubberswith stack, DG set stack.

85 100 15

2 Water Segregation of high COD/TDS and low COD/TDS streams. Provision of MEE unit consisting stripper column and ATFD for high COD/TDS streams and upgradation of existing ETP to treat additional hydraulic load of low COD/TDS streams. Provision of two stage RO system to purify treated effluent

350 400 35

3 Noise Acoustic enclosures to noise generating equipment, Installation of anti-vibration pads.

1.5 2 0.3

4 Environment Monitoring & Management

Quarterly Environment Monitoring (Per year)

4 7 10

Ambient Air Monitoring

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO

Work Place Air Monitoring

VOCs & Fugitive Emissions

Boiler & DG Set Monitoring

TPM, SO2, NOx




Effluent (Treated &Untreated)

pH, COD, BOD, TSS, TDS, Oil & Grease, Online continuous monitoring system for Effluents

5 Occupational Health

Glares, Breathing Masks, Gloves, Boots, Helmets, Ear Plugs etc. & annual health-medical checkup of workers, Occupational Health (training, OHC center)

4 5 0.75

6 Green Belt

Green belt development activity 10 13 -- Estimated annual expenditure for maintenance of green belt

-- -- 2

7 Solid Waste Management

Solid Waste Management -- 5 2

8 Rain Water Harvesting Tank

Annual Cleaning up and maintenance of RWH tanks, artificial pond

5 8 0.5

Total Cost (INR, Lakhs) 459.5 540 65.55 10.5 Details of Environmental Mitigation Measures The probable impacts identified & the mitigation measures envisaged for protection of

Environmental Components during the construction and operational phase are as tabulated in the

table below.

Table No.10.3: Overview of probable environmental pollution & mitigation measures during construction phase

Sr. No


Aspect Attributes


1. Air Quality

Minor dust emissions from handling & transportation of cement/concrete/

This will have temporary impact on workers who are exposed to the dust pollution generated due to the construction

Traffic management for loading and unloading of the materials. Regular sprinkling of water on the working




stone aggregates.

activity can suffer from respiratory problems and prolonged exposure can lead to malfunctioning of lungs.

site, Avoiding Cement dust emission, Managing stockpiles. Creating wind barrier for controlling the dust emissions.

2. Noise Quality Noise generated from construction equipments/machinery like spade, shovel, dabber, drill, hammer, concrete mixer etc. Transportation of construction materials.

The impacts of high noise level would be Temporary/Permanent hearing loss, Mental disturbance, Increase in heart rate, Affecting worker's performance.

Appropriate PPEs will be provided to the workers. Implementation of Traffic management. Development of Green belt.

3. Water Quality Water used for construction activity mainly for concrete mixing, sprinkling etc.

Contamination of the soil and nearby water bodies due to the surface runoff.

Proper surface water runoff management would be implemented. Storm water drain would be provided.

4. Solid Waste Management

No demolition work is envisaged however minor quantities of solid waste generation is anticipated in the form of concrete/construction materials left over.

Unhealthy Work Conditions at project site.

The solid waste generated in the construction phase would be disposed off through local Municipal Corporation.




Table No.10.4: Overview of probable environmental pollution & mitigation measures

during operational phase

Sr. No.


Aspect Attributes


1. Air Quality

Operation of Boiler Gaseous emission from manufacturing process, Non spontaneous emissions from Transportation of raw materials & finished goods. VOC emission generated due to the handling and storage of the solvents & other raw materials.

The Maximum Incremental concentration of pollutants are, PM10 - 0.13g/m3 PM2.5 - 0.1g/m3 SO2 – 6.38 g/m3 NOx - 0.11 g/m3 & CO-0.00001 mg/m3

The Health effects related to particulate matter are majorly respiratory, pulmonary injury & lung cancer etc. Exposure to SO2 and NOx majorly leads to respiratory problems. Carbon monoxide decreases the oxygen carrying capacity of the blood by reducing the hemoglobin. The health effects related to VOC emission are eye, nose and throat irritation headaches, loss of coordination and nausea, damage to liver, kidney and central nervous system etc. The air emissions in long course of time may affect the

1. The existing boiler have stack of 26 m height; additional boiler will be provided appropriate Stack height of 30 m. 2. Two acidic and an alkali scrubber of 25m3/hr. circulation capacity are used presently to scrub the process emissions. Two additional acidic scrubber of 25m3/hr capacity will be installed to effectively scrub the gases from the manufacturing process. 3. The roads within the premises are paved to avoid the dust generation from vehicular activity. In the expansion project the roads will be paved to reduce dust generation 4. It will be ensured that all the transportation vehicles have a valid PUC (Pollution under Control) Certificate. 5. Proper servicing & maintenance of vehicles will be carried out. 6. Regular sweeping of all the roads & floors will be done. 7. The existing thick




immediate surrounding vegetation stature physically (leaf senescence, hampered growth etc.) & biologically thus may affect the overall surrounding ecology.

green belt along the plant boundary will help to capture the fugitive emission. Additional 10 m wide green belt will be developed around plant boundary to reduce fugitive emissions in atmosphere. 8. Industry shall ensure that at no point of time the air emission concentrations exceed the prescribed standards.

2. Noise Quality Operation of Boiler, Reactors, ancillary utilities & transportation activity.

The impacts of high noise level would be Temporary/Permanent hearing loss, Mental disturbance Increase in heart rate Decreasing in workers performance due to psychiatric disorder Workers developing Tinnitus due to high level of noise exposure on regular basis. The increased noise level may induce locale level disturbances/ temporary migration of fauna in the immediate vicinity of the project area.

1. Acoustic enclosure will be provided to the high noise generating equipments for attenuation of noise level during operation. 2. Boilers will be placed in a confined space viz. boiler house where the surrounding walls acts as a barrier for noise propagation. 3. Isolation of high intensity noise generating equipments. 4. Using engineering controls for reducing the noise level. 5. Appropriate traffic management to be implemented. 6. Green belt developed around the company premises will acts a noise barrier. 7. Appropriate PPE should be provided to




workers. 3. Water Quality 1. Effluent from

manufacturing process. 2. Effluent from Scrubber operations 3. Blow down water from Boiler and Cooling Tower. 4.Domestic wastewater

Indiscriminate release/discharge of effluents may contaminate the surrounding surface and groundwater & there by affecting the overall ecology & agricultural productivity.

The present ZLD treatment scheme will be continued after expansion. The effluent will be segregated in high COD/TDS effluent and low COD/TDS effluent. The high COD/TDS effluent will be treated by stripper column followed by MEE and ATFD

1. The low COD/TDS effluent from manufacturing process, boiler and cooling tower blowdown will be treated in the ETP.

2. The domestic wastewater is treated in the septic tank and the overflow is connected to the aeration tank of the ETP.

3. The treated effluent will be passed through RO. The RO permeate water will be used in the industrial process and the RO reject will be treated in the MEE.

4. The condensate water from MEE will be again treated in the secondary treatment of ETP. The salt generated will be




disposed to the CHWTSDF Ranjangaon.

4. Solid Waste Management - Hazardous Waste

1.Used/Spent oil (5.1) 2. Hazardous waste generated from the manufacturing process (Distillation) (20.3). 3. Sludge generated from the ETP operation (35.3). 4. Residue generated from the MEE operation. (37.3) 5. Discarded containers (33.1) 6. Spent solvents (20.2) 7. Spent carbon (36.2)

Unscientific handling & disposal may lead to contamination of surrounding soil, water sources & there by affecting the ecology & health of the workers coming in direct contact with the hazardous waste like skin allergies/rashes/burns etc.

1. Hazardous waste, empty containers generated from the manufacturing process presently disposed to CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon. 2. Sludge generated from the ETP operations are disposed to - CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon. 3. Waste salt generated from MEE is presently disposed to - CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon. In future same practice will be followed.

Solid Waste Management - Non Hazardous waste

1. Scrap Metal 2. Scrap Plastic 3. Office Waste 4.Food Waste 5. Carboys & wooden pellets

1. Haphazard handling& storage may lead to inadequate open space in plant premises & it may lead to rodent breeding.

Designated area for Scrap materials is provided in the plant. Scrap materials is recycled through registered scrap vendors. Daily housekeeping waste and small amount of food waste is disposed through local waste management facility.




10.6 Fly Ash utilization as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009.

The boiler fuel is fuel/ furnace oil, there will not be significant fly ash generation by fuel burning

therefore utilization of fly ash is not envisaged, as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009.

10.7 Action Plan for Green Belt Development

Generally green belt developed along the factory boundary helps to arrest/capture dust emissions

escaping beyond the factory boundary and also helps to minimize intensity of noise propagating

out of the factory premises along with improving the aesthetics of project site.

10.7.1 Design and development of green belt

Design: 10 mwide green belt will be developed along the boundary of the project plotin addition

to existing green belt.

Selection of plant species: The plants to be planted are selected considering the floral scenario

as observed in the study area during the baseline assessment study (preferably native fast

growing, non fruiting plants having large leaf area).

10.7.2 Project plot area breakup details

Table No.10.5: Project plot area break up details

Existing Proposed Total

Total Plot Area 20200 60400 80600

Built-up Area 9500 15000 24500

Parking area 1500 6560 8060

Greenbelt Area 5273.18 10265.55 15338.73




10.7.3 Proposed green belt

Reconnaissance survey were conducted along with the project proponent to identify sites for

proposed green belt & the areas thus demarcated for the proposed green belt were plotted on the

Autocad system, the layout plan thus generated is depicted below.

Figure 10.2: Existing & Proposed Greenbelt plantation at M/s. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd.




10.7.4 Area consideration for plantation The area assumption required for individual large tree/medium size tree is as follows:

1. Area required for large/ medium size growth achieving tree = 2.6 meter x 2.6 meter Table No.10.6: Break up of proposed green belt area and number of plants to be planted

Sr. No. Green Belt Site Area in (sq. m.) No. of plants to be planted

1 Block A 1590.52 235

2 Block B 2795.64 413

3 Block C 2218.18 328 4 Block D 1965.08 291 5 Block E 1695.79 251 Total 10265 1518

Environmental Impact Assessment Report For Expansion of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Located at Gut No. 350/1,350/2 & 350/3 Village Wadivarhe, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra. SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/DFPL/003/2017-18/00



10.7.5 Action plan & estimated budgetary allocation for proposed green belt development The proposed green belt development will be done in phase wise manner viz. Phase - I (June 2018)

and Phase - II (June 2019) and the details of estimated budgetary allocations are as given in the

following tables.

Table No.10.7: Action plan & estimated budgetary allocation for proposed plantation during

Phase - I (June 2018)

Estimate for block plantation - A & B block

Total area: 4386.16 sq. m. No. of plants to be planted : 648 Estimated Expenditure

Sr. No. Particulars of work Magnitude Rate ( Rs.) per unit Amount (Rs.)

1 Alignment & Digging of pits 648 120 77,760.00

2 Purchase of plants (saplings of large/medium size growing trees) 648 160 1,03,680.00

3 Transportation cost (transportation of plants to project site including loading & unloading) & planting in pits

25,000.00 25,000.00

4 Purchase of soil & fertilizers 2,50,000.00 2,50,000.00

5 Purchase of bricks/fencing material (for green belt bordering/fencing) 70,000.00 70,000.00

Total 5,26,440.00

Table No.10.8: Action plan & estimated budgetary allocation for proposed plantation during Phase - II (June 2019)

Estimate for block plantation – C, D & E block

Total area: 5897.05 sq. m. No. of plants to be planted : 870 Estimated Expenditure

Sr. No. Particulars of work Magnitude Rate ( Rs.) per unit Amount (Rs.)

1 Alignment & Digging of pits 870 130 1,13,100




2 Purchase of plants (saplings of large/medium size growing trees) 870 180 1,56,600

3 Transportation cost (transportation of plants to project site including loading & unloading) & planting in pits

30,000 30,000

4 Purchase of soil & fertilizers 3,00,000 3,00,000

5 Purchase of bricks/fencing material (for green belt bordering/fencing) 80,000 80,000

Total 6,79,700 Table No.10.9: Recurring cost for maintaining green belt

Estimates for maintaining the green belt Estimated Expenditure

Sr. No. Particular of work Capital Recurring/Annum

1 Installation of drip irrigation: The existing 5273.18 sq. m. & proposed 10265.55 sq. m. thus a total green belt area of 15338.73 sq. m. will be brought under drip irrigation

90,000

--

2 Water Expenditures: Watering for 8 months (240 days) 15338 sq.m. of green belt to be watered 40 CMD, of fresh water Maintenance of green belt: Appointment of 1 no. caretaker @ 15,000/- per month for maintenance of green belt Supply of manure/fertilizer & miscellaneous expenses

--

--

--

10,000

1,80,000

10,000

Total 90,000 2,00,000 10.7.6 Suggested plant species A mix plantation of native of trees as depicted in the below table is suggested for proposed green belt development.




Table No.10.10: List of suggested plant species

Sr. No. Botanical name Family Common name Quantity 1 Cassia fistula Ceasalpiniaceae Bahava 75 2 Bombaxceiba Bombacaceae Sawar 75 3 Asltoniashcolaris Apocynaceae Saptaparni 75 4 Macarangapeltata Euphorbiaceae Chandwar 75 5 Schleicheraoleosa Sapindaceae Kususm 75 6 Microcospaniculata Tiliaceae Shirali 75 7 Terminaliaelliptica Combretaceae Ain 75 8 Terminaliapaniculata Combretaceae Kindal 75 9 Terminaliabellirica Combretaceae Baheda 75 10 Cordiadichotoma Boraginacea Shelu 75 11 Helicteresisora Sterculiacea Murudsheng 75 12 Holopteleaintegrifolia Ulmaceae Ainasadada 75 13 Buteamonosperma Fabaceae Palash 75 14 Oroxylumindiccum Bignoniaceae Tetu 75 15 Erythrinasunberosa Fabaceae Pangara 75 16 Azadirachtaindica Meliaceae Kadulimb 75 17 Dalbergiasissoo Fabaceae Shisham 75 18 Tremaorientalis Cannabaceae Ghol 75 19 Callicarpatomentosa Verbenaceae Aiser 75 20 Neolamarckiacadamba Rubiaceae Kadamba 93

10.8 Action plan for rain water harvesting measures at plant site Rainwater harvesting is a technique used for collecting, storing, and using rainwater for landscape

irrigation and other uses. The rainwater is collected from various hard surfaces such as roof tops

and/or other types of manmade above ground hard surfaces. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. have built-up a

rain water harvesting system for collection of rain water which will be utilized for gardening, domestic

use as well as for cooling tower makeup water during rainy season which will ultimately reduce

demand of fresh water from other sources.

Average rainfall in the Wadivarhe and nearby area is approx. 600 mm.

An area of 700 sq. m. is available for roof top rainwater harvesting from Production blocks,

Administrative building etc.




Capacity of amount of Rain water that can be collected (Approx): Annual rainfall (mm) X Roof Area

(sq.m) X 0.9 (Run off Coefficient) = 600 X 700 X 0.9 = 378000 L/A.

An artificial pond having 4.5 lakh liter holding capacity is provided in the premises to collect and store

rain water for gardening purpose. Two tanks of 10 m3 capacity i.e. 2.5 m x 2 m x 2 m are provided for

Roof top rain water harvesting.

In monsoon this treated water will be used for domestic use, make up water for boiler & cooling

tower. This results in overall reduction of fresh water intake.

10.9 Storm Water Management In developed area like Industrial estate or company premises, impervious surface such as pavements in

factory premises prevents precipitation from naturally soaking to the ground, instead of that water runs

into storm drains. Managing the quantity and quality of storm water is termed, "Storm water

Management."

Storm water quantity can be estimated by three methods.

Figure 10.3: Rain water harvesting system in the company




1. SCS Technique: Curve number method of USDA

2. Commercial Software: Storm water management model (SWMM) or STORM

3. Rational Method.

In this section of the report rational method will be used to quantify the amount of storm water runoff

per hour in the plant premises.

Rational Method

Q = 10 CiA

Q= Runoff in m3/hr

C = Coefficient of runoff

i = intensity of rainfall in mm/hr

A = Area of drainage in hectares.

Q = 10 x 0.9 x 0.21 x 8.06

Q = 15.23 m3/hr

Conclusion:

The maximum water that can be received during rainy season on the plant is calculated to be around

15.23 m3/hr. Hence for proper surface runoff management, internal storm water drains of adequate

capacity will be additionally developed to match the carrying capacity more than 16 m3/hr.

10.10 Solvent Management System

Organic solvents are one of the costly raw materials which get utilized in Chemical Industries; these

solvents may have hazardous nature, which may cause harm to environmental components. The main

requirement of solvent management in the industry is minimum inventory maintenance, safe working

environment and accurate dispensing. The solvent dispensing system integrates various operations at




solvent yard and production blocks like unloading, dispensing etc. solvent management start right

from solvent unloading, storage, charging, recovery & reuse of the used solvent.

The solvent utilization, recycling for expansion project is envisaged as follows:

1) Organic solvents are stored in Tanks/ drums to avoid handling losses solvents are transferred

through pump in closed day tank.

2) To avoid leakages from drums & pipelines, regular inspection & maintenance will be done.

3) Closed feed system is adopted for reactor charging

4) Flame proof equipment are used during maintenance

Table 10.11: Solvent use and recovery summary

Sr. No

Name of the Product

Name of the Solvent

Solvent consumption

MT/M

Solvent Recovery in MT/M

Solvent recovery within

manufacturing process

(%)

Remaining solvent in Process effluent (%)

Mixed solvent recovery from Effluent stream (%)

1 Praziquantel Methylene

Dichloride 5.5 5.0 90 10

80-85* (To

Solvent recycler)

2 Praziquantel Toluene 2.5 2.3 92 8

3 Acebrofylline Dimethyl

Formamide 1.2 1.0 83 17

4 Doxofylline Methanol 2.0 1.80 90 10

5 Levosulpiride Methanol 3.0 2.70 90 10

6 Ethionamide Tetrahydrofuran 7 5.50 79 21

7 Fenofibrate Isopropanol 3.0 2.4 85 15

* Remaining component of mixed solvent within the effluent stream is carried forward for further

treatment in full-fledged ETP.




The recovered solvents during manufacturing process are reused in the next batch of same product.

Whereas, the residual mixture of spent solvents after stripper recovery process are sold to MPCB

authorized recyclers. The consent copy of authorized recycler is attached as Annexure 10.1.

The recovered solvent would be reused for 3-4 times and afterwards it will be sold to the following

MPCB authorized vendor.

Sr. no. Vendor name Consent no.

1 M/s. Romel holdings Pvt. Ltd.

Plot no. 292, TTC industrial area, MIDC

Rabale, Navi Mumbai.

RONM/NNB/TTC/Red/O/CC/-MPCB/14/01968

valid up to 31/12/2018

The company has a dedicated solvent recovery system of 3 KL capacity. The recovery system will

have a packed fractionation column capable of solvent distillation of 90-99% purity. Column

specifications are given in following table.

Specifications of the solvent recovery system

Sr. No Description Capacity MOC

1 Column 3 KL SS316

2 Primary condenser for distillation

column

10 m3 SS316

3 Secondary condenser for distillation

column

10 m3 SS316

4 Water receiver tank 3 KL SS316




Figure 10.4 Schematics of solvent recovery system




10.11 CER (Corporate Environment Responsibility) Activity

Project undertaking social environmental responsibility is not a business posture, but is the result of

market economy development in some stage, is the inner demand of enterprise and self-conscious

action. Social responsibility has become a new competition after the talent, technology and

management, is the important variable effected enterprise sustainable development, true sustainable

and build up harmonious society through undertaking social environmental responsibility.

For development & improvement in socio economic condition company will make provisions for fixed

budgetary allocation for social commitment as a part of social responsibility.

After accomplishment of the proposed expansion project, company is willing do following activities:

Improving access to quality education for primary level (6-14 years) children for improving their

learning levels and ensuring continuity in formal schools.

To undertake lake cleaning project for increasing the water holding capacity of lakes

Strengthening primary health centers in nearby community.




10.11.1 Action Plan for CER Activity

Table No.10.12: List of CER Activity

Cost of Proposed Project

Cost for the CER Activity

Year of Implement

ation

Amount in Rs.

Activity Cost estimation

20.06 Cr. is

the Project

Cost.

50.15 Lakh. 2017 10.80469L

akh

Contribution to the prime

minister national relief fund.

Cleaning of lake in village

Vellhali, TalukaIgatpuri,

District Nashik, Maharashtra

to increase the water holding

capacity of the lake

Particulars Amount (Approx.) Prime minister

national relief fund 8,30,469/-

Lake cleaning activity. 2,50,000/-

2018 9.25 Lakh Providing modern teaching

facilities to schools in

Wadivarhe, Vilholi, Muranmi,

Mukane and Gond-

Dhumalsuch as Projector,

Computer and Projector

Screen.


Computer (10 nos.) 4,00,000/- Projector (5 no.) 3,50,000/- Projector Screen

(5no.) 50,000/-

Laboratory consumables 1,25,000/-




2019 10.03 Lakh 2) Organizing Health Check-

up camp for nearby villages

other nearby village Schools


Normal Health Checkup 2,50,000/- Checkup by Eye-

Specialist 2,50,000/-

Checkup by ENT Specialist 2,00,000/-

Checkup by Dentist 1,50,000/- Blood Tests for Blood

group, WBC Count, ESR, Platelet Count, etc.

1,53,000/-

2020 10.03 Lakh Donation to needy patient to

avail expensive medical

facility

Lake cleaning activity in

nearby villages Murambi,

Mukane


Donation for cancer treatment, heart by-pass

surgery, angioplasty, joint replacement, dialysis

5,00,000/-

Lake cleaning by removing debris 5,03,000/-




2021 10.03 Lakh Providing basic amenities to

the Primary health Care

Center located at Vilholi,

Gonde-Dhumala,

Gadgasangvi, Lahangewadi.


Heath care center building renovations 3,00,000/-

Modern equipment in health center 3,00,000/-

laboratory instruments 1,00,000/- Laboratory consumables 1,03,000/- Equipment like heart rate

monitor, glucometer, blood pressure monitor

80,000/-

beds 120000/-




Although Maharashtra is one of the affluent states in India with the highest per capita income,

and contributes over 15% of the country's national income and 40% of the tax revenues, having

one of the largest industrial economies, still the benefits of development have not reached in

every corner of the society. The availability well being of any individual can be ensured by

providing timely supply of food, primary health care and adequate education. Out of these food

and education is receiving attention to some extent from the government but that in the area of

healthcare and medical supplies is yet a challenge to for the state.

In order to bridge the gap of medical and health care facilities the proponent envisages

supporting and providing the local community with primary healthcare facilities and education.

The project proponent have assigned Mr. Vilas Bhor for execution of the CER activities as per

the planning. As a part of the commitment 2.5 % of the present project cost is planned to be

engaged in the social welfare. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. has already started with the CER

Activity their Achievements till date are listed below:

Company has contributed to the prime ministers national relief fund.

The company have contributed to lake cleaning project in the nearby village Velhali, by

providing earthmovers and skilled labours to increase the water holding capacity of lake

10.12 Occupational Health

Plan & fund allocation to ensure the occupation health and safety of all contract and casual

workers.

The objective of occupational health environment is to provide safe working environment to the

employees of the company. Good occupational health management keep workers physical

conditions healthy or non-deteriorating in work environment which keeps the worker physically

and psychologically sound. It results in




High productivity

Improved work efficiency

Work satisfaction

Less medical expenses towards employees thereby less recurring cost.

The company has planned all the necessary control measures to prevent air pollution, water

pollution and degradation of soil in the project surrounding areas. Since all the pollution control

measures are planned. Minor accidents, noise, poor ventilation and accidental chemical exposure

are the only possible occupational health hazards from the manufacturing activities. For the

prevention of it, the company will educate the operators and workers for the safety rules,

procedure and preventive measures and to use personnel protective measures.

Company has provided Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs) to their all workers, while

periodic medical health checkup as Occupational Health & Safety measures is being carried out.

The medical checkup records are attached as Annexure 10.2

Company will recruit additional 100 no. of workers,Total capital investment of 5 Lakh will be

spent as Occupational Health & Safety measures for them.

10.13 Environment Health Safety Policy

Company has developed Environment Health Safety Policy considering the following aspects:

To ensure continual improvement of effectiveness of the Environmental Management System

To be responsible for care of environment by promoting Environmental Awareness,

Complying applicable Environmental Regulations

To endeavor for Prevention of pollution in all aspects of operations

To endeavor for maximum conservation of resources




To endeavor for maximum recycle & reuse

The EHS Policy of the Company is presented below,

10.13.1 Procedure for reporting accident/incident and attending the injured person

1.0 PROCEDURE

1.1 If any accident / incident occurred inform Safety Assistant immediately by verbal/telephone

or by other possible means.

1.2 Give the details of accident/incident like location of accident / incident, person involved in

accident/incident.




1.3 Provide the information about accident/incident like any leakages of toxic/flammable gas or

fire due to leakages of solvent or any other reasons.

1.4 Rescue the victim from affected area to safe area.

1.5 Give first aid to the injured at site as far as possible by trained first aider if required &

analyze the nature of injury whether minor or major. If injury is major or serious take action to

hospitalize.

1.6 Give intimation to safety supervisor & safety dept. at the earliest by verbal/ telephone or by

any other possible means.

1.7 Identify injury & accordingly send injured person to hospital for further treatment if required.

1.8 Fill the internal accident / incident report form (in triplicate) & submit to EHS Department

immediately or at the most on following day of the occurrence of accident /incident.

1.9 Safety officer shall analyze the accident / incident & suggest the remedial measures to

prevent reoccurrences.

10.13.2 System of reporting of noncompliance /violations of environmental norms to

the Board of Directors of the company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large.

Company has developed a system of reporting noncompliance/violations of environmental norms

in the following manner:

In case of Non compliance, the lower officer will report to the plant in-charge. The plant in-

charge will report to the managing director. To close the non compliance board meeting will be

called in which the action plan to attend the non compliance will be discussed. After discussion

the board resolution will be passed which should be implemented in a time bounded manner.


Chapter 11: Summary & Conclusion


Chapter 11 – Summary & Conclusion

The proposed expansion activity of M/s. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. is a brown field project.

Company will be involved in manufacturing of API and API intermediates with total production

capacity of 13619.3 MT/A with by product quantity of 1860 MT/A after expansion.

11.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

1. Name & Location of the Project : M/s. Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. 2. Details of Applicant : Mr. Sandip Deshmukh. Designation – Managing Director 3. Type of Industry : Manufacturing of Active Pharmaceutical

Ingredients and intermediate chemicals 4. Type of Land & Status : Project land is owned by M/s. Delta

Finochem Pvt. Ltd. 5. Capital Investment for EMP : 540 Lakhs 6. Recurring Cost for EMP per Annum : 65.55 Lakhs 7 Greenbelt area : Total – 15338.73 sq. m. 8 Water Pollution Control : • The effluent will be segregated into

high COD/TDS effluent and low COD/TDS effluent. The high COD/TDS effluent will be treated by stripper column followed by MEE and ATFD. • The MEE condensate will be treated along with low COD/TDS effluent in fully fledged ETP consisting primary, secondary and tertiary treatment processes. • Treated effluent will be further treated by R.O plant following which permeate will be used for industrial process & reject will be subjected to Multiple Effect Evaporator.




9 Flue gas emission control : A stack of 26 m is provided for existing FO run boiler another stack of 30 m height will be provided for proposed 3500 kg/hr capacity boiler.

10 Process gas emissions : Two acidic & 1 alkaline scrubbers of 25

cum/hr are presently provided. Additionally, two acidic scrubbers of 25 cum/hr will be installed to reduce the process emissions. The scrubber will have adequate stack height of 11 m above ground.

11 Hazardous waste management : 1. Hazardous waste generated from the

manufacturing process & MEE will be Co-processed/ sold to authorized recyclers/ disposed through CHWTSDF, Ranjangaon 2. Sludge generated from the ETP operations are either Co-processed or sold to authorized recyclers or disposed to CHWTSDF Ranjangaon. 3. Spent solvent generated from manufacturing process are distilled in distillation column and reused for next batch. The distillation column residue is disposed to CHWTSDF Ranjangaon. The same practice will be followed in the expansion project.

12 Annual Expenditure for CER

activities : 50.15 Lakh (10.8 Lakh/A; 2.5% of total

project cost) 13 Rehabilitation & Resettlement

Aspects : The project is a Brown field activity which

will be executed within the existing project land owned by project proponent, hence rehabilitation & resettlement aspects are not applicable.

14 Forestry/Wildlife/ Conservation related aspects

: General conditions of EIA Notification, 2006 are not applicable to the project. The project is located at Gut No. 350/1, 350/2 & 350/3, Village Wadivarhe, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra.




11.2 Conclusion It can be concluded that due to provisions and implementation of efficient environmental

management systems including the proposed mitigation measures and environment management

plans, the impacts associated with the project activities during the operational phase would be

manageable and the project will be directly & indirectly beneficial to the surrounding

communities & regions.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report For Expansion of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Located at Gut No. 350/1, 350/2 & 350/3, Village Wadivarhe, Taluka Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra. SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/DFPL/003/2017-18/00

Chapter 12: Disclosure of Consultant


CHAPTER 12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. established in the year 1998 is a NABET accredited

(NABET Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1518/RA020 valid up to 14th October 2018) EIA Consultant

Organization having its office at 310, Dempo Towers, EDC Patto, Panaji-403001, Goa State, India.

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. is organized under three strategic categories of environmental

pollution prevention & control activities viz. Air, Water & Hazardous Waste and provides

following services:

Environmental Impact Assessment Study & Environment Management Plan

Execution of Effluent & Sewage treatment plants on turnkey basis

Treatability & Feasibility studies for Waste Water Treatment

Collection & Analysis of water, Wastewater & Hazardous Waste Samples

Ambient Air Quality, Stack Emission, Noise & Work Place monitoring

Environmental Audit reports Preparation & Submission to SPCB

Operation & Maintenance of ETP & STP on contract basis

Documents

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) …...Environmental Impact Assessment Report For Expansion of M/s Delta Finochem Pvt. Ltd. Located At Gut No. 350/1, 350/2 & 350/3, Village Wadivarhe,